Dokumendiregister | Kultuuriministeerium |
Viit | 9-1/713-1 |
Registreeritud | 01.07.2025 |
Sünkroonitud | 02.07.2025 |
Liik | Sissetulev kiri |
Funktsioon | 9 Välisesinduste ning rahvusvahelise koostöö korraldamine |
Sari | 9-1 Kirjavahetus EL otsustusprotsessis osalemisega seotud küsimustes |
Toimik | 9-1/2025 EL otsustusprotsessis osalemisega seotud dokumendid |
Juurdepääsupiirang | Avalik |
Juurdepääsupiirang | |
Adressaat | EL dokument |
Saabumis/saatmisviis | EL dokument |
Vastutaja | Kadri Jauram (KULTUURIMINISTEERIUM, Kommunikatsiooni - ja rahvusvahelise koostöö osakond) |
Originaal | Ava uues aknas |
EN EN
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
Brussels, 16.6.2025
COM(2025) 290 final
ANNEX 10
ANNEX
to the
Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council and the
European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions
State of the Digital Decade 2025: Keep building the EU's sovereignty and digital future
{SWD(2025) 290 final} - {SWD(2025) 291 final} - {SWD(2025) 292 final} -
{SWD(2025) 293 final} - {SWD(2025) 294 final} - {SWD(2025) 295 final}
Finland
SHORT COUNTRY REPORTS 2025
1
Finland
Executive summary Finland positions itself as a technological leader with digitally agile enterprises, skilled citizens and
a strong semiconductor industry. While its gigabit infrastructure requires further development,
digital public services are widely available to people and businesses.
Finland shows a high level of ambition in its contribution to the Digital Decade having set 12 national
targets, 100% of which aligned with the EU 2030 targets. The country is following its trajectories well
with 83% of them being on track (considering 2024 trajectories defined for 6 KPIs out of 8 analysed).
Finland addressed 72% of the 11 recommendations issued by the Commission in 2024, either by
implementing significant policy changes (27%) or making some changes (45%) through new
measures.
In 2024, 5G almost covered the entire country. Finland strengthened European sovereignty with
developments in semiconductors and cross-sectoral support for artificial intelligence (AI) and other
disruptive technologies. Notably, it hosts one of the first European AI Factories. Finnish businesses rely
on digital tools and close to three quarters of them use cloud solutions. Digitalisation enjoys strong
public support, individuals have solid basic digital skills and relatively high privacy and content
evaluation skills. There is a widespread use of digital government solutions. However, the need for ICT
specialists persists. Finland is actively preparing for the implementation of the European Digital
Identity Regulation and the European Health Data Space Regulation.
Digital Decade KPI (1)
Finland EU Digital Decade target by 2030
DESI 2024 (year 2023)
DESI 2025 (year 2024)
Annual progress
National trajectory 2024 (3)
DESI 2025 Annual
progress FI EU
Fixed Very High Capacity Network (VHCN) coverage 77.7% 81.7% 5.1% 66.6% 82.5% 4.9% 100.0% 100%
Fibre to the Premises (FTTP) coverage 61.1% 68.3% 11.6% 66.6% 69.2% 8.4% 100.0% -
Overall 5G coverage 98.3% 99.5% 1.2% 99.6% 94.3% 5.9% 100.0% 100%
Edge Nodes (estimate) 24 47 95.8% - 2257 90.5% - 10000
SMEs with at least a basic level of digital intensity (2) - 92.5% 1.7% - 72.9% 2.8% 95.0% 90%
Cloud 73.0% - - - - - 75.0% 75%
Artificial Intelligence 15.1% 24.4% 61.4% 26.0% 13.5% 67.2% 75.0% 75%
Data analytics 40.6% - - - - - 75.0% 75%
AI or Cloud or Data analytics 79.5% - - - - - - 75%
Unicorns 7 7 0.0% - 286 4.4% - 500
At least basic digital skills 82.0% - - - - - 87.0% 80%
ICT specialists 7.6% 7.8% 2.6% 7.9% 5.0% 4.2% 10.0% ~10%
eID scheme notification Yes
Digital public services for citizens 90.6 96.3 6.3% 92.0 82.3 3.6% 100.0 100
Digital public services for businesses 100.0 98.8 -1.3% - 86.2 0.9% 100.0 100
Access to e-Health records 82.6 84.7 2.5% - 82.7 4.5% 100.0 100
(1) See the methodological note for the description of the indicators and other metrics (2) DESI 2025 reports the version 4 of the Digital Intensity Index, that is comparable with the DII value from DESI 2023 (referring to year 2022) for the calculation of the annual progress. It is not comparable to the national trajectory that is based on version 3 of the index. (3) National trajectory value if present in the national roadmap and if the indicator was measured in DESI2025 (year 2024)
2
Finland
According to the special Eurobarometer on ‘the Digital Decade’ 2025, 77% of Finnish citizens consider
that the digitalisation of daily public and private services is making their lives easier. On the action of
the public authorities, 92% consider it important to counter and mitigate the issue of fake news and
disinformation online, and on competitiveness, 88% consider it important to ensure that European
companies can grow and become ‘European Champions’ capable of competing globally.
A competitive, sovereign, and resilient EU based on technological leadership
Finland boasts excellent 5G infrastructure and is making good progress in improving fixed connectivity
despite remaining below the EU average. The country is putting significant efforts into advancing digital
technologies, particularly through its active participation in the ‘Chips for Europe’ initiative, supporting
research, development and innovation (RDI) in quantum ecosystem and gathering scientists and
enterprises in Finland’s AI efforts. Although Finland has made good progress in adopting digital
technologies and leveraging the data economy, achieving its ambitious AI and data analytics targets
will depend on continuous efforts. The country has a start-up friendly ecosystem, but scaling up
remains an issue and, in general, Finnish enterprises struggle to achieve high productivity and
innovation. Nonetheless, they show good awareness of cybersecurity measures. In this area, in
October 2024 Finland adopted a comprehensive cybersecurity strategy for 2024-2035.
Protecting and empowering EU people and society
Finland’s digital skills performance indicates inclusive growth across various demographic groups,
although some gaps remain among rural populations and older people. Most of the population also
have the skills needed to critically evaluate digital content. The number of ICT specialists, including
women, is increasing but they continue to be in high demand. As result, there is some action under
way to support higher education in ICT. Finland's digital public services are achieving scores close to
100; however, access to digital health records is progressing slower than in the rest of the EU. In the
second quarter of 2024, Finland successfully notified the ‘Citizen Certificate’ eID scheme. By actively
participating in European large-scale pilots and other cross-country projects, the country is preparing
for the implementation of the European Digital Identity Regulation and the European Health Data
Space Regulation.
Leveraging digital transformation for a smart greening
Finland is a leader in monitoring and reducing the environmental impact of its ICT sector. It also links
clean energy with advantages for enterprises and aligns technological advancements with
sustainability goals. The EuroHPC LUMI supercomputer hosting Climate Change Adaptation Digital
Twin is a notable example of this. The country plays a key role in green initiatives in the Digital Decade’s
Best Practice Accelerator.
National digital decade strategic roadmap
Finland submitted an addendum to the national Digital Decade roadmap on 29 November 2024. The
addendum, like the original roadmap, is based on Finland’s Digital Compass. The content of the
roadmap and its update have been developed in cooperation with stakeholders. The new roadmap
addresses a substantial number of roadmap recommendations issued in 2024, containing both
additional and revised targets and trajectories. All targets align with the EU-level goals for 2030, and
two are even higher, 87% for basic digital skills and 95% for the basic digital intensity of SMEs. The
revised roadmap continues to prioritise semiconductors and quantum, RDI activities and the digital
3
Finland
empowerment of enterprises. It contains 14 measures with a budget of EUR 559 million, comprising
EUR 556 million from public budget (equivalent to 0.2% of GDP). It covers many objectives of the Digital
Decade, such as creating a human-centred digital space, boosting technological leadership,
sovereignty, competitiveness, and supporting the green transition.
Funding & projects for digital
Finland allocates 29% of its total recovery and resilience plan to digital (EUR 526 million)1. In addition,
under cohesion policy, EUR 385 million, representing 20% of the country’s total cohesion policy
funding, is dedicated to advancing Finland’s digital transformation2.
Finland is a member of the Alliance for Language Technologies EDIC. Finland is directly participating in
the IPCEI on Microelectronics and Communication Technologies (IPCEI-ME/CT). The country is also a
participating state of the EuroHPC Joint Undertaking (JU) and of the Chips JU.
Finland is co-leading the Green IT cluster of the Best Practice Accelerator3, promoting the exchange of
information on public policies aimed at the environmental transition of digital technologies. The
country has already contributed with two best practices in this area. Additionally, Finland has shared
best practices on digital skills development and the adoption of digital technologies by enterprises.
Digital rights and principles
According to a support study, Finland has been relatively active in implementing the European
Declaration on Digital Rights and Principles, with 72 initiatives overall and 5 new initiatives launched
in 2024. Finland is most active in the area of putting people at the centre of the digital transformation.
Less activity has been identified with regards to interactions with algorithms and artificial intelligence
systems. Measures in the area of solidarity and inclusion (appear to have most impact on the ground,
in contrast to those addressing sustainability.
1 The share of financial allocations that contribute to digital objectives has been calculated using Annex VII to the Recovery and Resilience Facility Regulation. Last data update: 16 May 2025. 2 This amount includes all investment specifically aimed at or substantially contributing to digital transformation in the 2021- 2027 Cohesion policy programming period. The source funds are the European Regional Development Fund, the Cohesion Fund, the European Social Fund Plus, and the Just Transition Fund. 3 The Best Practice Accelerator (BPA) is a platform that enables Member States to share successful measures and challenges encountered in their efforts to meet their Digital Decade targets and objectives. Best practices are made available to Member States via the BPA Repository and showcased in regular workshops, currently focused on three thematic clusters: Digital Skills,
Green IT, and the Uptake of Digital Technologies.
4
Finland
Recommendations
- Gigabit: Intensify efforts to develop fixed gigabit connectivity, including by encouraging the take
up of the existing broadband support measure and identifying the most suitable strategies to
achieve full coverage.
- ICT specialists: Intensify efforts to attract ICT specialists, including those from abroad, by
offering tailored training pathways, and addressing the gender gap in the field.
- Advanced technologies: Further promote cooperation between academia, businesses and
other stakeholders, with a view to advancing innovation with the support of digital
technologies.
- AI: Continue strengthening the AI ecosystem to boost Finland’s leadership role in this area.
- Cybersecurity: Continue efforts in cybersecurity to address evolving threats, particularly for
enterprises and public administration.
- Unicorns: Continue improving the business environment and access to finance for digital start-
ups to scale-up and compete globally.
- Semiconductors and digital innovation: Continue investing in the development and
manufacturing of critical technologies in the areas of digital and deep tech.
EN EN
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
Brussels, 16.6.2025
COM(2025) 290 final
ANNEX 11
ANNEX
to the
Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council and the
European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions
State of the Digital Decade 2025: Keep building the EU's sovereignty and digital future
{SWD(2025) 290 final} - {SWD(2025) 291 final} - {SWD(2025) 292 final} -
{SWD(2025) 293 final} - {SWD(2025) 294 final} - {SWD(2025) 295 final}
1
France
SHORT COUNTRY REPORTS 2025
2
France
Executive summary France can rely on a very good digital infrastructure but lags behind in the digitalisation of
businesses. The country positions itself as a tech leader in AI and green ICT.
France shows a high level of ambition in its contribution to the Digital Decade having set 9 national
targets, 100% of which aligned with the EU 2030 targets. The country is following its trajectories
moderately well with 50% of them being on track (considering 2024 trajectories defined for 6 KPIs
out of 8 analysed). France addressed 77% of the 13 recommendations issued by the Commission in
2024, either by implementing significant policy changes (54%) or making some changes (23%)
through new measures.
In 2024, fibre and 5G coverage in France is high despite a large territory. The digitalisation of SMEs
and the adoption of advanced digital technologies by businesses remains below average. Recent
activities, such as hosting the AI Action Summit in 2025, confirm that France wants to position itself
as a leader in AI. The country is also developing initiatives and standards to measure and reduce the
environmental footprint of the ICT sector. France’s digital policies increasingly emphasise sovereignty
by, for example, developing its national production of semiconductors and fostering the adoption of
sovereign EU and French solutions by businesses and the public administration. France has set out a
very broad portfolio of actions to raise awareness of cyberthreats in all sectors (enterprises,
administration, general public) but has also provided support in implementing cybersecurity
strategies, especially in the healthcare sector.
Digital Decade KPI (1)
France EU Digital Decade target by 2030
DESI 2024 (year 2023)
DESI 2025 (year 2024)
Annual progress
National trajectory 2024 (3)
DESI 2025 Annual
progress FR EU
Fixed Very High Capacity Network (VHCN) coverage 81.4% 87.5% 7.5% 90.7% 82.5% 4.9% 100.0% 100%
Fibre to the Premises (FTTP) coverage 81.4% 87.5% 7.5% - 69.2% 8.4% - -
Overall 5G coverage 90.9% 94.3% 3.8% 96.6% 94.3% 5.9% 100.0% 100%
Edge Nodes (estimate) 272 532 95.6% - 2257 90.5% - 10000
SMEs with at least a basic level of digital intensity (2) - 68.5% 3.8% - 72.9% 2.8% 90.0% 90%
Cloud 23.0% - - - - - - 75%
Artificial Intelligence 5.9% 9.9% 68.5% - 13.5% 67.2% - 75%
Data analytics 33.9% - - - - - - 75%
AI or Cloud or Data analytics 44.9% - - - - - 65.0% 75%
Unicorns 43 48 11.6% 49 286 4.4% 100 500
At least basic digital skills 59.7% - - - - - 80.0% 80%
ICT specialists 4.7% 4.8% 2.1% 5.5% 5.0% 4.2% 10.0% ~10%
e-ID scheme notification Yes
Digital public services for citizens 72.1 71.2 -1.2% 76.1 82.3 3.6% 100.0 100
Digital public services for businesses 79.3 76.9 -3.0% 82.3 86.2 0.9% 100.0 100
Access to e-Health records 79.3 84.2 6.2% 82.2 82.7 4.5% 100.0 100
(1) See the methodological note for the description of the indicators and other metrics (2) DESI 2025 reports the version 4 of the Digital Intensity Index, that is comparable with the DII value from DESI 2023 (referring to year 2022) for the calculation of the annual progress. It is not comparable to the national trajectory that is based on version 3 of the index. (3) National trajectory value if present in the national roadmap and if the indicator was measured in DESI2025 (year 2024)
3
France
According to the special Eurobarometer on ‘the Digital Decade’ 2025, 65% of French people consider
that the digitalisation of daily public and private services is making their lives easier. On the action of
the public authorities, 89% consider it important to counter and mitigate the issue of fake news and
disinformation online. And on competitiveness, 82% consider it important to ensure that European
companies can grow and become ‘European Champions’ capable of competing globally.
A competitive, sovereign, and resilient EU based on technological
leadership
Digital infrastructure indicators (very high capacity networks (VHCNs), fibre to the premises (FTTP),
5G) are all above the EU average thanks to effective public policies (plan ‘France très haut débit’,
multiple service providers sharing a fibre network). However, the digitalisation of enterprises,
especially SMEs, is still lagging. Nonetheless, France has demonstrated leadership in AI and can count
on a dynamic start-up ecosystem in this sector and in quantum computing. The country has adjusted
its roadmap with additional measures to foster the adoption of generative AI and retrieval-augmented
generation technologies by businesses. However, the take-up of advanced digital technologies by
businesses is below average. France promotes cyber awareness on all fronts: businesses, population,
and administration. The updated roadmap includes a programme for cyber protection of healthcare
facilities. The roadmap also includes massive investments in semiconductors (research and
production).
Protecting and empowering EU people and society
France’s digital skills performance reflects inclusive growth across genders and a small urban-rural
skills gap, but some disparities persist based on people’s education levels. The general population’s
poor performance in mathematics may limit the pursuit of science, technology, engineering and
mathematics (STEM) and ICT specialist training and careers as these skills shortages are persistent.
Public service digitalisation is losing ground compared to the EU average. In this area, the authorities
are focussing on reducing the administrative burden (dematerialisation – replacing physical
documents, processes and transactions with digital equivalents, ‘once only’ principle). They are also
promoting the adoption of sovereign solutions, including cloud, open software, and specialised skills
within the administration. On a positive note, the digitalisation of healthcare has made impressive
progress in the past two years.
Leveraging digital transformation for a smart greening
France is a global leader in monitoring and reducing the environmental impact of its ICT sector. It has
developed tools to measure, forecast and monitor the ICT sector’s footprint (such as designing carbon
reduction trajectories) and plays a key role in green initiatives within the Digital Decade’s Best Practice
Accelerator.
National digital decade strategic roadmap
France submitted a fully revised national Digital Decade roadmap on 3 February 2025, containing six
additional measures and revised trajectories. The updates are aligned with the Commission’s new
priorities on AI, cybersecurity and green ICT. It includes reporting on the consultation of stakeholders.
It addresses a substantial number of roadmap recommendations issued in 2024. All targets align with
the EU level goals for 2030 (except for the combined indicator on the adoption of AI, cloud, and data
analytics technologies where the country aims at 65%, below the EU target of 75%). The revised
4
France
roadmap continues to prioritise semiconductors, connectivity, and e-Health. It contains of 33
measures with a budget of EUR 18.6 billion, including EUR 11.1 billion from the public budget
(equivalent to 0.38% of GDP). It covers all the Digital Decade objectives, such as creating a human-
centred digital space, boosting resilience and security, promoting sovereignty, supporting the green
transition, and protecting society.
Funding & projects for digital
France allocates 22% of its total recovery and resilience plan to digital (EUR 8.1 billion)1. In addition,
under cohesion policy, EUR 1.9 billion, representing 11% of the country’s total cohesion policy funding,
is dedicated to advancing France’s digital transformation2.
France is the host Member State of the Alliance for Language Technologies EDIC (ALT-EDIC). France is
also a member of the Local Digital Twins towards CitiVERSE EDIC. The country is directly participating
in the IPCEI on Microelectronics and Communication Technologies (IPCEI-ME/CT) and in the IPCEI on
Next Generation Cloud Infrastructure and Services (IPCEI-CIS). France is also a participating state of
the EuroHPC Joint Undertaking (JU) and of the Chips JU.
France has contributed to the Best Practice Accelerator3 by leading the cluster on Green IT related to
public policies on the environmental transition of digital technology. It shared three best practices
within this cluster (the general reference framework for the eco-design of digital services, the Alt
IMPACT Communication Campaign, and the development of product category rules for environmental
evaluation and labelling) and one additional best practice in the Digital Skills cluster (digital advisors).
Digital rights and principles
According to a support study, France has been relatively active in implementing the European
Declaration on Digital Rights and Principles, with 53 initiatives overall but no new initiatives launched
in 2024. France is most active in the area of participation in the digital public space. Less activity has
been identified with regards to digital public services online. Measures in the area of putting people
at the centre of the digital transformation appear to have most impact on the ground, in contrast to
those addressing safety, security and empowerment.
Recommendations - SMEs: Improve digitalisation of SMEs, including by directing existing support schemes to SMEs
that lag in digitalisation, independently of their size.
- ICT specialists and advanced skills: Increase the job market relevance, improve the visibility, and
clarify the offer of digital training and reskilling options.
- Advanced technologies take-up: Support the adoption of advanced digital technologies by
businesses (with a particular attention to AI and cloud) via the creation of local ecosystems to
1 The share of financial allocations that contribute to digital objectives has been calculated using Annex VII to the Recovery
and Resilience Facility Regulation. Last data update: 16 May 2025. 2 This amount includes all investment specifically aimed at or substantially contributing to digital transformation in the
2021-2027 Cohesion policy programming period. The source funds are the European Regional Development Fund, the
Cohesion Fund, the European Social Fund Plus, and the Just Transition Fund. 3 The Best Practice Accelerator (BPA) is a platform that enables Member States to share successful measures and challenges
encountered in their efforts to meet their Digital Decade targets and objectives. Best practices are made available to Member
States via the BPA Repository and showcased in regular workshops, currently focused on three thematic clusters: Digital
Skills, Green IT, and the Uptake of Digital Technologies.
5
France
spread technologies and best practices across all economic sectors. Encourage the adoption of
sovereign European solutions.
- Artificial intelligence: Continue supporting innovation in AI to strengthen France’s leadership in
the sector and create future global leader companies.
- Cybersecurity: Continue efforts in cybersecurity to address evolving threats, particularly for
enterprises and administration.
- Digital public services: Speed up the digitalisation of public services for both citizen and
businesses, in particular by expanding cross-border capabilities.
EN EN
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
Brussels, 16.6.2025
COM(2025) 290 final
ANNEX 12
ANNEX
to the
Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council and the
European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions
State of the Digital Decade 2025: Keep building the EU's sovereignty and digital future
{SWD(2025) 290 final} - {SWD(2025) 291 final} - {SWD(2025) 292 final} -
{SWD(2025) 293 final} - {SWD(2025) 294 final} - {SWD(2025) 295 final}
Germany
SHORT COUNTRY REPORTS 2025
2
Germany
Executive summary Germany continues to excel in domains related to developing advanced technologies, such as
semiconductors and edge nodes. However, the country is lagging behind in providing digital public
services, has low digital skills, and incomplete high-capacity network coverage. This highlights the
need for more focused measures, which would also further boost businesses’ uptake of digital
technologies.
Germany shows a substantial level of ambition in its contribution to the Digital Decade, with nine
national targets, 89% of which are aligned with the EU 2030 targets. The country is following its
trajectories well with 75% of them being on track (considering 2024 trajectories defined for 4 KPIs
out of 8 analysed). Germany addressed 33% of the 12 recommendations issued by the Commission
in 2024 by making some changes through new measures.
Germany’s new Federal Government assumed office in early May 2025. The government’s coalition
agreement outlines ambitious goals for digital policy and digitalisation, and the focus on digital policy
is reflected by the newly established Federal Ministry for Digitalisation and Government
Modernisation. This coalition agreement may result in an accelerated digitalisation of Germany,
thereby contributing to the objectives of the Digital Decade.
Digital Decade KPI (1)
Germany EU Digital Decade target by 2030
DESI 2024 (year 2023)
DESI 2025 (year 2024)
Annual progress
National trajectory 2024 (3)
DESI 2025 Annual
progress DE EU
Fixed Very High-Capacity Network (VHCN) coverage 74.7% 77.4% 3.5% - 82.5% 4.9% 100.0% 100%
Fibre to the Premises (FTTP) coverage 29.8% 36.8% 23.4% - 69.2% 8.4% 100.0% -
Overall 5G coverage 98.1% 99.1% 0.9% - 94.3% 5.9% 100.0% 100%
Edge Nodes (estimate) 358 652 82.1% - 2257 90.5% - 10000
SMEs with at least a basic level of digital intensity (2) - 79.9% 1.6% - 72.9% 2.8% 91.0% 90%
Cloud 38.5% - - - - - - 75%
Artificial Intelligence 11.6% 19.8% 71.0% - 13.5% 67.2% - 75%
Data analytics 37.1% - - - - - - 75%
AI or Cloud or Data analytics 58.0% - - - - - - 75%
Unicorns 67 69 3.0% - 286 4.4% - 500
At least basic digital skills 52.2% - - - - - 80.0% 80%
ICT specialists 4.9% 5.3% 8.2% 4.9% 5.0% 4.2% 5.3% ~10%
eID scheme notification
Yes
Digital public services for citizens 75.8 78.9 4.1% 75.8 82.3 3.6% 100.0 100
Digital public services for businesses 78.6 77.5 -1.4% 78.6 86.2 0.9% 100.0 100
Access to e-Health records 87.0 87.0 0.0% 100.0 82.7 4.5% 100.0 100
(1) See the methodological note for the description of the indicators and other metrics (2) DESI 2025 reports the version 4 of the Digital Intensity Index, that is comparable with the DII value from DESI 2023 (referring to year 2022) for the calculation of the annual progress. It is not comparable to the national trajectory that is based on version 3 of the index. (3) National trajectory value if present in the national roadmap and if the indicator was measured in DESI2025 (year 2024)
3
Germany
According to the special Eurobarometer on ‘the Digital Decade’ 2025, 74% of German citizens
consider that the digitalisation of daily public and private services is making their lives easier.
Concerning the action of the public authorities, 88% consider it important to counter and mitigate the
issue of fake news and disinformation online, and regarding competitiveness, 82% consider it
important to ensure that European companies can grow and become ‘European Champions’ able to
compete globally.
A competitive, sovereign, and resilient EU based on technological
leadership
Germany is making significant strides in expanding its connectivity infrastructure, with 5G coverage
nearly meeting the Digital Decade target, and an ambitious national goal for 100% fibre-to-the-
premises (FTTP) by 2030. The country is a leader in the number of edge nodes and is taking proactive
steps in quantum computing and semiconductor technologies. While several measures, particularly
for FTTP, are expected to yield results soon, Germany still faces challenges. It lags behind the Digital
Decade’s gigabit connectivity objectives and struggles with access to Very High-Capacity Networks
(VHCN) in rural areas, where coverage is below the EU average. Additionally, FTTP availability is limited
to only a fraction of households, representing half of the EU average coverage. Although Germany has
nearly achieved full 5G coverage, actual usage based on 5G SIM cards remains poor. Despite the
relatively high number of unicorns, there is still room to improve the availability of funding for start-
ups and to reduce their administrative burdens.
Protecting and empowering EU people and society
Germany faces significant challenges in developing digital skills, having achieved only modest
improvements in this area. The German government is making strides in several areas, yet it still behind
in some key aspects. This not only hinders the uptake of digital services, but also effectively limits the
workforce’s ability to use data to improve business services. This issue is particularly relevant because,
according to the German Country Report of 2024, SMEs’ uptake of AI was hindered by the limited skills
in this area. Even so, the German authorities have chosen not to introduce substantial new measures
in the national roadmap, preferring instead to allow existing initiatives to take their course.
Germany tends to view these challenges through a wider lens, taking a holistic approach rather than
addressing each metric individually. This method is reflected in various aspects, such as Germany’s
plans to increase the number of ICT specialists. Nonetheless, considerable room for improvement
remains, especially in the use of electronic identification and the further digitalisation of public
services. These gaps must be addressed to take full advantage of the opportunities presented by the
expanding digital landscape and to ensure that Germany remains competitive and innovative on the
global stage.
Leveraging digital transformation for a smart greening
Germany prioritises the dual green and digital transition and continues to implement key measures at
both federal and state levels. The German population outperforms the EU average in recycling
electronics, such as computers, phones, and tablets, although the overall recycling rates for IT
equipment remain relatively low.
4
Germany
National digital decade strategic roadmap
On 21 December 2024, Germany submitted a revised national Digital Decade roadmap, addressing
recommendations from the 2024 Country Report. The revised roadmap included stakeholder
consultation. It is composed of 50 measures with a budget of EUR 102.1 billion, comprising EUR 46.8
billion from public budgets (equivalent to 1.09 % of GDP). New targets were added for ICT specialists
and digitalisation of public services for citizens and businesses.
The revision brings impulses on quantum, AI and connectivity, as well as targeting several objectives
in broader measures. However, the adjusted roadmap could do more to address the challenges in the
area of digitalisation of public services for citizens and businesses.
Funding & projects for digital
Germany allocates 48% of its total recovery and resilience plan to digital (EUR 13.3 billion)1. In addition,
under cohesion policy, EUR 2.2 billion, representing 11% of the country’s total cohesion policy funding,
is dedicated to advancing Germany’s digital transformation2. Germany participating directly in the
IPCEI on Microelectronics and Communication Technologies (IPCEI-ME/CT) and in the IPCEI on Next
Generation Cloud Infrastructure and Services (IPCEI-CIS). It is also a participating member of the
European High Performance Computing Joint Undertaking (EuroHPC JU) and of the Chips JU3.
Germany has contributed to the Best Practice Accelerator4 by sharing several best practices in the
‘Digital Skills’ cluster as well as in the ‘Business Uptake’ cluster. In this context, the AI Opportunity
Market (MaKi) and the Federal IPv6 Programme are noteworthy.
Digital rights and principles
According to a support study, Germany has been relatively active in implementing the European
Declaration on Digital Rights and Principles, with 74 initiatives overall and 3 new initiatives launched
in 2024. Germany is most active in the area of digital education, training and skills. Less activity has
been identified with regards to putting people at the centre of the digital transformation. Measures in
the area of freedom of choice appear to have most impact on the ground, in contrast to those
addressing safety, security and empowerment.
Recommendations
- Digital public services: Accelerate the digitalisation of key public services by making additional
public services available online, improving interoperability, as well as front-end and back-end
digitalisation.
- eID: Launch targeted measures to ensure eID uptake and use.
1 The share of financial allocations that contribute to digital objectives has been calculated using Annex VII to the Recovery and Resilience Facility Regulation. Last data update: 16 May 2025. 2 This amount includes all investment specifically aimed at or substantially contributing to digital transformation in the 2021-2027 Cohesion policy programming period. The source funds are the European Regional Development Fund, the Cohesion Fund, the European Social Fund Plus, and the Just Transition Fund. 3 Corrigendum to Digital Decade Country Report Germany 2024: Germany is not a member of the Local Digital Twins towards the CitiVERSE EDIC. 4 The Best Practice Accelerator (BPA) is a platform that enables Member States to share successful measures and challenges encountered in their efforts to meet their Digital Decade targets and objectives. Best practices are made available to Member States via published in the BPA Repository and showcased in regular workshops, currently focused on three thematic clusters: Digital Skills, Green IT, and the Uptake of Digital Technologies.
5
Germany
- ICT specialists: Launch targeted measures to increase the attractiveness of STEM disciplines at
school to boost the number of young people, including girls and women, interested in taking up
ICT-related studies or careers.
- Basic digital skills: Improve the effectiveness of existing measures and evaluate whether
increased efforts and/or additional measures are necessary in particular in the area of formal
education.
- Connectivity infrastructure: Accelerate infrastructure roll-out of very high-capacity digital
networks, especially fibre optics.
- Unicorns/start-ups: Implement measures to improve access to funding and reduce
administrative burdens.
- Cybersecurity: Increase efforts in cybersecurity, particularly by increasing awareness amongst
private and public entities.
EN EN
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
Brussels, 16.6.2025
COM(2025) 290 final
ANNEX 13
ANNEX
to the
Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council and the
European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions
State of the Digital Decade 2025: Keep building the EU's sovereignty and digital future
{SWD(2025) 290 final} - {SWD(2025) 291 final} - {SWD(2025) 292 final} -
{SWD(2025) 293 final} - {SWD(2025) 294 final} - {SWD(2025) 295 final}
Greece
SHORT COUNTRY REPORTS 2025
2
Greece
Executive summary Greece continues its steady progress in rolling out fibre for gigabit connectivity. However, it
struggles to fill the gap of ICT specialists and to address a severe digital gap in basic digital skills
between different age groups and between rural and urban areas. Despite this, the country’s
displays an encouraging growth rate in the digitalisation of small and medium-size enterprises.
Greece shows a moderate level of ambition in its contribution to the Digital Decade having set 14
national targets, 57% of which aligned with the EU 2030 targets. The country is following its
trajectories well with 88% of them being on track (based on the 2024 trajectories defined for 8 KPIs
out of 8 analysed). Greece addressed 77% of the 13 recommendations issued by the Commission in
2024, either by implementing significant policy changes (31%) or making some changes (46%)
through new measures.
In 2024, Greece’s 5G coverage was among the highest in the EU and was very close to the Digital
Decade 2030 target. Despite rapid progress, the adoption of artificial intelligence (AI) by businesses
remains below par. The selection of Greece to host one of the seven first AI Factories in the EU
confirms the country’s commitment to help build the EU’s technological leadership. The AI Factory
will also contribute to developing and strengthening the start-up ecosystem in Greece. Regarding the
transition of public services, although the latest data indicates limited annual progress in services for
citizens, the integration of AI into the single digital portal of the public administration will improve the
quality, speed and accessibility of public services. Greece has also developed a strategy and new
measures for protecting minors online such as the parental control initiative.
Digital Decade KPI (1)
Greece EU Digital Decade target
by 2030
DESI 2024 (year 2023)
DESI 2025 (year 2024)
Annual progress
National trajectory 2024 (3)
DESI 2025 Annual progress
EL EU
Fixed Very High Capacity Network (VHCN) coverage 38.4% 46.1% 19.9% 42.0% 82.5% 4.9% 100.0% 100%
Fibre to the Premises (FTTP) coverage 38.4% 46.1% 19.9% 42.0% 69.2% 8.4% 100.0% -
Overall 5G coverage 98.1% 99.8% 1.8% 88.0% 94.3% 5.9% 100.0% 100%
Edge Nodes (estimate) 7 13 85.7% 0 2257 90.5% 95 10000
SMEs with at least a basic level of digital intensity (2) - 53.4% 13.9% - 72.9% 2.8% 79.7% 90%
Cloud 18.1% - - - - - 56.0% 75%
Artificial Intelligence 4.0% 9.8% 146.5% 6.3% 13.5% 67.2% 32.0% 75%
Data analytics 25.0% - - - - - 40.0% 75%
AI or Cloud or Data analytics 33.5% - - - - - - 75%
Unicorns 3 3 0.0% 4 286 4.4% 20 500
At least basic digital skills 52.4% - - - - - 70.2% 80%
ICT specialists 2.4% 2.5% 4.2% 3.0% 5.0% 4.2% 4.5% ~10%
eID scheme notification No
Digital public services for citizens 75.9 76.7 1.1% 71.8 82.3 3.6% 98.2 100
Digital public services for businesses 86.2 78.6 -8.8% 81.3 86.2 0.9% 100.0 100
Access to e-Health records 73.8 73.8 0.0% 66.6 82.7 4.5% 100.0 100
(1) See the methodological note for the description of the indicators and other metrics (2) DESI 2025 reports the version 4 of the Digital Intensity Index (DII), which is comparable to the DII value from DESI 2023 (referring to 2022) for the calculation of the annual progress. It is not comparable to the national trajectory that is based on version 3 of the index. (3) National trajectory value if present in the national roadmap and if the indicator was measured in DESI2025 (referring to 2024)
3
Greece
According to the special Eurobarometer on ‘the Digital Decade 2025’: (i) 78% of the Greek population
consider that the digitalisation of daily public and private services is making their lives easier; (ii) 92%
consider it important that the public authorities counter and mitigate the issue of fake news and
disinformation online; and (iii) 83% consider that ensuring European companies’ ability to grow and
become ‘European Champions’ that can compete globally is important for competitiveness.
A competitive, sovereign, and resilient EU based on technological
leadership
Greece is making progress in deploying gigabit connectivity infrastructure, with a 46.1% VHCN
coverage in 2024. While this is below the EU average, the outlook for the 2030 targets is positive, as
various operators have recently announced significant investments in the deployment of fibre optic
networks across the country by 2027. Greece’s high annual growth rate of 13.9% for the digital
transition of small and medium-size enterprises (SMEs) resulted in 53.4% of SMEs having at least a
basic level of digital intensity in 2024. However, this is still below the EU average. The adoption of AI
by enterprises in general is also demonstrating an exceptional progress with more than doubling its
share (from 4.0% in 2023 to 9.8% in 2024). The adjustment of the roadmap includes the ‘Plan for the
transition of Greece to the AI ERA’, published in November 2024. This plan includes a chapter on how
AI can boost innovation and enhance the business ecosystem. With regards to cybersecurity, Greece
has restructured its National Cybersecurity Authority to an independent public law entity aiming at
enhancing the Authority’s operational autonomy and capacity, enabling it to more effectively
coordinate and oversee the implementation of the NIS2 Directive which has been transposed in
November 2024 and will continue to develop its national cybersecurity strategy and related policies
in alignment with the EU and the national strategic priorities.
Protecting and empowering EU people and society
Increasing the number of ICT specialists in employment remains one of the biggest challenges faced
by Greece in its digital transition. Additional measures to familiarise young people with digital
technologies very early during their schooling have been included in the adjustment of the national
roadmap to attract young people to ICT studies and careers by making them familiar with digital very
early during their schooling. The initiative to reverse the serious brain drain during the economic crisis
and to encourage highly skilled Greeks living abroad to return to the Greek labour market will also
help to increase the number of ICT specialists in employment. The country also faces a challenge in
fostering digital skills for all, with significant gaps between age groups and between rural-urban
segments of the population. The annual rate of progress in the digital transformation of public services
and businesses is slowing down, although the country continues to actively implement its broad
strategy for the digital transformation of public services. The introduction of the services related to
the Single Digital Gateway regulation (SDGR) present additional challenge for these indicators to reach
the target. In 2024, Greece launched a large-scale project to set up a new eID infrastructure and also
integrate it with Gov.gr Wallet and the new ID cards. However, it has not yet notified an e-ID scheme
to the Commission under the eIDAS Regulation. In line with the Commission priority of protecting
minors online, Greece has launched the ‘Kids Wallet’ application as part of an overall strategy on this
area.
4
Greece
Leveraging digital transformation for a smart greening
Greece is addressing the environmental impact of the digital transition and digital infrastructure, by
stimulating private investments in green data centres and by addressing the need to optimise the
distribution of renewable energy for the growing number of digital data centres across the country.
Additionally, the public sector is implementing initiatives, such as an action plan for green and
innovative public procurement.
National digital decade strategic roadmap
Greece submitted adjustments to its national Digital Decade roadmap on 17 January 2025, with
specific follow-up actions addressing a substantial number of recommendations issued in 2024. It
includes 16 additional measures, and an in-depth analysis of the situation. In particular, Greece
explained why it has not, at this stage, revised the national targets that were not aligned with the EU
2030 targets. This concerns the targets related to the digital transformation of SMEs and to the
adoption of technologies (AI, cloud, data analytics), as well as the two targets related to digital skills.
The updates are aligned with the new Commission’s priorities, such as: (i) advancing AI technology
and innovation; (ii) deploying submarine cables to increase the resilience of backbone networks; (iii)
joining forces to develop capacities in edge technology, such as quantum computing; and (vi)
protecting minors online. The adjustment includes reporting on the consultation of stakeholders. The
roadmap and the adjustments to it continue to build on Greece’s national digital transformation
strategy (for 2020-2025). It contains priorities in the four pillars of the Digital Decade, while adding
new measures in strategic digital technologies, such as AI and quantum computing. The updated
roadmap contains 125 measures and has a budget of EUR 6.1 bn (equivalent to 2.57% of GDP). It also
gives a rough estimate of EUR 7 bn in private investments over the coming years in data centres and
gigabit connectivity. The revised roadmap covers the broad objectives of the Digital Decade, such as
cybersecurity and resilience, building a safe and human centric digital environment, and promoting
the responsible use of AI. In 2024, the Ministry of Digital Governance launched the revision of the
national digital transformation strategy (for 2020-2025) by consulting the Executive Network of Digital
Transformation (ENDT), a large network of public services in order to produce a national policy for
aligning the future national digital transformation strategy (for 2026-2030) with the Digital Decade
targets.
Funding & projects for digital
Greece allocates 21% of its total recovery and resilience plan to digital (EUR 7.4 billion)1. In addition,
under cohesion policy, EUR 2.7 billion, representing 13% of the country’s total cohesion policy funding,
is dedicated to advancing Greece’s digital transformation2.
Greece is a member of the ‘Alliance for Language Technologies’ European Digital Infrastructure
Consortium (EDIC) and of the EUROPEUM EDIC for blockchain. The country is directly participating in
the important project of common European interest on Microelectronics and Communication
1 The share of financial allocations that contribute to digital objectives has been calculated using Annex VII to the Recovery
and Resilience Facility Regulation. Last data update: 16 May 2025. 2 This amount includes all investment specifically aimed at or substantially contributing to digital transformation in the 2021-
2027 Cohesion policy programming period. The source funds are the European Regional Development Fund, the Cohesion
Fund, the European Social Fund Plus, and the Just Transition Fund.
5
Greece
Technologies (IPCEI-ME/CT). Greece is also a participating state in the EuroHPC Joint Undertaking (JU)
and of the Chips JU.
Greece has contributed to the Best Practice Accelerator3 by sharing one best practice in the ‘Digital
Skills’ cluster: ‘Training Civil Servants in Cloud Computing Technologies’ and one best practice in the
‘Uptake of Digital Technologies’ cluster: ‘the Greek Data Strategy and Interoperability’.
Digital rights and principles
According to a support study, Greece has been relatively active in implementing the European
Declaration on Digital Rights and Principles, with 43 initiatives overall but no new initiatives launched
in 2024. Greece is most active in digital education, training and skills while less activity has been
identified with regards to Sustainability. Measures regarding sustainability appear to have most
impact on the ground, in contrast to those addressing the participation in the digital public space.
Recommendations
- ICT specialists: continue to explore options focusing on raising the number of ICT specialists in
employment.
- Basic digital skills: address the large digital gap in basic digital skills, between age groups and
between rural and urban areas.
- Digital public services: address all the dimensions of online public services for citizens and
businesses, including the cross-border dimension.
- Uptake of digital technologies by businesses: further develop the ecosystem and raise awareness
of existing opportunities and resources for businesses to benefit from advanced digital
technologies - such as AI - and from access to innovative process (e.g. through the European
Digital Innovation Hubs (EDIHs).
- e-ID: notify an e-ID scheme to the Commission.
- Smart greening: make efforts to leverage digital technologies for smart greening in additional
sectors of the economy (e.g. transport, buildings and agriculture).
3 The Best Practice Accelerator (BPA) is a platform that enables Member States to share successful measures and challenges encountered in their efforts to meet their Digital Decade targets and objectives. Best practices are made available to Member States via the BPA Repository and showcased in regular workshops, currently focused on three thematic clusters: Digital Skills, Green IT, and the Uptake of Digital Technologies.
EN EN
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
Brussels, 16.6.2025
COM(2025) 290 final
ANNEX 14
ANNEX
to the
Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council and the
European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions
State of the Digital Decade 2025: Keep building the EU's sovereignty and digital future
{SWD(2025) 290 final} - {SWD(2025) 291 final} - {SWD(2025) 292 final} -
{SWD(2025) 293 final} - {SWD(2025) 294 final} - {SWD(2025) 295 final}
Hungary
SHORT COUNTRY REPORTS 2025
2
Hungary
Executive summary Hungary boasts a very good digital infrastructure, but it still lags behind in the digitalisation of
businesses despite recent progress, while access to e-Health records is above the EU average.
Hungary shows a moderate level of ambition in its contribution to the Digital Decade having set 14
national targets, 43% of which are fully aligned with the EU 2030 targets. The country is following
its trajectories well with 75% of them being on track (on the basis of the 2024 trajectories defined
for all 8 KPIs analysed). Hungary addressed 13% of the 16 recommendations issued by the
Commission in 2024 by making some changes through new measures.
In 2024, Hungary continued to make progress increasing broadband connectivity, expanding basic 5G
coverage, and driving digitalisation in SMEs, in particular the adoption of cloud. However, significant
challenges persist in the area of digital skills, especially in the adoption of advanced technologies such
as AI by Hungarian enterprises. Hungary’s digital policies are focused on improving digitalising key
public services and boosting digital skills.
Digital Decade KPI (1)
Hungary EU Digital Decade target by 2030
DESI 2024 (year 2023)
DESI 2025 (year 2024)
Annual progress
National trajectory 2024 (3)
DESI 2025 Annual
progress HU EU
Fixed Very High Capacity Network (VHCN) coverage 84.1% 86.0% 2.2% 86.0% 82.5% 4.9% 97.0% 100%
Fibre to the Premises (FTTP) coverage 76.2% 79.9% 4.9% 80.0% 69.2% 8.4% 95.0% -
Overall 5G coverage 83.7% 85.6% 2.3% 70.0% 94.3% 5.9% 99.0% 100%
Edge Nodes (estimate) 8 16 100.0% 16 2257 90.5% 82 10000
SMEs with at least a basic level of digital intensity (2) - 57.4% 5.4% - 72.9% 2.8% 89.0% 90%
Cloud 37.1% 39.8% 7.2% - - - 75.0% 75%
Artificial Intelligence 3.7% 7.4% 101.4% 7.5% 13.5% 67.2% 24.0% 75%
Data analytics 53.2% - - - - - 75.0% 75%
AI or Cloud or Data analytics 65.6% - - - - - - 75%
Unicorns 0 0 - 286 4.4% 2 500
At least basic digital skills 58.9% - - - - - 70.0% 80%
ICT specialists 4.2% 4.5% 7.1% 4.9% 5.0% 4.2% 8.3% ~10%
eID scheme notification No
Digital public services for citizens 73.4 77.7 5.9% 76.8 82.3 3.6% 96.3 100
Digital public services for businesses 74.9 80.0 6.9% 80.6 86.2 0.9% 97.2 100
Access to e-Health records 86.0 86.0 0.0% 94.3 82.7 4.5% 100.0 100
(1) See the methodological note for the description of the indicators and other metrics (2) DESI 2025 reports the version 4 of the Digital Intensity Index, that is comparable with the DII value from DESI 2023 (referring to year 2022) for the calculation of the annual progress. It is not comparable to the national trajectory that is based on version 3 of the index. (3) National trajectory value if present in the national roadmap and if the indicator was measured in DESI2025 (year 2024)
According to the 2025 special Eurobarometer on the Digital Decade, 81% of Hungarians consider that
the digitalisation of daily public and private services is making their lives easier. On the action of the
public authorities, 91% consider it important to counter and mitigate the issue of fake news and
disinformation online. And on competitiveness, 90% consider it important to ensure that European
companies can grow and become ’European Champions’ capable of competing globally.
3
Hungary
A competitive, sovereign, and resilient EU based on technological
leadership
Hungary is equipped with solid digital infrastructures and continued to progress on deployment. It
should, however, focus more on the deployment of AI technologies. On infrastructures, Hungary is
above the EU average for very high capacity networks (VHCN) and is also very close to the EU’s average
for 5G coverage. Despite the continued increase in the take-up of advanced technologies, most
businesses, in particular SMEs, are not yet reaping all the benefits, due to a lack of digital skills. This in
turn has a negative impact on the competitiveness of the economy. A new measure has been added
to the updated national roadmap, focusing on the digitalisation of SMEs. Although Hungarian
employees are less aware of their ICT security-related obligations compared to the EU average,
enterprises in the country tend to experience less incidents related to cyberattacks. However, the
recent hacking of Hungary’s defence procurement agency (VBÜ) by foreign hackers, shows that
Hungary could be victim to similar attacks in the future.
Protecting and empowering EU people and society
Hungary is focusing on further increasing at least basic digital skills among 16-74 year-olds, aiming to
reach 70% by the end of the decade, driven by demographic impacts, public policy measures and
projects. Although the new target is lower than the overall EU target, it is 10 percentage points higher
than the commitment in the previous version of the Hungarian roadmap and is considered to be
feasible within the scope of the existing measures. In terms of ICT specialists, Hungary is making
progress, getting closer to the EU average. Hungary also plans to focus on improving gender
convergence and the proportion of ICT graduates, in which Hungary is currently ahead of the EU
average. Hungary has not yet notified an e-ID scheme to the Commission under the eIDAS regulation.
The country plans to do so in the second half of 2025. This could also help to improve the currently
stagnating indicator for eHealth and the slowly growing indicators for digital public services for citizens
and for businesses.
Leveraging digital transformation for a smart greening
Although, none of the measures planned in Hungary’s national roadmap are specifically aimed at the
green transition, they can contribute indirectly to the uptake of greener technologies due to the nature
of digitalisation. Hungary also contributed with a best practice within the Green IT cluster of the Digital
Decade’s Best Practice Accelerator: all-year waste heat reuse solution of the country’s Hungary’s
largest supercomputer, Komondor.
National digital decade strategic roadmap
Hungary submitted a fully revised national Digital Decade roadmap on 16 May 2025, containing two
additional measures and revised trajectories. It includes reporting on the consultation of stakeholders.
It addresses a substantial number of roadmap recommendations issued in 2024. The updated roadmap
has raised the national targets for fixed VHCN and at least basic digital skills and has provided a target
value for fibre-to-the-promises (FTTP) coverage; however, these national targets are still below the EU-
level targets set for 2030. Additionally, Hungary has increased the 2030 targets for Cloud and Data
analytics to align them with the EU goals for 2030. The target set for the adoption of AI technologies
continues to be significantly below the EU level target (75%), as Hungary aims at a 24% adoption rate
by 2030. The revised roadmap continues to prioritise digital skills and digital infrastructure. It contains
4
Hungary
of 44 measures with a budget of EUR 2.489 billion, comprising EUR 1.822 billion from public budgets
(equivalent to 0.88% of GDP), with the EU being the major contributor towards the public budget. It
still covers all objectives of the Digital Decade such as those relating to the competitiveness,
sovereignty, leadership, and resilience, including cybersecurity.
Funding & projects for digital
Hungary allocates 29% of its total recovery and resilience plan to digital (EUR 1.7 billion)1. In addition,
under cohesion policy, EUR 2.6 billion, representing 12% of the country’s total cohesion policy funding,
is dedicated to advancing Hungary’s digital transformation2. Hungary is a member of the Alliance for
Language Technologies European Digital Infrastructure Consortium (EDIC). Hungary is directly
participating in the Important Project of Common European Interest on Next Generation Cloud
Infrastructure and Services (IPCEI-CIS). Hungarian bodies are indirect and associated partners in the
IPCEI on Microelectronics and Communication Technologies (IPCEI-ME/CT). Hungary is a participating
state of the EuroHPC Joint Undertaking (JU) and of the Chips JU.
Hungary has contributed to the Best Practice Accelerator3, submitting three best practices, one in each
of the Digital Skills, the Business Uptake and the Green IT clusters.
Digital Rights and Principles
According to a support study, Hungary has been relatively active in implementing the European
Declaration on Digital Rights and Principles, with 71 initiatives overall and 2 new initiatives launched
in 2024. Hungary is most active in the area of digital education, training and skills. Less activity has
been identified with regards to interactions with algorithms and artificial intelligence systems.
Measures in the area of putting people at the centre of the digital transformation appear to have most
impact on the ground, in contrast to those addressing sustainability.
Recommendations - Digitalisation of SMEs: Continue efforts through new support programmes and incentives to
accelerate the digital transformation of SMEs, no matter what their size, and increase resources
for existing schemes.
- ICT specialists and advanced skills: Closely monitor implementation of existing measures to boost
the number of ICT specialists in the shorter term and continue measures to increase the
percentage of women in ICT careers; increase efforts to reduce the cybersecurity skills gap.
- e-ID: Notify an e-ID scheme under the eIDAS Regulation to the Commission.
- Advanced technologies take-up: Support the adoption of advanced digital technologies (with a
particular attention to AI and cloud) by enterprises via the creation of local ecosystems that
enables technologies and best practices to be spread across the whole business sector.
1 The share of financial allocations that contribute to digital objectives has been calculated using Annex VII to the Recovery and Resilience Facility Regulation. Last data update: 16 May 2025. 2 This amount includes all investment specifically aimed at or substantially contributing to digital transformation in the 2021-2027 Cohesion policy programming period. The source funds are the European Regional Development Fund, the Cohesion Fund, the European Social Fund Plus, and the Just Transition Fund. 3 The Best Practice Accelerator (BPA) is a platform that enables Member States to share successful measures and challenges encountered in their efforts to meet their Digital Decade targets and objectives. Best practices are made available to Member States via the BPA Repository and showcased in regular workshops, currently focused on three thematic clusters: Digital Skills, Green IT, and the Uptake of Digital Technologies.
5
Hungary
- Basic digital skills: Accelerate the country’s efforts to bridge the digital divide by developing and
investing in inclusion policies that focus on vulnerable groups, such as those with lower levels of
formal education and those living in rural areas.
- Cybersecurity: Continue efforts to address evolving threats, particularly for enterprises and
administration.
- Digital public services: Speed up the digitalisation of public services for citizens and businesses.
- e-Health: Make the data type of medical images available to citizens through the country’s online
access service, expand the availability of health data by onboarding public and private geriatric
nursing homes, strengthen the authentication method for logging in to the online access service
by using a notified or pre-notified eID scheme and ensure that all access modes comply with web
accessibility guidelines.
- Smart greening: Support digital players to accelerate the transition of their network
infrastructure to greener, less energy intensive solutions.
EN EN
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
Brussels, 16.6.2025
COM(2025) 290 final
ANNEX 15
ANNEX
to the
Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council and the
European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions
State of the Digital Decade 2025: Keep building the EU's sovereignty and digital future
{SWD(2025) 290 final} - {SWD(2025) 291 final} - {SWD(2025) 292 final} -
{SWD(2025) 293 final} - {SWD(2025) 294 final} - {SWD(2025) 295 final}
Ireland
SHORT COUNTRY REPORTS 2025
1
Ireland
Executive summary Ireland shows good progress in digital infrastructure and should further improve access to e-health
records building on visible progress made in 2024. The country positions itself as a cybersecurity
leader, particularly through strong implementation of the 5G Cybersecurity Toolbox and public
cloud control investments.
Ireland shows a high level of ambition in its contribution to the Digital Decade, having set 11 national
targets, 91% of which are very well aligned with the EU's 2030 targets. The country is following its
trajectories moderately well, with 50% of them being on track (on the basis of the 2024 trajectories
defined for 6 KPIs out of 8 analysed). Ireland addressed 64% of the 11 recommendations issued by
the Commission in 2024, either by implementing significant policy changes (9%) or making some
changes (55%) through new measures.
Fibre and very high-capacity network (VHCN) coverage continued to register strong growth in 2024,
including in rural areas, and 5G coverage reached 89.9%, approaching 90%. The digitalisation of SMEs
remains just above the EU average, while adoption of advanced technologies, such as AI, is broadly in
line with the EU average. Ireland piloted the European Digital Identity Wallet and advanced the
preparations for its eIDAS notification. The country also expanded initiatives to reduce the
environmental footprint of public sector digital infrastructure, including by creating a new public
service data centre and promoting green public procurement. Cyber resilience efforts were extended
to SMEs and key sectors, with targeted actions in the health system.
Digital Decade KPI (1)
Ireland EU Digital Decade target by 2030
DESI 2024 (year 2023)
DESI 2025 (year 2024)
Annual progress
National trajectory 2024 (3)
DESI 2025 Annual
progress IE EU
Fixed Very High Capacity Network (VHCN) coverage 78.5% 87.2% 11.0% 93.5% 82.5% 4.9% 100.0% 100%
Fibre to the Premises (FTTP) coverage 61.6% 73.5% 19.3% - 69.2% 8.4% - -
Overall 5G coverage 85.3% 89.9% 5.4% 87.1% 94.3% 5.9% 100.0% 100%
Edge Nodes (estimate) 20 39 95.0% 18 2 257 90.5% - 10 000
SMEs with at least a basic level of digital intensity (2) - 73.4% -0.5% - 72.9% 2.8% 90.0% 90%
Cloud 53.1% - - - - - 75.0% 75%
Artificial Intelligence 8.0% 14.9% 86.0% 18.0% 13.5% 67.2% 75.0% 75%
Data analytics 37.1% - - - - - 75.0% 75%
AI or Cloud or Data analytics 64.1% - - - - - - 75%
Unicorns 12 13 8.3% - 286 4.4% - 500
At least basic digital skills 72.9% - - - - - 80.0% 80%
ICT specialists 6.2% 6.3% 1.6% 7.5% 5.0% 4.2% 9.6% ~10%
eID scheme notification No
Digital public services for citizens 81.2 87.1 7.2% 82.0 82.3 3.6% 100.0 100
Digital public services for businesses 100.0 100.0 0.0% 100.0 86.2 0.9% 100.0 100
Access to e-Health records 11.4 24.5 115.8% - 82.7 4.5% 80.0 100
(1) See the methodological note for the description of the indicators and other metrics. (2) DESI 2025 reports Version 4 of the Digital Intensity Index, which is comparable with the DII value from DESI 2023 (referring to year 2022) for the calculation of annual progress. It is not comparable to the national trajectory, which is based on Version 3 of the index. (3) National trajectory value if present in the national roadmap and if the indicator was measured in DESI 2025 (year 2024).
2
Ireland
According to the 2025 special Eurobarometer on the Digital Decade, 77% of Irish people consider
that the digitalisation of daily public and private services is making their lives easier. On the action of
the public authorities, 92% consider it important to counter and mitigate the issue of fake news and
disinformation online. And on competitiveness, 93% consider it important to ensure that European
companies can grow and become ‘European Champions’ capable of competing globally.
A competitive, sovereign, and resilient EU based on technological leadership
Ireland’s strong digital economy, driven by a dynamic ICT sector and a vibrant start-up ecosystem,
benefits from high foreign direct investment and proactive innovation policies. Fixed infrastructure
indicators (VHCN, fibre to the premises (FTTP)) are above the EU average, and Ireland is consolidating
its role as a strategic digital gateway. 5G deployment continues steadily, although deployments in the
3.6 GHz band remain limited and there is a lack of demand for spectrum in the 26 GHz band. Ireland
maintains a high level of SME digitalisation, but growth has been stagnating since 2022. Nevertheless,
the uptake of advanced technologies, such as cloud, AI, and data analytics, remains strong. National
strategies on semiconductors, edge computing, and quantum technologies advance the country's
technological leadership. Moreover, cybersecurity resilience is being strengthened through targeted
initiatives across enterprises and critical infrastructure.
Protecting and empowering EU people and society
Ireland continues to perform strongly on digital skills and gender inclusion, with one of the narrowest
rural-urban divides in the EU. However, significant disparities persist across education levels. Growth
in the number of ICT workers remains modest, and a decline in employer-led training may undermine
long-term readiness. Digital public services are a national strength, particularly for businesses, but
further back-end integration is needed to improve efficiency and accessibility. Ireland advanced its eID
roll-out and digital health strategy in 2024; however, access to electronic health records remains
limited, and onboarding healthcare providers is at an early stage. Progress on online safety, media
regulation, and electoral integrity accelerated, strengthening Ireland’s commitment to a human-
centric and trusted digital environment. Complementary tools provided by the national regulator,
including broadband availability checkers, telecom comparison platforms, and anti-scam measures,
further support digital empowerment and consumer protection.
Leveraging digital transformation for a smart greening
Ireland is strengthening the link between digital innovation and sustainability, with public strategies
promoting energy-efficient infrastructure, green procurement, and support to SMEs’ sustainable
adoption of digital technologies. Projects, like Build Digital, and the Digital Transition Fund are
advancing the decarbonisation of key sectors, and new policies encourage environmental criteria in
ICT and construction. However, the absence of a unified system to monitor emissions reductions with
digital solutions is still an issue. Green skills development has also been prioritised to ensure workers
are ready for the twin transitions.
National Digital Decade strategic roadmap
Ireland submitted its adjusted Digital Decade strategic roadmap in November 2024. It expands the
total number of measures to 81, including 22 new initiatives, with a total budget of EUR 9.2 billion, of
which EUR 4.8 billion is from the public budget (equivalent to 0.90% of GDP). Maintaining its original
structure and funding priorities, the roadmap confirms Ireland’s strong focus on SME digitalisation,
public service digitalisation, digital skills, and cybersecurity. Although no new national targets were
3
Ireland
introduced, Ireland reiterated its commitment to gigabit coverage by 2028 and sustained investment
in digital inclusion and connectivity. Based on the national strategy, Harnessing Digital, the roadmap
continues to prioritise digital infrastructure, digital skills, cybersecurity, and support for innovation
and scale-ups. All targets align with the EU's 2030 goals, except the one access to e-Health records
(80% compared to the EU objective of 100%). Ireland has made some efforts to follow up the 2024
roadmap recommendations through new policy measures and updates.
Funding & projects for digital
Ireland allocates 34% of its total recovery and resilience plan to digital (EUR 312 million)1. In addition,
under cohesion policy, EUR 54 million, representing 5% of the country’s total cohesion policy funding,
is dedicated to advancing Ireland’s digital transformation2.
Ireland is a member of the Alliance for Language Technologies European Digital Infrastructure
Consortium (EDIC) and of the Local Digital Twins towards the CitiVERSE EDIC. Ireland is directly
participating in the Important Project of Common European Interest on Microelectronics and
Communication Technologies (IPCEI-ME/CT). It is also a participating state of the EuroHPC Joint
Undertaking (JU) and of the Chips JU.
Ireland has contributed to the Digital Decade’s Best Practice Accelerator3 by sharing four practices,
including three in the Digital Skills cluster (SuCcES, INGENIC, and TU Dublin’s mentoring model for
women in ICT) and one on the green transition (Build Digital). These initiatives reflect Ireland’s
strategic focus on skills, innovation, and sustainable infrastructure.
Digital rights and principles
According to a monitoring study, Ireland has been relatively active in implementing the European
Declaration on Digital Rights and Principles, with 89 initiatives overall and 4 new initiatives launched
in 2024. Ireland is most active in the area of digital education, training and skills. Less activity has been
identified with regards to a fair digital environment and sustainability. Measures in the area of putting
people at the centre of the digital transformation appear to have most impact on the ground, in
contrast to those addressing freedom of choice.
Recommendations
- e-Health: Accelerate the onboarding of healthcare providers and enable full access to electronic
health records for everyone, including legal guardians and authorised persons, building on the
implementation of the national Digital Health Strategy.
- Artificial intelligence: Continue to support applied AI innovation and skills development to
strengthen Ireland’s leadership in responsible, human-centric AI and accelerate its adoption by
SMEs.
1 The share of financial allocations that contribute to digital objectives has been calculated using Annex VII to the Recovery
and Resilience Facility Regulation. Last data update: 16 May 2025. 2 This amount includes all investment specifically aimed at or substantially contributing to digital transformation in the 2021-
2027 Cohesion policy programming period. The source funds are the European Regional Development Fund, the Cohesion
Fund, the European Social Fund Plus, and the Just Transition Fund. 3 The Best Practice Accelerator (BPA) is a platform that enables Member States to share successful measures and challenges
encountered in their efforts to meet their Digital Decade targets and objectives. Best practices are made available to Member
States via the BPA Repository and showcased in regular workshops, currently focused on three thematic clusters: Digital
Skills, Green IT, and the Uptake of Digital Technologies.
4
Ireland
- Cybersecurity: Strengthen efforts to address evolving threats, particularly for SMEs and public
services.
- ICT specialists and advanced skills: make digital training and reskilling opportunities more
accessible and more relevant to job market needs. Address the stagnation in gender participation
in the digital sector through dedicated national measures.
- Take-up of advanced technologies: Support the adoption of advanced digital technologies
(particularly AI and cloud) by businesses through the creation of regional ecosystems and industrial
use-case pilots. Encourage the use of sovereign European solutions.
- SMEs: Improve the digitalisation of SMEs, including by prioritising support to those with lower
levels of digital maturity, regardless of their size. Ensure the continuity of existing schemes beyond
their current RRF funding.
- 5G: Encourage the assignment of 5G mid-band spectrum and promote the deployment of stand-
alone 5G networks and industrial use cases, including in rural and underserved areas.
- eID: Notify an eID scheme under the eIDAS Regulation to the Commission.
EN EN
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
Brussels, 16.6.2025
COM(2025) 290 final
ANNEX 16
ANNEX
to the
Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council and the
European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions
State of the Digital Decade 2025: Keep building the EU's sovereignty and digital future
{SWD(2025) 290 final} - {SWD(2025) 291 final} - {SWD(2025) 292 final} -
{SWD(2025) 293 final} - {SWD(2025) 294 final} - {SWD(2025) 295 final}
Italy
SHORT COUNTRY REPORTS 2025
1
Italy Italy
Executive summary Italy has made remarkable progress in enhancing digital infrastructure and digital public services,
but continues to face challenges in AI adoption and startup growth, while maintaining a leading role
in strategic technologies like quantum and semiconductors. Italy shows a substantial level of
ambition in its contribution to the Digital Decade, having set 14 national targets, 79% of which
aligned with the EU 2030 targets. The country is following its trajectories very well with 100% of
them being on track (considering the 2024 trajectories defined for 7 key performance indicators
(KPIs) out of 8 analysed). Italy addressed 69% of the 13 recommendations issued by the Commission
in 2024 by making some changes through new measures.
In 2024, Italy made advances in developing its digital infrastructure, particularly through increased
fibre-to-the-premises (FTTP) coverage, and progressively achieved significant results in the
digitalisation of public services and in the area of eHealth. However, the country continues to lag
behind in the adoption of advanced digital technologies such as artificial intelligence and its ecosystem
for innovative start-ups and scale-ups remains relatively underdeveloped. On the other hand, Italy
holds a leading position in strategic technologies, having launched a Quantum strategy and actively
working on a semiconductors strategy, highlighting a commitment to gain technological leadership.
Digital Decade KPI (1)
Italy EU Digital Decade target by 2030
DESI 2024 (year 2023)
DESI 2025 (year 2024)
Annual progress
National trajectory 2024 (3)
DESI 2025 Annual
progress IT EU
Fixed Very High Capacity Network (VHCN) coverage 59.6% 70.7% 18.6% 66.0% 82.5% 4.9% 100.0% 100%
Fibre to the Premises (FTTP) coverage 59.6% 70.7% 18.6% 66.0% 69.2% 8.4% 100.0% -
Overall 5G coverage 99.5% 99.5% 0.0% 99.6% 94.3% 5.9% 100.0% 100%
Edge Nodes (estimate) 74 152 105.4% 158 2257 90.5% 946 10000
SMEs with at least a basic level of digital intensity (2) - 70.2% 0.2% - 72.9% 2.8% 90.0% 90%
Cloud 55.1% - - - - - 74.0% 75%
Artificial Intelligence 5.1% 8.2% 62.4% 8.0% 13.5% 67.2% 60.0% 75%
Data analytics 26.6% - - - - - 60.0% 75%
AI or Cloud or Data analytics 63.1% - - - - - - 75%
Unicorns 8 9 12.5% 2 286 4.4% 16 500
At least basic digital skills 45.8% - - - - - 80.1% 80%
ICT specialists 4.1% 4.0% -2.4% - 5.0% 4.2% 8.4% ~10%
eID scheme notification Yes
Digital public services for citizens 68.3 83.6 22.4% 69.0 82.3 3.6% 100.0 100
Digital public services for businesses 76.3 80.9 6.1% 78.0 86.2 0.9% 100.0 100
Access to e-Health records 82.7 84.1 1.7% 74.0 82.7 4.5% 100.0 100
(1) See the methodological note for the description of the indicators and other metrics. (2) DESI 2025 reports the version 4 of the Digital Intensity Index, that is comparable with the DII value from DESI 2023 (referring to year 2022) for the calculation of the annual progress. It is not comparable to the national trajectory that is based on version 3 of the index. (3) National trajectory value if present in the national roadmap and if the indicator was measured in DESI2025 (year 2024).
According to the special Eurobarometer on ‘the Digital Decade’ 2025, 73% of Italian citizens consider
that the digitalisation of daily public and private services is making their lives easier. 90% consider it
important to counter and mitigate the issue of fake news and disinformation online, and regarding
2
Italy Italy
competitiveness, 90% consider it important to ensure that European companies can grow and become
‘European Champions’ able to compete globally.
A competitive, sovereign, and resilient EU based on technological
leadership
Italy has made notable progress in fiber-to-the-premises (FTTP), increasing coverage by 11 percentage
points between 2023 and 2024 and reaching the EU average. The country also holds a strong position
in the digitalization of small and medium enterprises (SMEs), with most achieving at least a basic level
of digital intensity. However, despite increased adoption of artificial intelligence and being on track
with the national trajectory set, Italy still falls behind in this area. The start-up ecosystem remains
underdeveloped, with only nine unicorns — an increase of just one compared to last year — which
does not reflect the size of the Italian economy. The recent announcement of a quantum strategy is
expected to significantly drive further progress in this sector. Alongside this, ongoing efforts to
develop a semiconductors strategy reflect Italy’s dedication to further strengthening its position in
these areas. Several initiatives are also in progress to enhance the country’s cybersecurity capabilities,
including the strengthening of monitoring, analysis and response capabilities, and skills development.
Protecting and empowering EU people and society
Italy is confronted with issues concerning digital skills, with gaps affecting in particular people with
lower education levels but extending also to young people – a primary target of the national Recovery
and Resilience Plan (RRP) measures in this area. Italy is also faced with a low share of ICT specialists in
total employment, which stood at 4% in 2024, below the EU's 5%. The digitalisation of public services
has advanced significantly, with the progressive implementation of key measures and efforts to
increase interoperability and usability (e.g. better user experience, adoption of PagoPA and the IO
app, deployment of the National Digital Data Platform - PDND). In the framework of the EU Digital
Identity Wallet, the country has also initiated the development of its IT-Wallet, with the first pilots
made available to the public through the app IO, where users could access and use some initial
documents (e.g. driving licence). Furthermore, Italy is working to boost citizens’ basic digital skills
through initiatives such as the network of digital facilitation services and digital civic service (both
supported by the RRP), combat disinformation, enhance media literacy, and ensure online safety,
particularly for minors.
Leveraging digital transformation for a smart greening
Green and digital priorities have received increased attention, in part due to the RRP and its
RePowerEU chapter. In 2024, impulse was given to the implementation of ‘Transition 5.0’, aiming to
accelerate the industry transition to an energy-efficient, sustainable, and renewable-based production
model. However, the available data shows a modest take-up of the measure.
National digital decade strategic roadmap
Italy submitted an adjustment, containing five additional measures and revised trajectories.
Stakeholders were consulted. It addresses a substantial number of the roadmap recommendations
issued in 2024. All targets align with the EU level goals for 2030, except for the adoption of AI and data
analytics, where the country aims for 60% adoption (instead of 75%) by 2030. The roadmap is very
comprehensive, and the focus is on improving digital skills, ICT specialists and digital public services.
Some areas, such as unicorns and uptake of AI, lack targeted measures. Overall, the Italian roadmap
3
Italy Italy
is composed of 67 measures with a budget of EUR 62.3 billion, equivalent to 2.84% of gross domestic
product (GDP).
Funding & projects for digital
Italy allocates 26% of its total recovery and resilience plan to digital (EUR 46.8 billion)1. In addition,
under cohesion policy, EUR 4.9 billion, representing 11% of the country’s total cohesion policy funding,
is dedicated to advancing Italy’s digital transformation2. Italy is a member of the three established
European Digital Infrastructure Consortia (EDICs): the Alliance for Language Technologies EDIC, the
Local Digital Twins towards the CitiVERSE EDIC and of the EUROPEUM EDIC. Italy is directly
participating in the IPCEI on Microelectronics and Communication Technologies (IPCEI-ME/CT) and in
the IPCEI on Next Generation Cloud Infrastructure and Services (IPCEI-CIS). Italy is also a participating
state of the EuroHPC Joint Undertaking (JU) and of the Chips JU.
Italy has contributed to the Best Practice Accelerator3 by sharing three best practices in the frame of
the Digital Skills cluster (network of digital facilitation services, the digital civic service and fund for
Repubblica Digitale).
Digital Rights and Principles
According to a support study, Italy has been one of the most active Member States in implementing
the European Declaration on Digital Rights and Principles, with over 100 initiatives overall and 12
new initiatives launched in 2024. Italy is most active in the area of digital education, training and skills.
Less activity has been identified with regards to protection and empowerment of children and young
people in the digital environment. Measures in the area of putting people at the centre of the digital
transformation appear to have most impact on the ground, in contrast to those addressing safety,
security and empowerment.
Recommendations
- Artificial Intelligence: Step up efforts to acquire a leadership position in the area of AI, also
leveraging the existing centres of expertise and capabilities, including in the area of
supercomputing.
- Innovation ecosystems: Boost innovation in the area of digital technologies by enhancing the
national ecosystem, from research/university to technology transfer centres, start-ups and scale-
ups, and considering targeted incentives for key strategic sectors.
- SMEs and Advanced technologies take-up: Support the efforts to build a strong network of
technology transfer services, maintaining a nationwide presence, increasing the emphasis on
key technologies like AI.
1 The share of financial allocations that contribute to digital objectives has been calculated using Annex VII to the Recovery
and Resilience Facility Regulation. Last data update: 16 May 2025. 2 This amount includes all investment specifically aimed at or substantially contributing to digital transformation in the
2021-2027 Cohesion policy programming period. The source funds are the European Regional Development Fund, the
Cohesion Fund, the European Social Fund Plus, and the Just Transition Fund. 3 The Best Practice Accelerator (BPA) is a platform that enables Member States to share successful measures and
challenges encountered in their efforts to meet their Digital Decade targets and objectives. Best practices are made
available to Member States via the BPA Repository and showcased in regular workshops, currently focused on three
thematic clusters: Digital Skills, Green IT, and the Uptake of Digital Technologies.
4
Italy Italy
- Basic digital skills: Strengthen training opportunities and support services for all population
groups, reinforce education on digital skills in schools and incentivise reskilling and upskilling for
workers.
- ICT Specialists: Expand ICT higher education and align it with labour market needs, promote
women's participation in ICT education and careers, and introduce measures to attract and
retain ICT professionals.
- Cybersecurity: Improve cybersecurity priorities in view of evolving threats, building capacity in
both enterprises and public administrations.
- Connectivity: Continue the efforts to deploy connectivity infrastructure, particularly FTTP, across
the whole country and including in sparsely populated areas, and consider using take up as a
driver for deployment.
- Digital Public Services: Maintain momentum in deploying digital public services, focusing on
simplification and take-up by users.
EN EN
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
Brussels, 16.6.2025
COM(2025) 290 final
ANNEX 17
ANNEX
to the
Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council and the
European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions
State of the Digital Decade 2025: Keep building the EU's sovereignty and digital future
{SWD(2025) 290 final} - {SWD(2025) 291 final} - {SWD(2025) 292 final} -
{SWD(2025) 293 final} - {SWD(2025) 294 final} - {SWD(2025) 295 final}
Latvia
SHORT COUNTRY REPORTS 2025
LatF
1
Latvia
Executive summary Latvia can rely on good digitalisation of public services for businesses, and citizens, but lags behind
on 5G, fibre-to-the-premises, and very high-capacity networks, while having a high access to health
records.
In its national roadmap and roadmap adjustment, Latvia shows a substantial level of ambition in its
contribution to the Digital Decade having set 14 national targets, 86% of which are aligned with the
EU 2030 targets. The country is following its trajectories moderately well with 50% of them on track
(on the basis of the 2024 trajectories defined for 8 KPIs out of 8 analysed). Latvia addressed 84% of
the 13 recommendations issued by the Commission in 2024, either by implementing significant
policy changes (15%) or making some changes (69%) through new measures.
In 2024, gigabit connectivity and 5G remain below the EU average. Digitalisation of SMEs and the
adoption of advanced digital technologies by businesses are a priority of the Latvian recovery and
resilience plan. Latvia’s overarching Cybersecurity Strategy 2023-2026 continues to guide its overall
approach to cybersecurity.
Digital Decade KPI (1)
Latvia EU Digital Decade target by 2030
DESI 2024 (year 2023)
DESI 2025 (year 2024)
Annual progress
National trajectory 2024 (3)
DESI 2025 Annual
progress LV EU
Fixed Very High Capacity Network (VHCN) coverage 68.0% 68.1% 0.2% 74.0% 82.5% 4.9% 100.0% 100%
Fibre to the Premises (FTTP) coverage 61.9% 61.1% -1.2% 74.0% 69.2% 8.4% 100.0% -
Overall 5G coverage 53.1% 71.1% 33.9% 55.5% 94.3% 5.9% 70.0% 100%
Edge Nodes (estimate) 5 10 100.0% 0 2257 90.5% 51 10000
SMEs with at least a basic level of digital intensity (2) - 59.2% 6.4% - 72.9% 2.8% 90.0% 90%
Cloud 29.0% - - - - - 75.0% 75%
Artificial Intelligence 4.5% 8.8% 94.9% 13.0% 13.5% 67.2% 75.0% 75%
Data analytics 36.9% - - - - - 75.0% 75%
AI or Cloud or Data analytics 48.2% - - - - - - 75%
Unicorns 0 0 - 286 4.4% 2 500
At least basic digital skills 45.3% - - - - - 70.0% 80%
ICT specialists 4.4% 4.9% 11.4% 5.4% 5.0% 4.2% 10.0% ~10%
eID scheme notification Yes
Digital public services for citizens 88.2 93.5 6.0% 88.0 82.3 3.6% 100.0 100
Digital public services for businesses 87.2 96.3 10.4% 87.0 86.2 0.9% 100.0 100
Access to e-Health records 84.8 85.9 1.2% 80.0 82.7 4.5% 100.0 100
(1) See the methodological note for the description of the indicators and other metrics (2) DESI 2025 reports the version 4 of the Digital Intensity Index, that is comparable with the DII value from DESI 2023 (referring to year 2022) for the calculation of the annual progress. It is not comparable to the national trajectory that is based on version 3 of the index. (3) National trajectory value if present in the national roadmap and if the indicator was measured in DESI2025 (year 2024)
According to the special Eurobarometer on ‘the Digital Decade’ 2025, 75% of Latvian citizens consider
that the digitalisation of daily public and private services is making their lives easier. Concerning the
action of the public authorities, 86% consider it important to counter and mitigate the issue of fake
LatF
2
Latvia
news and disinformation online, and regarding competitiveness, 78% consider it important to ensure
that European companies can grow and become ‘European Champions’ able to compete globally.
A competitive, sovereign, and resilient EU based on technological
leadership
Latvia's digital infrastructure coverage remains below the EU average, mainly in VHCN, FTTP and 5G,
even in the context of a strong year-on-year growth in overall 5G coverage. In broadband uptake, 1
Gbps subscriptions are growing faster than the EU, despite slower growth in 100 Mbps subscriptions
and 5G SIM penetration. The country is advancing on deployment of edge nodes and quantum
technologies, but lags on cloud, and AI. There has been a surge in cyber-attacks, totalling 418 325
registered complaints in 2024. Despite this, Latvia demonstrates overall preparedness as none of the
attacks have had a lasting impact.
Protecting and empowering EU people and society
Latvia’s digital skills lagged behind the EU, with only 45.34% of its population having basic digital skills
compared to the EU’s 55.56%. Despite a noticeable gender gap favouring women and strong
collaborative skills, Latvia faces challenges, especially among rural areas and older adults, and remains
below the EU in educational attainment-related digital skills. To address these gaps, initiatives like the
STARS learning account have been launched. In the ICT sector, Latvia has seen a positive increase in
the employment of ICT specialists, especially among women. Despite this, the country’s ICT training
for businesses lags behind the EU average. Latvia excels in digital public services for both citizens and
businesses, surpassing EU growth rates, especially in cross-border services. Latvia’s performs strongly
on digital public services and access to e-health records compared with the EU average. While
strengths are evident, Latvia could benefit from further efforts to close gaps in digital skills, aiming for
broader proficiency across different demographic groups.
Leveraging digital transformation for a smart greening
Latvia prioritises the promotion of energy and material efficiency in digital infrastructure, aiming to
minimise its environmental impact by creating data centres that will run on 100% renewable energy.
In addition, it is focusing on introducing smart digital solutions that in turn will reduce the country’s
carbon footprint.
National digital decade strategic roadmap
Latvia submitted an adjusted Digital Decade roadmap on 11 February 2025. The adjusted roadmap
contains new 43 measures, 2 new targets and 4 revised trajectories. It includes reporting on the
consultation of stakeholders but lacks information on how their comments were considered. The
updates are clearly aligned with the new Commission’s priorities on gigabit connectivity and 5G. The
adjusted roadmap addresses a substantial number of roadmap recommendations issued in 2024. All
targets are aligned with the EU-level goals for 2030, except for the target for at least basic digital skills,
where Latvia is aiming for 70% instead of 80% by 2030. The adjusted roadmap continues to prioritise
AI, the digitalisation of public services, and tech uptake. It contains 90 measures, with a budget of EUR
2 287.5 million, including EUR 2 004.8 million from the public budget (equivalent to 4.99% of the
country’s GDP). It still covers all Digital Decade objectives, such as a human-centred digital space,
boosting resilience and security, promoting sovereignty and greening digital technology.
LatF
3
Latvia
Funding & projects for digital
Latvia allocates 23% of its total recovery and resilience plan to digital (EUR 416 million)1. In addition,
under cohesion policy, EUR 441million, representing 10% of the country’s total cohesion policy
funding, is dedicated to advancing Latvia’s digital transformation2.
Latvia is a member of the Alliance for Language Technologies EDIC and of the Local Digital Twins
towards the CitiVERSE EDIC. Latvian organisations are indirect and/or associated partners in the
Important Project of Common European Interest (IPCEI) on Microelectronics and Communication
Technologies (IPCEI-ME/CT) and in the IPCEI on Next Generation Cloud Infrastructure and Services
(IPCEI-CIS). Latvia is also a participating state in the EuroHPC Joint Undertaking (JU) and in the Chips
JU.
Latvia has not yet presented any measure in the framework of Digital Decade’s Best Practice
Accelerator3.
Digital Rights and Principles
According to a support study, Latvia has shown rather limited activity in the European Declaration on
Digital Rights and Principles, with 34 initiatives overall and 2 new initiatives launched in 2024. Latvia
is most active in the area of interactions with algorithms and artificial intelligence systems. Less activity
has been identified with regards to putting people at the centre of the digital transformation,
connectivity and sustainability. Measures in the area of putting people at the centre of the digital
transformation appear to have most impact on the ground, in contrast to those addressing freedom
of choice.
Recommendations
- Digital skills: Strengthen and continue to implement measures to increase digital skills across all
ages with a special emphasis on people living in rural areas and those with lower educational
background.
- Connectivity: Sustain the ongoing effort and establish new measures to support VHCN, FTTP, and
5G coverage.
- SMEs: Sustain and complement activities to improve the digitalisation and uptake of advanced
technologies, emphasising the take-up of advanced technologies and give special attention to
SMEs.
- Cybersecurity: Continue efforts in cybersecurity to address the evolving and increasing threats.
Ensure introduction and continuation of implementation of cybersecurity education, especially at
undergraduate level.
1 The share of financial allocations that contribute to digital objectives has been calculated using Annex VII to the Recovery
and Resilience Facility Regulation. Last data update: 16 May 2025. 2 This amount includes all investment specifically aimed at or substantially contributing to digital transformation in the
2021-2027 Cohesion policy programming period. The source funds are the European Regional Development Fund, the
Cohesion Fund, the European Social Fund Plus, and the Just Transition Fund. 3 The Best Practice Accelerator (BPA) is a platform that enables Member States to share successful measures and challenges
encountered in their efforts to meet their Digital Decade targets and objectives. Best practices are made available to Member
States via the BPA Repository and showcased in regular workshops, currently focused on three thematic clusters: Digital
Skills, Green IT, and the Uptake of Digital Technologies.
LatF
4
Latvia
- E-health: Ensure that all data types are made available in a timely manner. Offer a mobile
application for citizens to access their electronic health records. Connect more private
rehabilitation centres to the online access service.
EN EN
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
Brussels, 16.6.2025
COM(2025) 290 final
ANNEX 18
ANNEX
to the
Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council and the
European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions
State of the Digital Decade 2025: Keep building the EU's sovereignty and digital future
{SWD(2025) 290 final} - {SWD(2025) 291 final} - {SWD(2025) 292 final} -
{SWD(2025) 293 final} - {SWD(2025) 294 final} - {SWD(2025) 295 final}
Lithuania
SHORT COUNTRY REPORTS 2025
2
Lithuania
Executive summary Lithuania benefits from excellent 5G coverage and a dynamic start-up ecosystem but continues to
face challenges in expanding fixed Very High-Capacity Networks (VHCN) coverage, particularly in
rural areas. The country is positioning itself as a niche player in semiconductor and quantum-related
technologies, leveraging its strong laser industry.
Lithuania shows a high level of ambition in its contribution to the Digital Decade having set 12
national targets, 92% of which are aligned with the EU 2030 targets. The country is following its
trajectories moderately well with 71% of them being on track (on the basis of the 2024 trajectories
defined for 7 KPIs out of 8 analysed). Lithuania addressed 25% of the 8 recommendations issued by
the Commission in 2024 by making some changes through new measures.
Lithuania demonstrates strong performance in mobile connectivity, with near universal 5G coverage
and continued infrastructure investment. However, fixed broadband deployment remains uneven,
particularly in rural areas. SME adoption of advanced digital technologies such as cloud, AI, and data
analytics continues to lag despite targeted support schemes. The start-up ecosystem is growing,
though scale-up activity and access to private capital remain modest. In 2024, Lithuania maintained
high digital public service availability, supported by centralised platforms and a mature eHealth system.
Digital skills development is supported through national programmes focused on vulnerable and
underrepresented groups. On sustainability, the country is piloting digital tools for climate action
through startup funding and cleantech initiatives, though a comprehensive green-digital strategy has
yet to emerge. In Lithuania cybersecurity is a strategic priority, reinforced by the national programme
and the implementation of 5G Toolbox.
Digital Decade KPI (1)
Lithuania EU Digital Decade target by 2030
DESI 2024 (year 2023)
DESI 2025 (year 2024)
Annual progress
National trajectory 2024 (3)
DESI 2025
Annual progress LT EU
Fixed Very High Capacity Network (VHCN) coverage 78.1% 78.3% 0.3% 84.0% 82.5% 4.9% 98.0% 100%
Fibre to the Premises (FTTP) coverage 78.1% 78.3% 0.3% - 69.2% 8.4% - -
Overall 5G coverage 98.9% 99.7% 0.9% 92.0% 94.3% 5.9% 100.0% 100%
Edge Nodes (estimate) 5 10 100.0% - 2257 90.5% - 10000
SMEs with at least a basic level of digital intensity (2) - 66.3% 2.0% - 72.9% 2.8% 90.0% 90%
Cloud 33.6% - - - - - 75.0% 75%
Artificial Intelligence 4.9% 8.8% 80.2% 12.0% 13.5% 67.2% 75.0% 75%
Data analytics 40.5% - - - - - 75.0% 75%
AI or Cloud or Data analytics 53.5% - - - - - - 75%
Unicorns 3 3 0.0% 3 286 4.4% 6 500
At least basic digital skills 52.9% - - - - - 80.0% 80%
ICT specialists 4.9% 5.3% 8.2% 5.3% 5.0% 4.2% 6.9% ~10%
eID scheme notification Yes
Digital public services for citizens 86.7 87.9 1.3% 86.0 82.3 3.6% 100.0 100
Digital public services for businesses 95.9 92.5 -3.6% 95.0 86.2 0.9% 100.0 100
Access to e-Health records 95.4 95.4 0.0% 100.0 82.7 4.5% 100.0 100
(1) See the methodological note for the description of the indicators and other metrics (2) DESI 2025 reports the version 4 of the Digital Intensity Index, that is comparable with the DII value from DESI 2023 (referring to year 2022) for the calculation of the annual progress. It is not comparable to the national trajectory that is based on version 3 of the index. (3) National trajectory value if present in the national roadmap and if the indicator was measured in DESI2025 (year 2024)
3
Lithuania
According to the 2025 special Eurobarometer on ‘the Digital Decade’, 77% of Lithuanian citizens
consider that the digitalisation of daily public and private services is making their lives easier. On the
action of the public authorities, 90% consider it important to counter and mitigate the issue of fake
news and disinformation online. And on competitiveness, 79% consider it important to ensure that
European companies can grow and become ‘European Champions’ capable of competing globally.
A competitive, sovereign, and resilient EU based on technological
leadership
In 2024, Lithuania reinforced its position as a regional frontrunner in mobile connectivity, reaching
near-universal 5G coverage across households. However, fixed Very High-Capacity Network (VHCN)
deployment, particularly fibre in rural areas, continues to require targeted public investment. Two
major state-funded projects, supported by the RRF and ERDF, are underway to expand VHCN
infrastructure, with over 2 000 km of fibre and 60 new towers planned. To accelerate enterprise
digitalisation, Lithuania scaled up support through Measure VST-1. (‘To encourage the digitalisation of
businesses’) notably relying on digital vouchers for SMEs, accelerators, and the national network of
EDIHs. However, adoption of AI, cloud, and data analytics remains uneven, with surveys highlighting
procedural complexity and lack of digital awareness. The country deepened its role in emerging
technologies through the GreenTech Hub and laser-based contributions to semiconductors and
quantum, as well as its commitment to the ALT-EDIC. Cybersecurity was significantly strengthened with
the full transposition of NIS2, a national programme focused on 5G network trustworthiness, and
growing investment in public sector cyber resilience.
Protecting and empowering EU people and society
Lithuania continues to perform strongly in digital public services, with high levels of availability for
both citizens and businesses. Access to eHealth records remains among the highest in the EU, and
ongoing reforms to the Electronic Health Services system aim to expand coverage and improve data
interoperability. While ICT specialist employment rose in 2024, demographic pressures and reliance
on foreign talent remain key structural challenges. Measures supporting talent development include
vocational retraining, the Talent-Reach initiative, and Diaspora Youth Traineeships. On digital inclusion,
Lithuania has significantly invested in programmes targeting older adults and vulnerable groups,
including the national “No One Left Behind” campaign and education efforts led by NGOs and
Universities of the Third Age. These are complemented by training initiatives under the roadmap, such
as EdTech for teachers and skills development schemes for low-skilled adults, yet further acceleration
is needed to reach the digital skills target by 2030.
Leveraging digital transformation for a smart greening
Lithuania is at an early stage in aligning its digital and environmental transitions. While it lacks a fully
integrated green-digital strategy, targeted efforts are emerging, particularly through support for
startups developing climate-relevant digital solutions. Measure VST-3 ‘To encourage businesses to
move towards a climate-neutral economy’ has enabled 170 startups to work on tools like AI-based
smart housing systems and automated workflow platforms.
4
Lithuania
The GreenTech Hub is actively strengthening the cleantech ecosystem by guiding companies working
on technologies such as smart grids, e-mobility, and IoT toward EDIH services. Further coordination is
expected under the upcoming National Digital Agenda.
National Digital Decade strategic roadmap
Lithuania submitted its initial national Digital Decade roadmap on 13 March 2024. At the time, digital
policy lacked centralised coordination, with each ministry responsible for its own domain. In response
to challenges identified while preparing the roadmap and the 2024 country report, the government
adopted a resolution in July 2024 to establish a National Digital Agenda for 2026 –2040. This new cross-
cutting strategy aims to centralise governance, align funding, and address gaps in areas such as
semiconductors and edge nodes. An in-depth analysis is being carried out in Q1-Q3 2025 to guide the
Agenda’s development. National authorities intend to adjust the roadmap at a later stage.
A total of 26 measures are part of Lithuanian’s national strategic roadmap with a budget of EUR 1.5
billion (1.9 % of Lithuanian’s GDP in 2024).
Funding & projects for digital
Lithuania allocates 23% of its total recovery and resilience plan to digital (EUR 724 million)1. In addition,
under cohesion policy, EUR 280 million, representing 4% of the country’s total Cohesion policy funding,
is dedicated to advancing Lithuania’s digital transformation2. Lithuania is a member of the Alliance for
Language Technologies EDIC. Lithuania is also a participating state in the EuroHPC Joint Undertaking
(JU) and in the Chips JU.
The country has engaged with the Best Practice Accelerator3 by its presence in the workshops.
Digital Rights and Principles
According to a support study, Lithuania has been relatively active in implementing the European
Declaration on Digital Rights and Principles, with 45 initiatives overall but no new initiatives launched
in 2024. Lithuania is most active in the area of protection and empowerment of children and young
people in the digital environment. Less activity has been identified with regards to a fair digital
environment and a protected, safe and secure digital environment. Measures in the area of putting
people at the centre of the digital transformation appear to have most impact on the ground, in
contrast to those addressing safety, security and empowerment.
Recommendations
- SMEs: Simplify access to SME digitalisation funding by reducing bureaucratic complexity,
improving guidance, and targeting support to low-digital-intensity sectors.
1 The share of financial allocations that contribute to digital objectives has been calculated using Annex VII to the Recovery and Resilience Facility Regulation. Last data update: 16 May 2025. 2 This amount includes all investment specifically aimed at or substantially contributing to digital transformation in the 2021-2027 Cohesion policy programming period. The source funds are the European Regional Development Fund, the Cohesion Fund, the European Social Fund Plus, and the Just Transition Fund. 3 The Best Practice Accelerator (BPA) is a platform that enables Member States to share successful measures and challenges
encountered in their efforts to meet their Digital Decade targets and objectives. Best practices are made available to Member States via the BPA Repository and showcased in regular workshops, currently focused on three thematic clusters: Digital Skills, Green IT, and the Uptake of Digital Technologies
5
Lithuania
- AI: Step up targeted support for the adoption of artificial intelligence, especially among SMEs,
by raising awareness of business-relevant use cases, improving access to advisory services, and
simplifying funding procedures.
- ICT Specialists: Scale efforts in relation to retraining programmes, and female participation in
ICT.
- Cybersecurity: Continue work on cybersecurity to address evolving threats, particularly
regarding citizens awareness.
- VHCN: Expand public support for VHCN deployment, notably in rural areas.
- Green: Adopt an integrated green-digital strategy with measurable targets, establish mechanisms
to monitor environmental impacts, and scale up digital solutions that support climate goals.
EN EN
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
Brussels, 16.6.2025
COM(2025) 290 final
ANNEX 19
ANNEX
to the
Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council and the
European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions
State of the Digital Decade 2025: Keep building the EU's sovereignty and digital future
{SWD(2025) 290 final} - {SWD(2025) 291 final} - {SWD(2025) 292 final} -
{SWD(2025) 293 final} - {SWD(2025) 294 final} - {SWD(2025) 295 final}
Luxembourg
SHORT COUNTRY REPORTS 2025
2
Luxembourg
Executive summary Luxembourg continues to position itself as a strategic digital hub, backed by strong infrastructure
but facing persistent challenges in SME digital uptake. The country asserts its role as a European
frontrunner in digitalisation, notably through targeted investments in frontier technologies such as
AI, quantum computing, and sovereign cloud.
Luxembourg shows a high level of ambition in its contribution to the Digital Decade having set 12
national targets, 100% of which are aligned with the EU 2030 targets. The country is following its
trajectories well with 75% of them being on track (on the basis of the 2024 trajectories defined for
all 8 KPIs analysed). Luxembourg addressed 71% of the 7 recommendations issued by the
Commission in 2024, either by implementing significant policy changes (57%) or making some
changes (14%) through new measures.
With nearly universal 5G and very high-capacity network (VHCN) coverage, the country sustains a high-
performing digital environment. However significant disparities remain in cloud and data analytics
adoption, particularly among SMEs. While Luxembourg’s startup ecosystem is expanding, it remains
constrained by limited access to private venture capital and a modest pipeline of scale-ups progressing
toward unicorn status. In 2024, Luxembourg maintained strong performance in digital public services
and digital skills, yet persistent gaps remain across age groups, gender, and levels of education. On
sustainability, Luxembourg has launched targeted measures, but an integrated green-digital strategy
is not yet fully articulated in the revised roadmap. Sovereignty and cybersecurity have emerged as
central pillars of Luxembourg’s digital strategy, with an increasing focus on sovereign cloud
infrastructure, open-source security tools, and cross-border data resilience.
Digital Decade KPI (1)
Luxembourg EU Digital Decade target by 2030
DESI 2024 (year 2023)
DESI 2025 (year 2024)
Annual progress
National trajectory 2024 (3)
DESI 2025
Annual progress LU EU
Fixed Very High Capacity Network (VHCN) coverage 94.7% 95.2% 0.5% 97.5% 82.5% 4.9% 100.0% 100%
Fibre to the Premises (FTTP) coverage 78.9% 81.8% 3.7% 89.0% 69.2% 8.4% 100.0% -
Overall 5G coverage 99.6% 99.6% 0.0% 97.4% 94.3% 5.9% 100.0% 100%
Edge Nodes (estimate) 10 20 100.0% - 2257 90.5% - 10000
SMEs with at least a basic level of digital intensity (2) - 70.3% 3.0% - 72.9% 2.8% 90.0% 90%
Cloud 32.6% - - - - - 75.0% 75%
Artificial Intelligence 14.5% 23.7% 64.2% 40.6% 13.5% 67.2% 75.0% 75%
Data analytics 32.4% - - - - - 75.0% 75%
AI or Cloud or Data analytics 52.0% - - - - - - 75%
Unicorns 2 2 0.0% - 286 4.4% - 500
At least basic digital skills 60.1% - - - - - 80.0% 80%
ICT specialists 8.0% 8.0% 0.0% 8.3% 5.0% 4.2% 10.0% ~10%
eID scheme notification Yes
Digital public services for citizens 94.8 97.7 3.0% 96.7 82.3 3.6% 100.0 100
Digital public services for businesses 96.7 100.0 3.4% 97.9 86.2 0.9% 100.0 100
Access to e-Health records 76.1 76.1 0.0% 75.0 82.7 4.5% 100.0 100
(1) See the methodological note for the description of the indicators and other metrics (2) DESI 2025 reports the version 4 of the Digital Intensity Index, that is comparable with the DII value from DESI 2023 (referring to year 2022) for the calculation of the annual progress. It is not comparable to the national trajectory that is based on version 3 of the index. (3) National trajectory value if present in the national roadmap and if the indicator was measured in DESI2025 (year 2024)
3
Luxembourg
According to the 2025 special Eurobarometer on ‘the Digital Decade’ 2025, 80% of Luxembourgish
citizens consider that the digitalisation of daily public and private services is making their lives easier.
On the action of the public authorities, 88% consider it important to counter and mitigate the issue of
fake news and disinformation online. And on competitiveness, 86% consider it important to ensure
that European companies can grow and become ‘European Champions’ able of competing globally.
A competitive, sovereign, and resilient EU based on technological
leadership
Luxembourg’s infrastructure performance remains well above the EU average, with near-universal
coverage of VHCN, and 5G thanks to early and well-coordinated public strategies. However, the
digitalisation of enterprises –particularly SMEs –lags behind, hindered by high integration costs and
limited technical capacity. Despite this, Luxembourg shows leadership in AI and quantum computing,
notably through the deployment of MeluXina-AI and its selection for the EU’s AI Factories initiative.
The adjusted roadmap includes measures to foster SME adoption of advanced technologies, including
generative AI. While the startup ecosystem continues to grow, scale-up financing can rely on a number
of public funding schemes but often struggle to access later-stage funding due to the small size of the
market and a limited private risk capital culture. Sovereignty and cybersecurity remain central to
Luxembourg’s digital strategy, with ongoing efforts to reinforce sovereign cloud capabilities, promote
open-source cybersecurity tools through the establishment of an Open Source Program Office (OSPO),
and develop a national cybersecurity tools with dedicated sectoral safeguards, including for
healthcare.
Protecting and empowering EU people and society
Luxembourg maintains high digital skills levels and has the second highest shares of ICT specialist
employment in the EU. However, among people with at least a basic level of digital skills disparities
persists between demographic groups, particularly by age and education. The country is a front-runner
in digital public services, supported by mature platforms like MyGuichet.lu and centralised government
IT architecture. Ongoing efforts focus on reducing administrative complexity and promoting sovereign
digital solutions within the public sector, including GovCloud and open-source adoption. Although
Luxembourg intends to step up its efforts to improve health data interoperability and availability, it
continues to score below the EU average in access to eHealth records.
Leveraging digital transformation for a smart greening
Luxembourg is taking initial steps toward aligning digital and environmental transitions. While not yet
underpinned by a fully integrated green-digital strategy, the country promotes a renewables-based
and intelligent energy system, supports GovCloud sustainability, and is exploring the role of digital
solutions in reducing emissions in mobility and industry. Participation in EU-level initiatives such as the
Green Digital Coalition and IPCEI projects positions Luxembourg to further develop tools and metrics
to measure and reduce the ICT sector’s carbon footprint.
National Digital Decade strategic roadmap
Luxembourg submitted a fully revised national Digital Decade roadmap on 2 December 2024,
containing more than 30 new or edited measures and revised trajectories. The roadmap notably
strengthens the focus on SMEs and AI, with new support tools set to be launched in 2025. It addresses
a substantial number of roadmap recommendations issued in 2024. A total of 98 measures are now
4
Luxembourg
part of Luxembourg’s national strategic roadmap with a budget of EUR 515 million, comprising
EUR 488 million from public sector budgets, equivalent to 0.57% of Luxembourg’s GDP in 2024.
Funding & projects for digital
Luxembourg allocates 38% of its total recovery and resilience plan to digital (EUR 24 million)1. In
addition, under cohesion policy, EUR 6 million, representing 15% of the country’s total Cohesion policy
funding, is dedicated to advancing Luxembourg’s digital transformation2. Luxembourg is a member of
the three established EDICs; the Alliance for Language Technologies EDIC, the Local Digital Twins
towards the CitiVERSE EDIC and of the EUROPEUM EDIC. Luxembourgish entities are indirect partners
in the IPCEI on Next Generation Cloud Infrastructure and Services (IPCEI-CIS). Luxembourg is also a
participating state of the EuroHPC Joint Undertaking (JU) and of the Chips JU.
The country has contributed to the Best Practice Accelerator3 by sharing three best practices. Two of
them are part of the Digital Skills cluster: the Girls in ICT Day national awareness action and Girls
Deploy your Digital Talent. One has been shared in the Green IT Cluster: the Creation and promotion
of Product Circularity Data Sheet (PCDS).
Digital Rights and Principles
According to a support study, Luxembourg has been one of the most active Member States in
implementing the European Declaration on Digital Rights and Principles, with over 100 initiatives
overall and 20 new initiatives launched in 2024. Luxembourg is most active in the area of digital
education, training and skills. Less activity has been identified with regards to a fair digital
environment. Measures in the area of putting people at the centre of the digital transformation appear
to have most impact on the ground, in contrast to those addressing sustainability.
Recommendations
- Digital Skills: Scale up targeted programs to reach older citizens, women, and populations with
lower education background.
- SMEs: Further support the uptake of advanced digital technologies (cloud, AI, data) by SMEs,
who currently lag significantly behind larger enterprises.
- Cybersecurity: Continue efforts in cybersecurity to address evolving threats, particularly
regarding employees’ awareness.
- Green: Adopt an integrated green-digital strategy with measurable targets, leveraging EU tools
to scale up low-carbon digital solutions, especially for SMEs, and implement a national
framework to monitor ICT-enabled emission reductions across key sectors like energy,
transport, and industry.
- FTTP: Explore targeted measures to increase take-up and extend coverage of FTTP in remaining
underserved areas, ensuring that high-speed connectivity is accessible to all households.
1 The share of financial allocations that contribute to digital objectives has been calculated using Annex VII to the Recovery and Resilience Facility Regulation. Last data update: 16 May 2025. 2 This amount includes all investment specifically aimed at or substantially contributing to digital transformation in the 2021-2027 Cohesion policy programming period. The source funds are the European Regional Development Fund, the Cohesion Fund, the European Social Fund Plus, and the Just Transition Fund. 3 The Best Practice Accelerator (BPA) is a platform that enables Member States to share successful measures and challenges
encountered in their efforts to meet their Digital Decade targets and objectives. Best practices are made available to Member States via the BPA Repository and showcased in regular workshops, currently focused on three thematic clusters: Digital Skills, Green IT, and the Uptake of Digital Technologies.
5
Luxembourg
- Unicorns: Strengthen the growth pipeline for scale-ups by facilitating greater access to private
venture capital.
EN EN
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
Brussels, 16.6.2025
COM(2025) 290 final
COMMUNICATION FROM THE COMMISSION TO THE EUROPEAN
PARLIAMENT, THE COUNCIL, THE EUROPEAN ECONOMIC AND SOCIAL
COMMITTEE AND THE COMMITTEE OF THE REGIONS
State of the Digital Decade 2025: Keep building the EU's sovereignty and digital future
{SWD(2025) 290 final} - {SWD(2025) 291 final} - {SWD(2025) 292 final} -
{SWD(2025) 293 final} - {SWD(2025) 294 final} - {SWD(2025) 295 final}
State of the Digital Decade 2025:
Keep building the EU's sovereignty and digital future
1
1. Introduction
The EU’s digital transformation is a central driver for ensuring that Europe remains competitive,
resilient, reduces its excessive dependencies and enhance its technological sovereignty, while
reinforcing its strategic autonomy1. To this effect, the Digital Decade Policy Programme (DDPP)2,
adopted in 2021, has provided the EU with a structured, strategic and legally binding governance
framework, enabling it to navigate an increasingly volatile geopolitical, economic, and technological
landscape. This demonstrates the EU’s determination and commitment to decisive, long-term action,
driving forward its vision for a digitally transformed Europe.
In the face of today’s geopolitical challenges, the DDPP has become more vital than ever.
Strengthening Europe’s technological sovereignty and resilience is key to protecting strategic interests
and reinforcing the EU’s global leadership and competitiveness. The DDPP plays a crucial role in this
context, fostering coordination among Member States, aligning their efforts, and addressing the
urgent need for an accelerated digital transformation.
Through the Digital Decade, the EU sets and monitors digital objectives and targets, aligns initiatives
through national roadmaps, and enhances joint investment. This demonstrates the EU’s
determination and commitment to decisive, long-term action, driving forward its vision for a digitally
transformed Europe. Furthermore, the Digital Decade fosters cooperation across EU, Member State,
regional and city levels, accelerating digital transformation and supporting the implementation of the
Competitiveness Compass3. By adopting a broader, integrated perspective, the Digital Decade
connects competitiveness, sovereignty, sustainability and democratic values. It underlines how the
digital transformation is not only a matter of fuelling innovation and growth but also of fostering
the most important strategic assets for Europe’s sovereignty, stability, and global influence, as
illustrated in Figure 1.
This Communication describes the State of the Digital Decade in 2025, examining relevant digital
policy developments and progress with the EU’s digital transformation since the last report published
in 2024. It also lays the groundwork for the review of the DDPP in 2026, with possible changes to
targets, objectives and governance in view of technological and EU policy developments.
More detailed analyses, including EU level recommendations, are presented in the Annexes to the
Communication and in supporting documents, specifically Staff Working Documents, Eurobarometer
and studies4 which, all together, constitute the 2025 State of the Digital Decade report.
In particular, this Communication is accompanied by 28 Annexes:
• Annex 1, an extensive analysis of the progress made towards the Digital Decade objectives
and targets, and includes horizontal recommendations addressed to all Member States;
• Annexes 2-28, summaries of the analysis made for each of the 27 Member States, including
country-specific recommendations.
1 See notably COM(2025) 30 final A Competitiveness Compass for the EU, as well as the 2024 Progress Report on the Implementation of the Strategic Compass for Security and Defence. 2 DECISION (EU) 2022/2481 3 A Competitiveness Compass for the EU, COM(2025) 30 final. 4 Please see the following page: https://digital-strategy.ec.europa.eu/en/policies/2025-state-digital-decade-package.
2
Figure 1: The Digital Decade and EU digital priorities
2. Tracking the EU’s Digital Decade overall progress
a. 2025: a defining year for the EU’s future
In 2025, the global Artificial Intelligence (AI) revolution is gaining further momentum with
breakthroughs in foundational technologies, which are reshaping innovation frontiers, redefining
competitiveness, and changing people’s everyday lives. Workers now use AI tools to boost
productivity – from factory-floor assistants in manufacturing to AI office software development –
streamlining tasks and supporting decision-making. Meanwhile, autonomous car fleets are starting to
scale, notably in the US and Asia, with self-driving taxis and delivery services setting new standards for
urban mobility and economic efficiency. Furthermore, AI is revolutionising healthcare, making it more
effective, accessible, and economically sustainable. AI is also a game changer for the green transition.
enabling real time environmental monitoring, underpinning circular economy, streamlining industrial
processes, and supporting smarter resource management across sectors such as water, energy,
transport, and agriculture. Amid these rapid advances, a key emerging issue is how to harness the
power of AI through effective policy and democratic governance to advance societal progress—
promoting broad-based prosperity, inclusive growth, and public benefits5.
Establishing EU leadership and positioning Europe as a true AI continent is a paramount priority,
requiring a comprehensive set of assets, capabilities, and infrastructures — from advanced skills to
robust ethical frameworks — as illustrated in Figure 2. It includes notably highly efficient digital
infrastructure – from connectivity to quantum computing – to support the current surge in AI
innovation. A major boost in computing power, data storage, and fast, secure, low-latency
5 Daron Acemoglu and Simon Johnson, Power and Progress: Our Thousand-Year Struggle Over Technology and Prosperity (2023)
3
connectivity is also essential to train foundation models and develop vertically integrated AI
applications.
Figure 2: The seven pillars for becoming an AI leader and the role of the Digital Decade
These foundational technologies are crucial for defence and cybersecurity, enabling real-time data
analysis, battlefield situational awareness, autonomous decision-making, cryptanalysis, secure
communications and next-generation cybersecurity solutions.
This has spinoff value, as 10% of the EU’s defence spending is expected to be channelled into
European deep tech, potentially generating an annual market impact of EUR 245 billion, as a powerful
catalyst for innovation and industrial renewal6. Meanwhile, geopolitical shifts are turning the EU's
digital supply chain dependencies into strategic vulnerabilities. As supply chains are increasingly
weaponised through overreliance on high-risk-vendors or restrictions and tariffs, technological
sovereignty has moved to the forefront of the EU agenda, driving the need for a more coordinated
industrial policy, deeper public-private partnerships, and targeted investments with the objective of
positioning the EU not as a mere passive consumer of global technology, but as a proactive,
competitive force, spearheaded by its digital and industrial transformation. Excessive dependence on
foreign entities is also exposing the EU’s financial system’s resilience, including in critical areas such
as payment systems and crypto assets, which is becoming increasingly vulnerable to external influence
and disruptions, sometimes beyond the reach of European regulation. The prospect of a digital euro
is becoming a cornerstone of Europe’s digital finance strategy and economic security, strengthening
Europe’s financial ecosystem, innovation capacity and strategic autonomy.
The growing sophistication of the threats we face – including disinformation, cyberattacks, deepfakes,
and algorithmic manipulation – requires widespread digital literacy and a skilled ICT workforce.
These threats, whose creation and dissemination are amplified by AI and online platforms, also have
the potential to distort electoral outcomes, deepen societal polarisation, erode public trust in
democratic institutions and compromise critical infrastructure. They also challenge the rule of law
by undermining the integrity of democratic processes, weakening institutional accountability, and
disrupting the enforcement of legal norms online — particularly when harmful or illegal content
spreads unchecked across platforms. Additional risks are emerging from complex use patterns of
algorithms and digital tools, such as online platforms, and their impact on children’s safety and
6 Dealroom.co. The 2025 European deep tech report, March 2025.
4
wellbeing7. If left unchecked, these online threats could put the very foundations of democracy at risk
– undermining the rule of law and disrupting evidence-based public debate and policymaking.
The 2025 Digital Decade Eurobarometer8.:
- A significant majority of European citizens (88%) believe that combating fake news and online
disinformation should be a priority.
- Nine out of ten consider protecting children online to be an urgent concern.
- Three out of four Europeans consider that the digitalisation of daily services makes their lives easier.
However, conversely this still indicates that about 100 million people find it makes their lives more
complicated.
- 85% of respondents consider it important for public authorities to ensure that European companies
can grow and become European champions able to compete globally, while 89% believe equally in the
importance of increasing research and innovation for more secure and strong digital technologies.
Events in 2025 have thus underscored the urgent need for Europe to innovate, compete and grow
while assuming greater responsibility for its strategic autonomy, resilience, security and defence,
developing its own sovereign technologies not just as a matter of competitiveness, but as a strategic
imperative.
b. From metrics to meaning: what 2024 reveals about the EU’s digital trajectory
Since July 2024, the EU has shown uneven progress across DDPP targets and objectives. Certain
areas, such as the deployment of edge nodes, the availability of e-Health services, and ‘basic’ 5G radio
coverage, are demonstrating comparatively high levels of target achievement. In contrast, several key
domains – particularly foundational digital technologies such as AI, cloud services, data analytics,
along with ICT specialists and basic digital skills – are showing deeply unsatisfactory progress. While
improving at a slow pace, the digitalisation of public services and the roll out of Very High-Capacity
Networks (VHCN) are showing signs of increased maturity, while deployment of Fibre to the premises
is progressing but not enough to reach 100% by 2030.
More generally, the monitoring of general objectives shows that the EU is still facing major challenges
to harnessing the digital transformation for its productivity and competitiveness. The deployment
and integration of these technologies across the EU economy are still too limited, while regulatory
fragmentation and administrative complexity continue to pose significant challenges for start-ups,
SMEs, and innovators9. The EU still lacks sovereign, pan-European digital connectivity and cloud
computing infrastructure, as well as integrated management systems needed to support its
development and a good level of security. With the increase in cyberattacks, which surged by 150%
in 2024, security has become paramount. This need closely aligns with the priorities of most European
citizens: around four out of five Europeans think that improved cybersecurity and stronger protection
of online data and safety would significantly facilitate their daily use of digital technologies10. A
widespread lack of digital skills remains a systemic barrier to the EU’s digital transformation. In
particular, persistent shortages of ICT specialists are slowing progress towards the Digital Decade
targets in key areas like AI, cybersecurity, and semiconductors. This shortage is compounded by the
continuous gender imbalance among ICT specialists.
7 See Annex 1 to the Communication, related recommendations and Staff Working Document. 8 Eurobarometer Digital Decade 2025. 9A Competitiveness Compass for the EU, COM(2025) 30 final. 10 Eurobarometer Digital Decade 2025.
5
Figure 3: Taking stock of KPIs progress toward 203011 12
Meanwhile, the EU’s digital future is becoming increasingly dependent on stable energy production.
In 2024, global electricity demand grew by more than twice the annual average increase over the past
decade. Global Data centre electricity consumption is set to more than double to around 945 TWh
by 2030, equivalent to Japan’s current total electricity consumption13. The data centre industry must
grow and evolve to accommodate inter alia the explosive growth and evolution of AI, generative AI
and future AI iterations already in the making. This trend alone is set to represent 40% of the total
energy demand in 2030 for data centre capacity14. Exponentially rising energy demands are rapidly
outpacing the development of clean and reliable energy supply and grid capacity across the EU. This
discrepancy is emerging as a potential significant barrier to the scaling of key digital technologies
and delaying the EU’s ability to fully leverage AI and data-driven innovation for economic
competitiveness. These trends further underscore the imperative to strengthen the alignment
11 The current KPI for the 5G target does not reflect the actual quality of service experienced by users. It monitors areas where a 5G signal is available, regardless of the network performance. Therefore, the current stage of 5G deployment can be considered only as ‘basic 5G’. Regarding quantum, data is based on: Strategic Advisory Board of the European Quantum Flagship, Key Performance Indicators for Quantum Technologies in Europe, , March 2025. Note that it is expected that six additional quantum computers will be deployed until the end of 2025 as several procurement procedures are currently ongoing. 12 No 2024 data is available for Cloud take-up, Data analytics take-up and Basic digital skills. The 2024 value of SMEs digital intensity is compared with the 2022 value. Full details on the KPIs in DESI 2025 Methodological note at https://digital- strategy.ec.europa.eu/en/policies/2025-state-digital-decade-package 13 Estimates at global level, on annual basis. Source: International Energy Agency, AI and Energy, April 2025. 14 McKinsey, AI power: Expanding data center capacity to meet growing demand, October 2024.
6
between the green and digital transitions, as a key driver of the EU’s long-term competitiveness and
security 15.
In order to see current perspective of achieving the 2030 targets, Figure 4 below tracks the progress
of KPIs toward their EU targets, benchmarking achievement levels against projected timelines. The
horizontal axis displays the target year for each KPI (based on the baseline trajectories where
available), while the vertical axis shows the percentage of the target already attained as of 2024. The
chart categorises KPIs into three groups: those ahead of schedule, on track (approaching targets), or
delayed (falling below expected progress).
Figure 4: Tracking KPIs progress and expected timeline
c. Halfway through the Decade: momentum is building among Member States and EU
institutions, with some early signs of concrete progress
Two years after its entry into force, the DDPP is now in full implementation mode with concrete and
ambitious action taken by the EU and Member States.
Collective ownership by all Member States of the Digital Decade targets and objectives is essential
to achieving them and ensuring a consistent, impactful, and inclusive digital transformation across the
EU. Member States are proactively implementing the DDPP, which is first and foremost a collaborative
framework for Member States to work together, align and pool resources on digital policy.
All Member States have developed National Digital Decade strategic roadmaps (National Roadmaps),
outlining the policies, measures and actions being taken from 2024 onwards to drive the EU’s digital
transformation from 2024 on. The adoption of the roadmaps represents a significant milestone, as
Member States are collectively committing to a total of 1 910 measures with a total investment of
EUR 288.6 billion, comprising EUR 205.1 billion from public budgets (equivalent to 1.14% of the EU’s
GDP).
15 Digitalisation, environmental sustainability and resilience are mutually reinforcing transformations, as digital solutions could cut 15–20% of global greenhouse gas emissions by 2030 across sectors, notably through improved efficiency in buildings, energy, transport, and manufacturing sectors. Digitalisation can also help resource optimisation, water resilience, pollution and waste reduction as well as create new market opportunities for example through products meeting high eco-design standards or in boosting circularity.
7
Figure 5: Public budget intensity in Member States Roadmaps16
Following the 2024 State of the Digital Decade report recommendations, 21 Member States have
updated their National Roadmaps and added roughly 20% of new measures17. Over half of the
measures indicating a timespan are planned to end in 2026, likely reflecting national budget cycles
and the conclusion of the Recovery and Resilience Facility (RRF) plans and investments, suggesting a
potential decline in support starting in 2027.
Member States are demonstrating their commitment to collective action through the
implementation of annual recommendations. Member States addressed 57% of the 306 country-
level recommendations issued by the Commission in 2024, either by implementing significant policy
changes (12%) or making some changes (45%) through new measures. 19 Member States have
addressed at least half of their recommendations through new measures. Among the EU-level
recommendations, over 45% show either notable (35%) or significant progress (10%), with strong
results in the areas related to the development of human-centred AI and safeguarding of digital rights
and principles. On the other hand, 48% of the EU-level recommendations issued in 2024 have only
seen limited progress, and 7% show no progress. This mixed picture highlights that, while there is
clear momentum toward achieving some of the Digital Decade targets and objectives, there remains
a continued need for structured and bolder policy action to accelerate and improve EU’s trajectory in
the Decade.
16 When referring to national roadmaps, data used in this report are those declared by the Member States in their national roadmaps, on the basis of the Commission's guidance (C(2023) 4025 final). Data might reflect possible variations in reporting practices and methodological choices across Member States. No systematic assessment was made of the extent to which Member States followed the guidance. 17 Roadmap adjustments submitted by 31/03/2025 are taken into account. In accordance with Article 8 of the Decision (EU) 2022/2481, which establishes the Digital Decade Policy Programme 2030, Member States are required to submit adjustments to their national roadmaps to the Commission every two years, starting within 5 months of the publication of the second Report on the Digital Decade. If a Member State believes that no updates are necessary, it must provide a justification for this to the Commission.
8
Figure 6: National Roadmaps: budget breakdown per target and general objective18
Through the European Digital Infrastructure Consortia (EDICs), concrete multi-country cooperation
is advancing to develop large-scale projects that a single Member State cannot tackle alone, covering
key strategic areas such as AI, smart cities, health, mobility, and agri-food. Three EDICs have been
established in 2024: the Alliance for Language Technologies EDIC, the Local Digital Twins towards the
CitiVERSE EDIC and the EDIC for European Blockchain Partnership and European Blockchain Service
Infrastructure (EUROPEUM-EDIC).
Member States are also supporting Important Projects of Common European Interest (IPCEIs) in the
digital field. In 2024, IPCEI on Cloud Infrastructure and Services (CIS) was launched, with the
participating companies advancing on their projects and the IPCEI ecosystem extending to include new
indirect partners. In 2024, several Member States decided to enter into the design phase of three
potential IPCEI candidates in the area of digital: one focusing on innovative AI services, one on
advanced semiconductor technology applications and one on deploying computing infrastructure.
Work is ongoing between the interested Member States and the Commission to shape those IPCEI
candidates.
The Digital Decade Board (DDB), which brings together national representatives, has emerged as a
key platform for coordination and exchange on issues related to digital transformation. It is well
positioned to take on a growing role in advancing the EU’s digital transformation by strengthening
cooperation, facilitating the implementation of digital policies, and supporting the development and
adoption of solutions that simplify processes and reduce administrative burden, as well as advising on
how to better link the targets and objectives with financing possibilities.
Furthermore, the Digital Decade Best Practice Accelerator, launched in July 2024, has been
instrumental in further fostering collaboration among Member States through a combination of
regular workshops and a dedicated online platform. This platform serves as a central hub for the
exchange of information, challenges, and best practices related to achieving the goals of the Digital
Decade. It features a repository that has compiled 52 best practices and organised eight workshops
18 Number of measures and budgets as reported by the Member States. The budget in the graph is split between targets and objectives, most of the budget (99.58%) is allocated towards the targets which are often related to some of the objectives. The budget breakdown shown for objectives (0.42%) only shows the breakdown of the budget allocated towards objectives that are not associated to the targets.
9
focusing on thematic clusters (Digital skills, Green IT, Tech Uptake, led respectively by Slovenia,
France and Finland, Belgium), which enable in-depth exploration of specific areas crucial for the digital
transformation of the EU. Additionally, discussions are ongoing for the launch of three new clusters in
2025, focusing on reducing administrative burden, digital rights and principles, and digital
sovereignty.
The monitoring the Declaration on Digital Rights and Principles19 shows increasing commitment
among Member States to take action, with over 2000 initiatives – 80% of them led by government
organisations – identified across the EU. Member States are most active in the area of digital
education, training and skills, as well as in working towards a better protected, safe and secure digital
environment.
Finally, cities are vital enablers of the EU’s Digital Decade, serving as key implementation hubs that
bring digital transformation directly to citizens, public services, and businesses—especially SMEs—
through their proximity, innovation ecosystems, and local leadership. The report shows that there is
still further potential to be unlocked through deeper cooperation with cities as part of EU’s digital
governance, investment in local digital capacity, and alignment of local strategies, leveraging tools
such as local observatories, and multi-country projects such as LDT-CitiVERSE.
d. Despite recent efforts, public and private investment levels are not yet fully aligned
with the Digital Decade’s ambition and scale
In recent years, the EU has achieved some progress in strengthening its digital infrastructure and
technological capabilities. Significant investments have been made in strategic areas, notably through
initiatives like the Digital Europe Programme. Some examples of these achievements include:
• Over the past eight years, eight supercomputers have been acquired, three of which ranked
among the world’s top 10 fastest supercomputers and were also recognised as being among
the greenest and most energy-efficient.
• More than 150 European Digital Innovation Hubs are currently operational across the EU,
covering nearly 90% of European regions, providing important support to both public and
private organisations, in particular SMEs20.
• The European Digital Identity Wallet, which is currently being piloted across the EU, will
provide a secure and user-controlled tool enabling citizens to prove their identity, share
documents, and sign digitally.
• In the semiconductor sector, four state-of-the-art pilot lines have been launched to test and
validate advanced chip technologies.
In line with the priorities outlined in the Competitiveness Compass21, on 9 April 2025 the Commission
adopted the AI Continent Action Plan, outlining a set of actions relating to computing infrastructure,
data, the development of AI algorithms and adoption, skills, and regulatory simplification. The action
plan signals the EU’s ambition to become more competitive on the global stage by harnessing the
potential of AI technologies and fostering strategic investments such as the AI Gigafactories, as well
19 See SWD ‘Monitoring of the European Declaration on Digital Rights and Principles’. 20 See De Nigris, S., Kalpaka, A. and Nepelski, D., Characteristics and regional coverage of the European Digital Innovation Hubs network, Publications Office of the European Union, Luxembourg, 2023, doi:10.2760/590526, JRC134620, and European Commission: Joint Research Centre, Carpentier, E., D’Adda, D., Nepelski, D. and Stake, J., European Digital Innovation Hubs Network’s activities and customers, Publications Office of the European Union, Luxembourg, 2025, https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2760/7784020, JRC140547. 21 A Competitiveness Compass for the EU, COM(2025) 30 final.
10
as launching targeted initiatives like Invest AI to scale public and private financing and Apply AI to
accelerate the deployment of trustworthy AI across key sectors of the economy and public services.
Despite those achievements it is clear that continued and reinforced effort is essential to meet the
scale of the digital transition and secure Europe’s technological sovereignty.
As the EU reaches the midpoint of its Digital Decade, this report—together with recent estimates
from institutions including the EPRS, ECB, and the Draghi report using different scopes and
methodologies22 show that the EU’s digital objectives will not be achieved without a transformative
shift in its investment landscape. The Draghi report sets out that the additional effort of the EU should
amount to EUR 150 billion a year for digital technologies. Similarly, the European Central Bank (ECB)
stresses the importance of focusing EU finances on future-oriented investments, warning that failure
to scale digital capabilities could compromise the EU’s long-term competitiveness and financial
stability.
According to estimates by the European Parliamentary Research Service, only advancing high-tech
digital innovation (HTDI) alone across Europe will require between EUR 212 and 380 billion annually23,
more than triple the EU’s current yearly total investment in digital technologies and infrastructure. A
large part of the investment needs will have to come from private investments, mobilised through a
deepened Capital Markets Union24, increased risk financing, and industrial partnerships25 (see below).
A quarter of that estimate will need to come from public channels, including national budgets, EU
programmes26, at a time when fiscal space is constrained across many Member States and medium-
term budgetary pressures remain elevated, despite the increased flexibility of the new EU fiscal
framework.
Strategic public procurement, notably thanks to the forthcoming revision of the Public Procurement
Directives, will be crucial to achieve the EU’s objectives on resilience, innovation, simplification, and
EU preference through public investment. When combined with measures outlined in the AI Continent
Action Plan and the upcoming Cloud and AI Development Act and the support of GovTech27, this
revision will ensure that highly critical public sector develops highly secure, EU-based cloud capacity.
Another unexplored opportunity is to make digitalisation eligible for sustainable (climate) financing
demonstrating the energy and material efficiency gains of digitalisation in major industries, building
notably on the recent work of the European Green Digital Coalition28.
Analyses also converge on the critical areas where investment needs to be channelled to, from the
roll-out of advanced connectivity infrastructure in fibre, 5G – in particular stand-alone and mid-band,
including full coverage of transport corridors29 – to the development of next-generation
semiconductors, including AI-specific chips, the scaling of secure and sovereign cloud and data
22 See European Parliamentary Research Service, Cost of Non-Europe in High-Tech Digital Innovation: Investment Needs and Economic Benefits, July 2024; European Central Bank, Mind the gap: Europe’s strategic investment needs and how to support them, ECB Blog by Othman Bouabdallah, Ettore Dorrucci, Lucia Hoendervangers and Carolin Nerlich, 27 June 2024; Draghi, M., The future of European competitiveness, 2024; World Economic Forum, Europe’s Digital Transformation: Time for Bold Action, July 2024. 23 European Parliamentary Research Service, Cost of Non-Europe in High-Tech Digital Innovation: Investment Needs and Economic Benefits, July 2024, pages 56-57 and 60-61. 24 What is the capital markets union? - European Commission. 25 EPRS (2024) estimates that around one fourth of the required HTDI investment would need to come from public sources. The study also provides an overview of other estimates for the public-private split from comparable analyses. 26 Other estimates concur, for example estimating that creation of sovereign, interoperable, and secure digital infrastructure stack alone would represent a total investment of EUR 300 billion over ten years (Bria, Timmers, Gernone, EuroStack – A European Alternative for Digital Sovereignty. Bertelsmann Stiftung, 2025). 27 Public sector engagement with start-ups and SMEs to procure innovative solutions. 28 European Green Digital Coalition’s Net Climate Impact Assessment of digital solutions– www.greendigitalcoalition.eu 29 For connectivity infrastructure, the EU requires over EUR 200 billion by 2030 for gigabit connectivity and ‘full 5G’. White Paper, how to master Europe's digital infrastructure needs, COM(2024) 81 final.
11
infrastructure, the advancement of trustworthy AI and quantum computing technologies, and the
development of robust cybersecurity capacities. Equally important is the sustained investment in
training more digital technology specialists, digital literacy and upskilling, without which the benefits
of innovation will remain inaccessible to many regions and sectors.
The cloud computing capacity gap between Europe and competitors like the US and China is expected
to widen, unless significantly more capital is directed towards expanding edge and cloud computing
capabilities. This report also identifies more precise mismatches between digital priorities and the
funding allocated through EU public instruments (cf. figure 7), showing notably that insufficient
attention is paid to the general objectives and the digital principles, skills development, foundational
technologies, gigabit connectivity infrastructure deployment and digitalisation of SMEs. In this
context, it is crucial to focus and align public spending as much as possible with strategic priorities and
maximise its impact and efficiency30.
Structural obstacles remain to foster the financing of the EU’s digital transformation. On the public
side, persistent fragmentation of national strategies, limited coordination at EU level, and slow
absorption of EU funds impede the effective deployment of available resources. There is also a need
to better coordinate action, in order to channel more public funding into sovereign digital assets,
including trusted clouds, AI models, chips and cybersecurity while fostering joint projects between
Member States.
Mobilising private capital at scale will be critical to bridge the gap—through a deeper Capital Markets
Union, better-aligned public-private instruments, and stronger mechanisms for de-risking and
blended finance. Recent analysis by the ECB31 also highlights the need to focus not only on headline
investment targets but also on improving delivery conditions, investment absorption, and project
quality.
The fragmentation and underdevelopment of the EU’s financial markets, along with the tendency
in the EU to avoid high-risk endeavours, still limit the flow of investment into high-growth and
innovative sectors, with a large share of household savings not channelled towards productive
investment. The EU also lacks a mature venture capital ecosystem, which limits access to finance for
high-growth and innovative companies32. The EU accounts for only 5% of global Venture Capital (VC)
fundraising in innovation, compared to 52% for the US and 40% for China33. European AI startups
raised about EUR 11 billion in venture capital funding in 2024, more than six times less than in the US
(about EUR 71 billion)34. These gaps are particularly critical for high-risk, high-impact investment in
deep tech, where traditional bank financing is often insufficient. For cybersecurity, EU venture capital
totalled just EUR 814 million35 concentrated in a few Member States, compared to EUR 15 billion in
the US. Leveraging public resources to crowd in private investment – particularly through risk-sharing
mechanisms and financial instruments – is therefore essential to scale innovation across the
continent.
30 These priorities are central in the context of the Competitiveness Compass (COM (2025) 30 final) and the Communication ‘Road to the next multi-annual financial framework’ (COM(2025) 46 final). Moreover, higher alignment between funding and key digital needs was advocated by a recent ECA report on the Recovery and Resilience Facility (ECA Special report 13/2025). 31 European Central Bank, Mind the gap: Europe’s strategic investment needs and how to support them, ECB Blog by Othman Bouabdallah, Ettore Dorrucci, Lucia Hoendervangers and Carolin Nerlich, 27 June 2024. 32 EIB, Investment Report 2024/2025: Innovation, integration and simplification in Europe, 2025. 33 Competitiveness Compass (COM (2025) 30 final). 34 Dealroom.co, Opening moves in global AI - AI, startups & venture capital, AI Action Summit, Paris, February 2025. 35 European Commission, European industrial technology roadmap for the next generation cloud-edge offering, 2021.
12
Figure 7: Comparison between gaps identified and EU funding from selected programmes in 2020-
2027 (JRC estimates)36
* 69% is referred to FTTP coverage; 82% to VHCN coverage. ** 82% is referred to digital public services for citizens; 86% to digital public services for businesses.
The report’s findings also underscore the need to establish a larger pool of public capital to leverage
private investment in the European economy and reduce financing costs for European businesses.
Decisive action is needed to significantly increase the funding opportunities for all EU businesses,
from the start-up phase right through to more mature companies building on the recently adopted
EU Startup and Scaleup Strategy37. The main challenges to be addressed include the reinforcement
and deployment of blended finance tools to de-risk private investment (e.g. InvestEU, expected to
mobilise more than €372 billion of public and private investment through an EU budget guarantee of
€26.2 billion), as well as the establishment of a Savings and Investments Union38 to scale private
investment across borders, including through the simplification of Initial Public Offering (IPO)
36 Data on budget in the first column are based on estimates by the Joint Research Centre (JRC) based on the mapping of five major programmes—RRF, CEF Digital, Horizon Europe, DIGITAL, and Cohesion Policy—and their contribution to the Digital Decade targets. Estimates are referred to the multi-annual financial framework 2021-2027, with the Recovery and Resilience Facility covering the period 2020-2026. Amounts should be regarded as broad estimates. See also Annex 1 to this Communication (section 5.b), and SWD ‘Digital Decade in 2025: progress and outlook’ (section 4.2.2). Source: European Commission: Joint Research Centre, Nepelski, D. and Torrecillas, J. Mapping EU level funding instruments 2021-2027 to Digital Decade targets – 2025 update, Publications Office of the European Union, Luxembourg, 2025, JRC141966. 37 COM(2025) 270 final Choose Europe to start and scale. 38 Savings and Investments Union A Strategy to Foster Citizens’ Wealth and Economic Competitiveness in the EU, COM(2025) 124 final.
13
pathways and the unlocking of pension fund capital for digital investments, to accelerate scale-up
trajectories.
Next to investments, reforms play a crucial role for the advancement towards the digital transition.
The Recovery and Resilience Facility (RRF) was designed with this dual focus, supporting not only
investments but also structural reforms, in connection with the European Semester39. In the digital
domain, on a total of about 2 500 milestones and targets, about 600 (24%) qualify as reforms40. They
include, for instance, reforms to facilitate network deployment, strengthen cybersecurity, to
modernise labour market policies and education systems, or implement the once-only-principle.
In their national roadmaps, Member States were invited to also include 'regulatory and reform-
oriented measures'41, but so far, they have provided little information on which roadmap measures
qualify as reforms. As a first step, the relevance of reforms is reflected in the recommendations issued
in this report at both horizontal (please see Annex 1) and Member State level, such as establishing
enabling framework conditions and ecosystems that support commercialisation and technology
transfer, in the area of digitalising SMEs and start-ups as well as the uptake of advanced technologies.
Finally, the Technical Support Instrument (TSI) has provided targeted expertise and capacity-building
assistance to Member States in designing and implementing reforms, including in the area of digital.
For instance, with the 2025 flagship ‘ComPAct - Capacity for Europe’s Digital Decade’, public
administrations in the Member States get support in creating the technological foundations for data-
driven policies that integrate interoperability and AI technologies.
3. Addressing digital weaknesses and excessive dependencies
While global access to innovative and affordable technology, infrastructure and services is vital for EU
competitiveness, the EU’s reliance on foreign digital technologies, infrastructure and services exposes
it to several risks. While digitalisation is a driver of innovation, productivity and global
competitiveness, persistent strategic dependencies threaten the EU’s economic security and
technological sovereignty. Excessive dependencies are particularly acute in the areas of
semiconductors, cloud and data infrastructure and cybersecurity technologies.
The EU still lacks a significant domestic semiconductor manufacturing capacity. It lacks capacity to
manufacture advanced node fabrication (below 10nm), essential for both civilian and military
applications42. This capacity is mainly concentrated in East Asia and in the US: 80% of the EU
companies’ suppliers are headquartered outside the EU, with 35% located in the US, 12.4% in Taiwan,
11.7% in China or Hong Kong and 10% in South Korea43. In the event of geopolitical turmoil in East Asia
affecting Taiwan – currently producing over 90% of the world’s most advanced chips – particularly
with the intention of controlling its semiconductor industry (most notably TSMC, the world’s most
advanced chipmaker), the consequences would be severe. Most European industries – from
automotive to aerospace, from medical equipment to defence – would face critical production
deadlocks.
39 The RRF regulation required that he recovery and resilience plan ‘contributes to effectively address all or a significant subset of challenges identified in the relevant country-specific recommendations’ (REGULATION (EU) 2021/241 establishing the Recovery and Resilience Facility, article 18.4). 40 Recovery and Resilience Facility Scoreboard. 41 Guidance to the Member States on the preparation of the national Digital Decade strategic roadmaps, C(2023) 4025 final. 42 IC Insights, McClean Report, May 2Q Update of The McClean Report 2022. 43 Ciani, A., Nardo, M., The position of the EU in the semiconductor value chain: evidence on trade, foreign acquisitions, and ownership, European Commission, Ispra, 2022, JRC129035.
14
Foundational AI model development is also dominated by the US, notably because of the US access
to vast computing power through US hyperscalers who are also devolving much of their capital
investments into cloud development. This situation presents several risks for the EU, starting with the
lock-in of users to proprietary ecosystems, as well as the critical risk of EU user companies and citizens
being exposed to the application of US laws such as the US Cloud Act. Currently, the largest EU cloud
operator holds a mere 2% share of the EU market. This trend is expected to persist, with US
hyperscalers projected to drive 65% of data centre demand in Europe by 202844. Cybersecurity
technologies taken up in Europe often originate from outside the EU, potentially exposing European
networks to foreign influence or backdoor vulnerabilities.
Risks have also been identified in quantum technologies, particularly regarding the potential transfer
of expertise through unmonitored foreign direct investment, talent poaching and collaborations
lacking proper safeguards. On the other hand, it is also to be considered that the EU possesses
significant strengths and leads in quantum science and research excellence, has a highly skilled
workforce as well as one of the world's most dynamic startup ecosystems in quantum technologies.
Initiatives such as Quantum Flagship, the Chips Joint Undertaking, and the new Quantum Pilot Lines
also build on these strengths. Safeguarding these assets while fostering innovation remains a priority
for sustaining Europe's competitiveness in this critical domain.
Europe is not yet harnessing the full power of open source45 - a public good that can be freely used,
modified, and redistributed allowing all to use the technology at will - and the vibrant community of
European open source developers, which could be an important avenue for tech sovereignty to reduce
Europe’s dependencies from third countries. Digital dependencies and vulnerabilities relating to
research security intersect with broader economic security concerns, especially in the current
geopolitical context. Key risks include the weaponisation of dependencies and economic coercion for
political leverage.
In addition to this, no pan-EU digital platform is today among the most visited in Europe and
‘European citizens are served mostly by non-EU commercial platforms’46. These large platforms are
often a gateway for a large number of business users to reach end users everywhere in the Union and
control important ecosystems in the digital economy. Their position and the rules they set on their
platforms can lead to unfair practices conditions for businesses using them, and harm users, as well
as limit contestability and create an uneven playing field for other companies. Another concern in the
digital landscape is the trade and exchange of illegal goods, services and content online, as well as the
misuse of online services to amplify the spread of disinformation and for other harmful purposes.
Modern connectivity is no longer a collection of separate technologies – satellites, submarine
cables, mobile and fixed networks – but a deeply interconnected ecosystem. To respond to the
growing demand for critical, low-latency applications - such as autonomous vehicles and remote
surgery, increasingly higher amounts of data47 need to flow seamlessly across all these domains, as
disruptions in one can affect the entire network’s performance and security. This will require in the
near future a global approach ranging from orbital assets to terrestrial infrastructure, linking together
44 McKinsey. The role of power in unlocking the European AI revolution, 2024. 45 According to Open Forum Europe, open-source software is estimated to contribute between EUR 65 to EUR 95 billion to the European Union’s GDP. Open-source software is today the basis for most software solutions, as open-source represents about 70% of all codes. But whilst Europe annually spends between EUR 10 and EUR 24 billion of public funds on software, only a minor fraction directly supports the European open-source industry, which comprises primarily of small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs), start-ups, and individual developers (Blind, K.; Böhm, M., Grzegorzewska, P., Katz, A., Muto, S., Pätsch, S., Schubert, T. (2021). The impact of Open Source Software and Hardware on technological independence, competitiveness and innovation in the EU economy, Final Study Report. Brussels). 46 Draghi, M., The future of European competitiveness, 2024. 47 Statista, 2025 (Volume of data/information created, captured, copied, and consumed worldwide from 2010 to 2023, with forecasts from 2024 to 2028).
15
in a unified, resilient, and globally optimised system. And for that we need to build the basis now, with
full coverage of fibre and accelerated development of stand-alone 5G. The resilience and security of
Europe’s connectivity infrastructure is increasingly challenged by the geopolitical and technological
complexities of today’s digital landscape. The full implementation of the EU 5G Toolbox and the
promotion of standalone 5G networks are essential for mitigating security risks associated with
mobile connectivity. Furthermore, core infrastructures like submarine data cables remain vulnerable
to physical sabotage, risks and challenges that are addressed by Cable Security Action Plan48. In
parallel, the EU’s autonomy in the field of communications is undermined by the EU’s heavy reliance
on non-European satellite systems, a critical dependency starkly revealed during the war in Ukraine,
when SpaceX threatened multiple time to interrupt the delivery of Starlink satellite services.
Finally, the risk of digital dependency is also critical in systemic sectors such as the financial sector.
Today, the EU lacks a unified payment system, and while only seven countries of the Euro area have
their own national payment systems49, the EU as a whole relies heavily on international card
schemes, representing over 64% of all card-initiated transactions in the euro area50. In addition,
mobile app payments, dominated by non-European tech firms (such as Apple Pay, Google Pay and
PayPal), now account for nearly a tenth of retail transactions and are showing double-digit annual
growth. These developments are exposing the EU to geopolitical and cybersecurity risks. The
Commission’s legislative proposal on the digital euro, adopted in June 2023, continued its path of
interinstitutional negotiations in 2024. The final decision on its issuance rests with the European
Central Bank, following the conclusion of the legislative process.
4. Harnessing digitalisation for the EU’s defence capacity
Digital technologies are a cornerstone of the EU efforts to reinforce its security, strategic autonomy,
and defence capabilities. By harnessing the potential of synergies between civilian and defence AI
applications, the EU can unlock new opportunities for innovation, enhance Europe’s competitiveness
and reinforce its strategic autonomy in this critical domain.
Robust and secure communication networks are essential for modern defence operations. Sovereign
satellite communication infrastructure is vital for independent defence and crisis response.
Integration of 5G and 6G technologies will further enhance secure, real-time operational capabilities
across domains. In parallel, sovereign cloudified networks are critical to ensure that sensitive defence
data is securely stored, processed, and protected within the EU jurisdiction. AI represents a
transformative force in both civilian and military contexts as AI-enabled systems are key to
accelerating threat detection, improving decision-making, and supporting autonomous operations.
Semiconductors underpin nearly all modern defence capabilities. As global supply chains remain
vulnerable to geopolitical tensions, the Commission is committed to supporting a secure and
sovereign European semiconductor ecosystem building on new five pilot lines with a total investment
of EUR 3.7 billion, now able to also serve defence applications.
48 EU Action Plan on Cable Security, JOIN(2025) 9 final. 49 The digital euro: maintaining the autonomy of the monetary system, Keynote speech by Philip R. Lane, 2025. 50 Volume share of international card schemes in total electronically initiated card payments with cards issued in the euro area and transactions acquired worldwide for the first half of 2023. Based on data collected under Regulation (EU) No 1409/2013 of the European Central Bank on payments statistics (ECB/2013/43), as amended.
16
Figure 8: The increasing overlap between digital and defence policy areas
Quantum technologies will increasingly shape the future of secure communications, sensing, and
computing. Through initiatives such as EuroQCS, EuroQCI, and the Quantum Flagship, the EU is
investing in quantum computing for complex problem solving, ultra-secure communications,
gravimetry sensors, and precise positioning, navigation and timing -to mention just a few that serve
both defence and civilian applications and critical infrastructures.
The development and scale-up of dual-use start-ups and unicorns are essential to ensuring Europe’s
long-term strategic competitiveness. However, a EUR 1.25 trillion defence investment gap since 2006
is indicative of chronic underinvestment, particularly for deep tech startups which includes an EUR 4
billion shortfall for SMEs, hindering innovation51. Bridging this gap requires sustained investment,
better integration of digital and defence strategies and targeted support for dual-use technologies
and innovation ecosystems. Persistent barriers to private investment, including outdated exclusion
policies, constraints related to Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) standards, and a lack of
defence-focused financial instruments52 have hindered the growth of digitally intensive SMEs and
start-ups developing defence or dual solutions. About 40% of defence SMEs still face difficulties in
accessing sources of financing, especially during the growth phase53.
In conclusion, amid an evolving geopolitical landscape and the changing nature of warfare, the
Commission’s efforts to integrate digital technologies into the defence ecosystem—and vice versa—
are essential to strengthening the EU’s security, resilience, and technological leadership. Civilian-
focused initiatives have laid important groundwork for harnessing advanced digital technologies such
as AI, quantum computing, and semiconductors in support of defence capabilities. Nonetheless, key
challenges persist, including the need for deeper policy integration, addressing digital infrastructure
51 European Commission, Defence Investment Gaps Analysis and Way Forward, 2024. 52 Dealroom.co & NATO Innovation Fund, Defence, Security and Resilience in Europe: The state of startups and venture capital, February 2025. 53 European Commission, Report on “Access to equity financing for European defence SMEs”, November 2023.
17
gaps, and accelerating innovation through targeted investment in dual-use technologies and
enhanced coordination between digital and defence strategies.
5. International aspects of the Digital Decade
The digital transformation is reshaping economies and societies across Europe and globally,
reinforcing the EU’s strategic interest in securing technological competitiveness as the foundation of
long-term political sovereignty. Building on the EU’s strengths and internal policies and actions, the
International Digital Strategy for the European Union54 seeks to (i) boost the EU’s tech
competitiveness through economic and business cooperation with trusted partners (ii) promote a high
level of security for the EU and its partners and (iii) shape global digital governance and standards in
line with the EU values-based approach.
The Commission has continued to develop its network of Trade and Technology Councils (TTC) and
Digital Partnerships. The EU has also expanded its growing portfolio of free trade agreements and
digital trade agreements, which set high-standard digital trade rules and provide a platform for
cooperation on digital trade issues. The Global Gateway strategy is playing a key role in promoting
digital infrastructure investment, notably of secure 5G networks provided by trusted vendors and
secure and resilient submarine cables. More broadly, the Global Gateway strategy is strengthening
Europe’s role as a trusted partner in global connectivity. Additionally, the Commission is supporting
digital transformation efforts in enlargement countries and the EU’s neighbourhood, while also
engaging in multilateral forums to drive progress on key issues, such as the governance of AI
(including the G7 Hiroshima AI Process and the Council of Europe Convention), Council of Europe
Convention) or the promotion of secure and data protection compliant Digital Public Infrastructures
(notably in the G20).
Finally, the Declaration on Digital Rights and Principles55 has had a significant impact on international
discussions, serving as inspiration for several international declarations56 and contributing to the first
comprehensive framework for global digital governance. By promoting its values and standards
globally, the EU is helping to shape the future of the digital economy and ensure it is aligned with its
strategic interests and values.
6. Conclusion
Amid intensifying geopolitical pressures, rapid technological change, and rising global competition,
the Digital Decade anchors the EU’s resolve to shape a digital future rooted in technological
sovereignty, competitiveness, innovation, sustainability and resilience.
As the EU reaches the pivotal midpoint of the Digital Decade, 2025 can be the moment when ambition
turns into lasting impact. The choices made now will determine whether Europe completes its shift
from a regulatory pioneer to a global leader in sovereign, secure, and ethical digital technologies. The
report underlines the importance of responding with unity, determination, and sustained effort.
While the EU has sharpened its strategic focus and made real progress, major challenges continue to
undermine the pace and resilience of its digital transformation. Skills shortages, infrastructure gaps
– especially in connectivity and foundational technologies – and increased security and sovereignty
concerns all demand urgent attention. Fragmented markets, overly complex regulations, possible
54 An International Digital Strategy for the European Union, JOIN(2025) 140 final. 55 European Declaration on Digital Rights and Principles for the Digital Decade (2023/C 23/01). 56 The OECD Declaration on a Trusted, Sustainable and Inclusive Digital Future and discussions for a United Nations Global Digital Compact (GDC).
18
tensions on energy capacity, and insufficient societal resilience and safeguards are also limiting the
EU’s ability to scale innovation and unlock the full potential of its private capital.
The findings of this report highlight the importance of acting more consistently, focusing on these
internal barriers and prioritising the acceleration of innovation cycles, the scaling of strategic
technologies across the Single Market, and investment into the sovereignty and security of its digital
ecosystem. In this regard, the National Roadmaps adopted by Member States mark a crucial turning
point. Their success depends not only on ambition, but on coherent, long-term execution and
alignment across all levels of governance. This also means making full use of the enabling instruments
– from EDICs and the coming AI and Cloud Development Act, the EU Wallet, the GDPR, the DSA, DMA
and AI Act – to the upcoming ‘28th Regime’ proposal – as well as better aligning investments with
actual needs.
The stakes are high. Without decisive and further coordinated action, the EU risks missing out on
substantial gains. According the EPRS study, an ambitious, coordinated policy could potentially
increase the EU GDP by 1.84% compared to the baseline, based on increased productivity, more
efficient public services, and a thriving innovation ecosystem57. By turning its collective strengths into
strategic advantage and sustaining coordinated action over time, Europe can not only meet the goals
of the Digital Decade but lead the way in shaping a digital future grounded in resilience, trust, and
shared prosperity.
Achieving this vision requires strong, collective ownership from all Member States, and cooperation
with all parties involved, including cities, local and regional groups, to deliver digital policies that have
tangible impact for citizens, businesses, and public services.
Considering the evidence presented in this report, the Commission will continue discussing with
Member States, the European Parliament, and stakeholders on how to progress together, leveraging
the Digital Decade’s governance mechanism, notably the Digital Decade Board. The report will also
inform the co-operation with stakeholders and partners outside the EU.
As set out in the DDPP, the Commission will monitor and assess the implementation of these
recommendations and report on the progress made in the State of the Digital Decade 2026. The
Commission will also start preparing the review of the DDPP, planned by June 2026. This will provide
an opportunity for a strategic reflection on the Digital Decade’s framework, objectives, and
governance, to better address shifting geopolitical, technological, and societal realities.
57 EPRS, Benefit of an EU strategic innovation agenda, Cost of Non Europe, 2025.
EN EN
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
Brussels, 16.6.2025
COM(2025) 290 final
ANNEX 1
ANNEX
to the
Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the
European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions
State of the Digital Decade 2025: Keep building the EU's sovereignty and digital future
{SWD(2025) 290 final} - {SWD(2025) 291 final} - {SWD(2025) 292 final} -
{SWD(2025) 293 final} - {SWD(2025) 294 final} - {SWD(2025) 295 final}
State of the EU digital transformation in 2025: progress and horizontal recommendations
1
Contents
1. Introduction .................................................................................................................................... 2
2. Reinforcing technological sovereignty, security, and competitiveness .......................................... 2
3. Protecting and empowering people, preserving EU democracies and values ............................. 21
4. Harnessing digitalisation for the green transition ........................................................................ 33
5. Building coherence, efficiency and simplification ........................................................................ 37
2
1. Introduction
This annex forms an integral part of the State of the Digital Decade 2025 report. It retains the four-
chapter structure of the 2024 report, focusing on: technological sovereignty, security, and
competitiveness; protecting and empowering people; harnessing digitalisation for the green
transition; and a horizontal chapter on building coherence, efficiency and simplification.
The analysis provides an overview of the state of play, identifies key strengths to build on as well as
gaps and shortages, and offers targeted recommendations to all Member States in areas requiring
stronger collective action. The analysis primarily relies on the monitoring conducted through the
Digital Economic and Society Index (DESI). It is further supported by relevant studies, expert analysis,
and the National Digital Decade Strategic Roadmaps submitted by Member States.
2. Reinforcing technological sovereignty, security, and competitiveness
a. A continent supporting digital innovation and sovereignty
i. Closing the innovation gap
- Research and Innovation (R&I) for a digitally transformed Europe
The trends identified in the 2025 State of the Digital Decade are still very much demonstrating the
EU’s weakness in digital innovation, particularly the limited scale of investment in R&D and the
insufficient focus on breakthrough innovation1. According to data from the EU Industrial R&D
Investment Scoreboard, the US dominates digital R&D, accounting for around 40% of all digital
companies and 53% of total R&D investment among those identified in 20232.
Overall, while Europe remains a global hub for scientific exchange, it lacks critical mass of top-
performing players, reflecting a fragmented ecosystem with limited specialisation3. The latest
available Eurostat data shows that the percentage of the ICT sector in gross value added is relatively
low and grew only marginally in recent years, from 4.86% in 2019 to 5.46% in 20224. While European
organisations excel in producing high-impact scientific publications, they struggle to transform this
knowledge into patented innovation. Compared to the US and China, the EU lags behind in patent
filings, with fewer applications submitted.
Digital technologies also play a crucial role in the EU’s efforts to innovate, compete and grow to ensure
its freedom and reinforce its security, strategic autonomy, and defence capabilities, with a significant
potential for leveraging synergies between civilian and defence applications. Start-ups and innovative
companies in the field of dual-use technologies also play a key role, but their potential is limited by a
long-standing defence investment gap—especially for deep tech and SMEs. Barriers like outdated
policies and limited financing options further restrict growth.
To drive growth and cross-border investment in defence-related innovation, the European
Commission has launched several dedicated instruments, including the EUDIS Matchmaking and
Accelerator Programmes, and mobilised new funding channels through the European Innovation
Council (EIC) and the TechEU Scale-up Fund. In January 2024, via the European Investment Fund, the
Commission launched a EUR 175 million Defence Equity Facility, designed to leverage up to EUR 500
1 Draghi, M., The future of European competitiveness, 2024, Part A – A competitiveness strategy for Europe. 2 Joint Research Centre, Nindl, E., Napolitano, L., Confraria, H., Rentocchini, F., Fako, P., Gavinan, J. and Tuebke, A., The 2024 EU Industrial R&D Investment Scoreboard, 2024. 3 Joint Research Centre, Eulaerts, O., Grabowska, M. and Bergamini, M., Weak signals in Science and Technologies - 2024, 2025. 4 Source: Eurostat (Statistics | Eurostat). This indicator measures the importance of the ICT sector in the economy, reflecting the strength of the innovation ecosystems.
3
million in venture capital for defence technologies with dual-use potential. This complements
European Defence Fund investments in advanced digital domains and innovation-driven initiatives.
One of these initiatives is the EUDIS Hackathon, which gathered over 275 participants from 16
Member States and generated more than 70 innovative solutions to address pressing defence
challenges.
Technological leadership - Recommended policies, measures and actions
R&I for a digitally transformed Europe
Member States should increase their public digital R&I expenditure, prioritising R&I investment in
digital technologies that play a strategic role in the EU’s competitiveness, resilience and sovereignty.
Harnessing digitalisation for EU’s defence capabilities
Member States should:
- strengthen their support to innovative actors, including start-ups proposing disruptive
digital applications and services5;
- boost the development of digital infrastructures that contribute to societal resilience in crisis
contexts;
- better connect the defence and digital innovation communities, foster a new mindset
towards preparedness and security culture across the digital sector, identify synergies
between defence and digital programmes, investments, and applications.
- Boosting the scale-up capacity of Europe
The 2025 data on unicorns in the EU reflects a slowing down of the dynamic that characterised COVID
times in 2021 and 2022. In 2024, the number of unicorns established in the EU rose by 12 units,
reaching 286 unicorns. The target of 500 unicorns is expected to be reached in 2034 if no further
actions are taken6.
There are significant variations among Member States – with Germany (69 unicorns), France (48)
Sweden (39), and the Netherlands (32), topping the list. However, the EU still lags significantly behind
China (397) and the US (1687), the latter demonstrating a higher annual growth rate (6% against 4.4%
in the EU).
5 In compliance with EU rules. 6 European Commission based on Dealroom data.
4
Despite its vast economic potential, the Digital Single Market remains fragmented, with a complex
landscape of national regulations, administrative procedures, and obstacles to data and knowledge
sharing that leaves a large potential untapped.
First and foremost, there is a need for a substantial development of EU capital markets. The lack of
private capital for ‘big ticket’ investments still prevails. This forces too many EU startups to seek late-
stage growth capital from venture capital funds outside the EU, which can often result in them moving
their corporate headquarters outside the EU. The Savings and Investments Union7 will be crucial to
improving how the EU financial system channels savings into the real economy, and uses those
savings for productive long-term investment.
To foster the rise and development of scaleups, the EU is set to adopt an EU Startup and Scaleup
Strategy in 2025. This strategy aims to address financial, regulatory, and administrative barriers that
hinder startups from scaling up into mature, profitable companies–an urgent priority to prevent them
relocating outside the EU. For innovative companies to emerge and existing ones to scale up, the
single market plays a crucial role. As part of this effort, the Commission will present a ‘28th regime’
to make it possible for innovative companies to benefit from a single, harmonized set of EU-wide rules,
wherever they invest and operate in the single market. At the same time, the implementation of the
Digital Markets Act is creating and opening up significant opportunities for startups and scaleups by
imposing specific obligations on gatekeepers and thereby ensuring that small businesses that use such
platforms benefit from fair and open markets.
However, EU-level action alone is not enough to address these challenges, and cooperation with
Member States will be critical, especially to attract and retain talent, foster access to finance, promote
tech transfer policies and the public procurement of innovative products and services. It can build on
the Member State-led Europe Startup Nations Alliance8 (ESNA), which supports national innovation
policy makers in sharing and implementing best policy practices for startups.
Unicorns - Recommended policies, measures and actions
Member States should support coordinated action across the single market to address financial,
regulatory, and administrative barriers and mobilise public policies tackling a comprehensive range
of domains:
- promote tech transfer, facilitate the creation of spinoffs from universities and research
centres;
- mobilise public procurement budget to procure innovative products and services from
startups;
- increase the amount and diversity of private capital (for example from national pension
funds) available for co-investing in high-growth startups;
- identify and support tech innovators in their countries (e.g. identified through the innovation
radar, or EIC or the Strategic Technologies for Europe Platform Seal of Excellence).
7 European Commission, Savings and Investments Union, A Strategy to Foster Citizens’ Wealth and Economic Competitiveness in the EU, COM(2025) 124 final, 2025.
8 Website: https://esnalliance.eu/.
5
ii. Fostering Ecosystems and infrastructure for an AI continent
Connectivity
Modern connectivity is no longer a collection of separate technologies— satellites, submarine
cables, mobile and fixed networks—but a deeply interconnected ecosystem. To respond to the
growing demand for critical, low-latency applications, such as autonomous vehicles and remote
surgery, higher amounts of data9 need to flow seamlessly across all these domains, as disruptions in
one can affect the entire network’s performance and security. This requires a global approach,
spanning from orbital assets to terrestrial infrastructures in a unified, resilient, and globally optimised
system. The EU must already lay the the foundation for this approach, with full coverage of fibre and
accelerated development of stand-alone 5G.
Regarding fixed connectivity, accelerated action is needed to meet 2030 targets. Very high Capacity
Networks (VHCN) coverage reached 82.5% in 2024, with a growth rate of 4.9%, while fibre coverage
stood at 69.2% of households in 2024, marking an 8.4% annual increase. However, at the current pace,
full coverage would only be achieved by 2051. In particular, rural deployment of fibre lags behind,
with just 58.8% coverage in 2024.
Data on the uptake of gigabit connectivity and 5G shows an upward trend, although there is still
room for improvement. In 2024, only 22.3% of fixed broadband subscriptions were at speeds of 1
Gbps or higher (up from 18.5% in 2023). Overall, basic 5G coverage10 across the EU reached 94.3% in
2024, which is comparable to the 97% estimated coverage in the US and 95% in China and India11.
Rural 5G coverage in the EU and in the US are comparable with the EU at 79.6% and the US at 82%.
Both regions have lower rural coverage compared to China (85.2% estimated) and India, which leads
with 92.1% rural coverage. 5G take-up (share of the population using 5G SIM cards) increased in the
EU from 21.7% to 35.6% in 2024. This is higher than India's 11.1%, but it is still significantly behind
the US (96.5%) and China (73.1%). Ensuring that the spectrum needs for future connectivity are met
is another critical challenge, while the incomplete assignment of the three 5G pioneer bands and the
slow progress reported (on average in Europe only 75% of the relevant spectrum has been assigned
by February 2025) exacerbate the problem.
In 2025, Europe is significantly falling behind in adopting 5G stand-alone (SA) networks, with only
2% of 5G users connected via SA infrastructure12. This sluggish uptake reflects ongoing challenges in
infrastructure deployment and device readiness across the region. In stark contrast, the US is far
ahead with 24% of its 5G users operating on SA networks and China has surged with 77.1% —
underscoring the country’s aggressive roll-out of next-generation core technologies. These disparities
reveal a growing global divide in 5G evolution, spotlighting China’s technological momentum and
exposing the structural and policy hurdles hampering Europe’s shift from 5G non-stand-alone (NSA)
to true SA capabilities.
9 Statista, 2025 (Volume of data/information created, captured, copied, and consumed worldwide from 2010 to 2023, with forecasts from 2024 to 2028). 10 The current KPI for the 5G target does not reflect the actual quality of service experienced by users. It monitors areas where a 5G signal is available, regardless of the network performance. The current stage of 5G deployment can be considered only as "basic 5G”. 11 All relevant statistics related to 5G can be found at the Commission’s 5G Observatory website: https://digital- strategy.ec.europa.eu/en/policies/5g-observatory. 12 Ookla. Omdia. A Global Evaluation of Europe’s Digital Competitiveness in 5G Standalone, 2025.
6
In their National Roadmaps, Member States reported devoting a significant portion (approximately
28%) of their measures’ total budget to gigabit fixed connectivity, amounting to EUR 80.6 billion (with
EUR 56.6 billion coming from private sources). The 103 measures primarily focus on regulatory actions
to facilitate network deployment, as well as financial support for non-viable and commercially
unattractive areas and strategic parts of the networks. About one third of the measures are dedicated
to each of the two areas. In their roadmap adjustments, Member States maintained a strong emphasis
on regulatory actions to facilitate network deployment.
In terms of 5G investments, Member States reported investing EUR 5.9 billion (with EUR 2.9 billion
coming from non-public funds), which accounts for approximately 2% of the total budget of their
measures. The 39 measures for 5G focus on spectrum management, as well as financial support for
non-viable and commercially unattractive areas, and strategic parts of the network. There is equal
emphasis on each of the two areas. In their roadmap adjustments, Member States placed a significant
focus on increasing financial support for 5G networks.
To improve market incentives to build the digital networks of the future, the Commission is working
on a future Digital Networks Act (DNA), to be proposed by the end of 2025, aiming to improve digital
connectivity for all end-users. In parallel, the Commission is setting up 5G standalone large-scale pilots
with EUR 205 million funding under the Connecting Europe Facility, a large-scale pilot for Telco-edge-
cloud deployments under Horizon Europe (EUR 75 million funding), as well as taking a proactive role
in the global race for 6G by developing a spectrum roadmap and shaping global standards.
Regarding satellite connectivity (broadband internet, direct-to-device or D2D and Internet of Things
or IoT satellite), the EU is facing a dual challenge of capacity and sovereignty. The EU remains heavily
reliant on non-EU actors to access space, notably SpaceX launchers, and on US satellite constellations
such as Starlink, while the satellite capacity of EU operators lags behind its competitors. Comparing
the number of satellites paints a stark picture for the EU which has only 3 893 launched and planned
satellites. China has launched 220 satellites and has an additional 27 198 planned, and the US has
7 633 launched and additional 33 397 planned - both countries have very ambitious expansion plans
for the coming years13. Satellites are becoming an essential component of an efficient, secure and
resilient connectivity network, increasingly providing low latency broadband connectivity. The
convergence of non-terrestrial and terrestrial networks is accelerating, including in 5G and future 6G
systems, increasing mobile coverage through satellite D2D connections—and improving network
resilience and security with advanced encryption.
13 Detecon International GmbH, Study on Mobile satellite services (MSS) in the 2 GHz band in the EU, 2025.
7
Already counting on GOVSATCOV, the EU will start improving its strategic presence in space with
the development of IRIS². IRIS² is the new EU multi-orbit satellite constellation14 of 292 satellites
which will provide for secure connectivity and high-speed broadband to eliminate connectivity dead
zones. In December 2024, the Commission and the SpaceRISE industry consortium, comprising the
three major EU satellite operators, signed a 12-year concession contract for the design, development,
and operation of IRIS². On the regulatory side, the Commission continues work with the Radio
Spectrum Policy Group (RSPG) to develop a common approach to define common requirements for
satellite constellations accessing the EU market and satellite D2D and to explore the potential of the
EU harmonised 2 GHz Mobile Satellite System (MSS) frequency band, which will become available for
reassignment in 2027, as a strategic tool to support its ambitions in the space market.
Submarine data cables are the backbone of global digital communication, carrying over 99% of
international data traffic, which makes their security and resilience a top priority for the EU. In 2025,
the EU has taken several steps to mitigate potential vulnerabilities that could be exploited by
geopolitical adversaries (see section on cybersecurity below) and invested considerably in studies and
works supporting submarine cables and backbone infrastructure. CEF-Digital already supports 51
Global Gateways projects (mostly on submarine cables) for a total investment of EUR 420 million. The
demand for CEF funding is constantly increasing for submarine cables: the total requested funding is
almost 6 times higher than the available budget in forth call.
Connectivity infrastructure - Recommended policies, measures and actions
Member States should:
- introduce targeted measures to accelerate fibre roll-out and take-up by end-users;
- use regulatory and financing measures to incentivise the densification of 5G networks, also
based on EU-harmonised mm-wave spectrum, and accelerate the deployment of secure 5G
stand-alone networks, including by fostering cross-border collaborations and promoting
innovative use cases;
- support coordinated action for planning and developing a reliable, sovereign and resilient
network of digital infrastructures and capacities, encompassing backbone terrestrial,
submarine and satellite networks, across the EU and with international partner countries.
Cloud and edge infrastructures
The role of edge nodes is critical in the future AI ecosystem. Edge computing enables more immediate
AI processing of massive data volumes and intelligent interpretation of data in minimal processing
times (milliseconds). It also provides a more secure processing environment and reduces data
transmission costs and network congestion. The applications are numerous, including video
observation, analysis and asset/equipment monitoring, tracking and performance optimisation15.
14 Meaning covering low Earth orbit (LEO), medium Earth orbit (MEO) and geostationary Earth orbit (GEO). 15 Edge Observatory for the Digital Decade, Edge Deployment Data report 1, 2023.
8
In 2024, it is estimated that a total of 2 257 edge nodes were deployed across the EU, which is a single-
year increase of 1 072 new nodes compared to 2023. 2025 represents a pivotal moment in the
deployment trajectory; it is expected to see 1 455 new nodes deployed, the biggest single year
increase, which is in line with the estimated trajectory to reach 10 000 by 2030. The density of edge
nodes across the EU reveals varying levels of deployment across Member States. France, Germany,
Italy, and Spain are at the forefront of edge node deployment. Today’s edge node deployments mainly
address the critical need for accessing real-time data, with 20% of organisations already using these
solutions extensively and 42% planning to adopt them. As AI and machine learning applications evolve,
businesses are likely to adopt edge nodes more with a promising future adoption rate of 54%16. This
underlines the transformative potential of AI and machine learning in driving business innovation,
informing decision-making, and monetising edge solutions.
Growing data centre capacity across Member States will also be critical in supporting the
development of AI. The amount of computing power utilised to train leading AI systems has expanded
by 350 million times over the past 13 years17 and, since 2010, the training computing power used to
create AI models has been growing at a pace of 4.6 times per year18, underlying the dependence of
AI on cloud computing infrastructure and software to train and use AI models at scale19. The
investment needs for developing cloud infrastructures are massive. Europe today has around 8-10
GW of installed data centre capacity, amounting to roughly a third of the installed capacity in the
US and half of the installed capacity of China20. Even though Europe’s capacity is projected to increase
significantly, potentially reaching 70% growth by 2030, the gap with the US is expected to widen
further, as US data centre capacity is set to double in the same period21. Industry forecasts predict
that demand for data centre services will outpace supply, widening the gap in Europe’s cloud
computing capacity relative to global competitors22.
In this context, the EU Cloud and AI Development Act will be key to accelerate the deployment of
data centres in Europe, by cutting red tape, accelerating permitting procedures, improving access to
land, finance and energy, and creating the right conditions to incentivise large investments in energy-
efficient cloud and edge capacity. The act will address these obstacles, with a view to at least tripling
the EU’s data centre capacity within the next five to seven years and bringing it to a level that meets
the needs of EU businesses and public administrations by 2035. Finally, several Member States of the
16 Edge observatory for Digital Decade, Edge Deployment Data Report – 3rd report, 2024. 17 Lennart Heim, Markus Anderljung, Emma Bluemke, Robert Trager, Centre of the Governance of AI, “Computing Power and the Governance of AI”, 2024. 18 EPOCH AI, Notable AI models, 2025. 19 OECD (2023) "A blueprint for building national compute capacity for AI", OECD Digital Economy Papers, No. 350, OECD Publishing, Paris. 20 Hintemann, R.; Hinterholzer, S.; Progni, K. (2024a). Data centes in Germany - Current market developments 2024. Berlin: Bitkom e.V. Retrieved from Bitkom e.V. website: https://www.bitkom.org/Bitkom/Publikationen/Studie-Rechenzentren-in-Deutschland. 21 Ibid. 22 An upcoming study will consolidate these figures and provide DG CNECT with more granular data on capacity and needs, today and in 2030.
9
Joint European Forum for IPCEI (JEF-IPCEI) in November 2024 decided to enter into the design phase
of two new potential Important Projects of Common European Interest (IPCEI). These new initiatives,
focused on innovative AI Services (IPCEI-AI) and on deploying computing infrastructure (IPCEI-ECI),
amongst others to support the ambitions set out in the AI Continent Action Plan23.
Moving forward it will be crucial for the EU to closely monitor the deployment of data centre capacity
across Member States in cloud and edge infrastructures. Ensuring a balanced and strategic expansion
of data centres is essential to supporting the growing demand for AI compute capacity. In practice, it
will be fundamental to include the systematic monitoring of investments in infrastructure and data
centres. This would help ensure that European businesses and the public sector have adequate access
to the necessary compute capacity to benefit from edge, cloud computing and AI-driven solutions.
Cloud and edge infrastructure - Recommended policies, measures and actions
Member States should:
- support the deployment of secure and sustainable cloud and edge nodes and focus national
efforts on infrastructure-targeted investments and strategies to ensure that businesses have
access to the sovereign compute infrastructure required for serving their cloud and AI needs.
- closely work with the Commission on the upcoming Cloud and AI Development Act, aiming
to at least triple EU data centre capacity within the next five to seven years and bringing it
to a level that matches the demands of EU businesses and administrations by 2035. This is
an objective that could become a new Digital Decade target.
- engage fully with the Commission in the discussion on the outcome of the study supporting
the Cloud and AI Development Act to establish methods for assessing and tracking the EU
cloud compute infrastructure capacity.
Semiconductors
In 2024 the EU's share of global value chain revenues was 10.5%, still far from the 2030 target of
20%. Huge investments were approved in the last semester of the previous US administration, and
China is accelerating its investment in legacy chips manufacturing. The EU’s share is projected to
increase again moderately in the coming years driven by the steady growth of the EU’s value chain
revenues, in a context of sustained massive investments in other regions of the world, responding to
strong growth of the global market revenues now projected to pass EUR 1.4 trillion in 2030. This
implies that the EU's semiconductor revenues must grow more than four times their current value to
achieve the Digital Decade target by 2030.
23 AI Continent Action Plan, COM(2025) 165 final.
10
In their National Roadmaps, Member States have committed to investing a substantial EUR 49.2
billion in semiconductors, accounting for 17% of the roadmaps’ total budget across all targets. Private
sources are expected to contribute EUR 8.6 billion to this investment24. The 52 measures reported in
the roadmaps mainly focus on supporting R&D and boosting production capacity and industrial
deployment of semiconductors. Roughly one-third of the measures are dedicated to each of these
areas, indicating a balanced approach to driving growth and innovation. These areas also remain a
priority in the Member States’ roadmap adjustments.
The European Chips Act has established a framework to attract investments from major
semiconductor manufacturers into a first-of-a-kind for EU facilities. The first seven projects announced
already exceeding EUR 30 billion in investments and there are other promising projects worth almost
another EUR 30 billion in the pipeline. The approved IPCEI on Microelectronics and Communication
Technologies (IPCEI ME-CT) brings together 14 Member States and 56 companies, channelling around
EUR 20 billion from both private and public sources into 68 collaborative projects across multiple
countries. Furthermore, a proposal for new IPCEIs on advanced semiconductor technologies is
currently in the design phase. Moreover, the Chips Act is the basis for supporting five pilot lines with
a total of EUR 3.7 billion funding. These projects will bridge the gap between laboratory innovation
and industrial-scale manufacturing in key areas such as beyond 2nm leading-edge system-on-chip,
fully depleted silicon-on-insulator applications, advanced packaging, wide band gap materials, and
photonic integrated circuits.
For Europe to compete globally in the semiconductor sector, it is essential to substantially increase
investments and to continue its commitment to the leading value chain areas, including
semiconductor equipment, chips design, analogue components, sensors, photonics, while also
securing a strong entry into emerging markets such as computing and AI-oriented silicon.
With this aim in mind, the Commission is starting the formal review of the Chips Act, which is planned
by Q3 2026, with a clear support for a Chips Act 2.0 from industry, some Member States, and other
stakeholders.
24 Please note that measures included in the national roadmaps might draw on existing funding programmes and might include investments under the IPCEI mentioned in this paragraph.
11
Semiconductors - Recommended policies, measures and actions
Member States should:
- increase investments, stimulate secure and sustainable domestic chip design and
manufacturing capabilities and continue their commitment in supporting both essential
semiconductors and cutting-edge chips in leading value chain areas;
- enable a conducive investment framework including by developing the workforce with the
semiconductor skills needed.
Quantum and High Performance Computing (HPC)
The EU reached and exceeded the target in 2024 as the first two quantum simulators were deployed
in France and Germany25. Moreover, it is expected that six additional quantum computers will be
deployed until the end of 2025 as several procurement procedures are currently ongoing.
In their National Roadmaps, Member States reported investing EUR 4.1 billion in quantum
computing (1% of the total budget of the National Roadmaps), of which EUR 3.8 billion come from
private sources. The 63 measures reported mainly focus on supporting R&D and deploying quantum
technologies, with roughly one third of the measures dedicated to each area. In their adjustments,
Member States primarily focused on R&D for quantum technologies.
Quantum computing is a priority for the EU’s leadership as a foundational technology, with frequent
technological breakthroughs, increasing geopolitical focus and regions taking measures to secure their
interests in this strategic field. Quantum technologies are poised to revolutionise multiple industries,
driving innovation in healthcare, transportation, energy, defence, chemicals, and pharmaceuticals.
Following the Quantum Technology Flagship in 2018, committing EUR 1 billion over a decade to
reinforce Europe’s leadership, total funding has grown to EUR 7 billion.
Despite being a leading source of public funding for R&I in quantum26, the EU still struggle to
mobilise private finance to scale up, attracting only 5% of global private funding (50% goes to US
companies)27. This limited private funding hinders the scale-up capacity and contributes to brain drain
and intellectual property migration. Moreover, it creates dependence on non-EU capital and
25 Key Performance Indicators for Quantum Technologies in Europe, Strategic Advisory Board of the European Quantum Flagship, March 2025. 26 The signature of the Quantum Declaration by 26 Member States confirming the strategic importance of quantum technologies and committing to collaborating on the development of a world-class quantum technology ecosystem across Europe. 27 Draghi, M., The future of European competitiveness, 2024. According to another independent report by Olivier Ezratty, several US quantum firms attracted private VC funding in hundreds of millions of dollars whereas most EU start-ups operate with under EUR 20 million (Opinions Libres, Understanding quantum technologies 2024).
12
platforms, putting the EU’s quantum sovereignty at risk, especially for hardware and full-stack
quantum solutions.
The European Investment Council has already invested over EUR 200 million in all the fields of
quantum technologies (sensing, communication and computing) and announced a new STEP Scale-
Up scheme28, making up to EUR 900 million of deep tech scale up funding available.
The Commission is fostering the development of Quantum Pilot Lines to strengthen Europe's strategic
autonomy in quantum technologies. In 2025, six pilot lines for quantum chips were selected under
the Chips Joint Undertaking (JU), bridging laboratory prototypes and industrial manufacturing. QU-
PILOT ensures technology maturation (TRL 4 – 7), quality control, and certification processes, paving
the way for the future stability pilot lines under the Chips JU (TRL 8 – 9). It offers open access to
support startups, SMEs, and academia, preventing a critical gap between R&D and industrial
production. The Quantum Strategy and Quantum Act will set out the EU’s plans to establish itself as
the global leader in quantum technologies by 2030 and beyond.
The High-Performance Computing JU (EuroHPC) is contributing fully to the Digital Decade’s quantum
acceleration target by 2025 and has already selected eight sites across the Union to host the first EU
quantum computers in Czechia, Germany, Spain, France, Italy, Poland, Luxembourg and the
Netherlands.
Since its establishment in 2018, EuroHPC is leading the development of a world class supercomputing
infrastructure. Over the past five years, EuroHPC has contributed to the acquisition of eight
supercomputers, including computers that are among the most powerful in the world. These
computers include LUMI (ranked #8 globally), Leonardo (#9), and MareNostrum 5 (#11), which
collectively multiply Europe’s computational capabilities. EuroHPC has also helped develop the first
European system to reach the exascale frontier (JUPITER), which will become fully operational in Q2
2025. A second exascale supercomputer (Alice Recoque) is to be installed within the next year. Two
further mid-range EuroHPC systems in Greece and Sweden are currently being procured. These efforts
have contributed to developing a world-leading, secure, and interconnected supercomputing
ecosystem, broadening HPC usage, and cultivating essential skills for European science and industry.
With the launch of the AI Factories initiative, nine new AI optimised supercomputers will be procured
and deployed across the EU in 2025 and 2026, to match the EU’s ambition of becoming a leading AI
Continent. EuroHPC supercomputers have already enabled many scientific breakthroughs. For
example, in 2024 the unprecedented and unique kilometre-scale Earth system models and global
multi-decadal climate projections up to year 2050 were made possible through cooperation between
EuroHPC and the EU’s Destination Earth initiative29. This initiative has contributed to better predicting
and mitigating the effects of climate change and extreme weather events in the EU.
Both HPC and quantum computing will play a key role in the development of AI Factories and
Gigafactories as presented in the AI Continent Action Plan. The AI Factories will deploy and operate
AI-dedicated supercomputers connected to large data centres. These Factories will support AI startups
and research ecosystems by providing supercomputing services for the large-scale training and
development of trustworthy and ethical AI models, particularly in health, climate change, robotics,
and automated driving. Additionally, AI Factories will foster talent development through advanced
education, training, and reskilling programmes for AI stakeholders.
28 European Innovation Council, STEP scale up. 29 Available at: https://destination-earth.eu/.
13
Quantum technologies - Recommended policies, measures and actions
Member States should:
- step up and coordinate investment in quantum technologies across Member States, and strive to
increase private sector investment;
- strengthen efforts in the area of AI infrastructure, with robust support to the AI Factories and other
EU initiatives in the field of AI, fostering a collaborative environment and maximizing the impact of
these efforts.
b. Foster dissemination of digital technologies in the economy
A key factor undermining Europe’s competitiveness is the insufficient dissemination of digital
technologies across its economy. This limited uptake hampers productivity growth and limits
businesses’ ability to leverage technology for the creation of innovative services and business
models30.
Achieving a basic level of digital intensity among more than 90% of EU SMEs is a key target of the
EU’s Digital Decade strategy. As of 2024, 72.9% of SMEs had reached at least a basic level of digital
intensity, up from 69.0% in 2022—a modest 2.8% annual growth. This is insufficient to reach the 2030
target before 2045, with only 67.9% of SMEs expected to meet the target by 2030.
Progress is uneven across Member States and sectors. While countries like Finland and Denmark have
already met the target, others remain well below the EU average. Digital intensity also varies
significantly between industries, with high-tech sectors like ICT outperforming traditional sectors such
as construction, accommodation, and food services. SMEs face several barriers to digitalisation,
including a limited awareness of digital technologies and cybersecurity, lack of funding for
digitalisation, and digital skills shortages. To address these, the EU and Member States have
introduced support measures such as knowledge-building initiatives, financial incentives, and
ecosystem partnerships. In their National Roadmaps, 166 measures corresponding to a total of
EUR 48.2 billion were reported as supporting the digitalisation of SMEs. The measures primarily focus
on facilitating the uptake and deployment of digital technologies, as well as strengthening the broader
ecosystem through activities such as information sharing, knowledge exchange and collaboration on
digital technologies.
A cornerstone of this support is the European Digital Innovation Hubs (EDIHs) network, launched in
2023, now covering nearly 90% of the EU’s regions. EDIHs provide training, networking, funding
advice, and opportunities for SMEs to test digital solutions before investing31. Thousands of digital
maturity assessments have helped SMEs identify areas for improvement, with 90% of participants
showing increased digital maturity after engaging with EDIHs. The Digital Maturity Assessment Tool
(DMAT) shows that SMEs average a score of 40/100, which indicates a moderate level of digitalisation,
with relatively strong areas like data management and cybersecurity, while AI & automation remains
weak. Progress in advanced digital areas often depends on solid foundations in strategy, employee
engagement, and data handling. Sectors like finance and ICT lead in digital maturity, while agriculture
30 Europe’s choice, Political Guidelines for the next European Commission 2024−2029, 2024 (page 9).
31 De Nigris, S., Kalpaka, A. and Nepelski, D., Characteristics and regional coverage of the European Digital Innovation Hubs network, Publications Office of the European Union, Luxembourg, 2023, doi:10.2760/590526, JRC134620.
14
and forestry lag behind. On average, firms working with EDIHs improve their DMAT scores by seven
points in the second assessment, reflecting the effectiveness of targeted support in advancing SME
digital transformation across the EU32.
Digitalisation of SMEs - Recommended policies, measures and actions
Member States should strengthen their policies to accelerate SME digitalisation, with a particular
focus on the integrating and adopting AI and tailored support within the framework of EDIHs and
testing and experimentation facilities (TEFs).
i. Take up of AI
AI has become a critical factor for competitiveness across all sectors of the economy. In 2024 the share
of EU enterprises using AI rose significantly from 8.1% to 13.5%—a 67% year-on-year increase.
However, this remains well below the Digital Decade target of 75% by 2030, which is not expected to
be met until 2042, with only 35.9% adoption projected by 2030.
Large enterprises continue to lead in AI adoption, with a usage rate of 41.2%, compared to 12.6%
among SMEs—a gap of nearly 29 percentage points. However, an encouraging trend is that small
companies are accelerating, showing a 71% growth rate, more than double that of larger firms.
AI uptake is advanced in a few sectors - information and communication, and professional, scientific,
and technical service, whereas the construction and accommodation are well below the average.
Adoption rates vary across the EU, ranging from 27.6% in Denmark to 3.1% in Romania. Nevertheless,
growth is broadly distributed, with the fastest increases often seen in countries that previously had
low uptake.
In their National Roadmaps, Member States reported investments of EUR 10.9 billion to support the
uptake of AI, cloud or data analytics – representing approximately 4% of the total budget across
roadmaps and covering 196 measures in total. Among these, roughly 34 measures specifically target
AI, accounting for EUR 1.3 billion. The measures supporting the uptake of AI, cloud and data analytics
are evenly distributed across measures to enhance the ecosystems and knowledge exchange,
establish enabling framework conditions and develop capabilities across these technologies. However,
32 European Commission: Joint Research Centre, Carpentier, E., D’Adda, D., Nepelski, D. and Stake, J., European Digital Innovation Hubs Network’s activities and customers, Publications Office of the European Union, Luxembourg, 2025, https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2760/7784020, JRC140547; and Joint Research Centre, Nepelski, D. and Stake, J., The EDIH SME DMAT 2.0: Revision of the EDIH Digital Maturity Assessment Framework for SMEs, Publications Office of the European Union, Luxembourg, 2024, JRC141446.
15
the AI-specific measures place a stronger emphasis on building AI capabilities. This focus is also
reflected in Member States’ roadmap adjustments.
Overall, while momentum is building, reaching the EU’s AI targets will require more targeted actions
and support, especially for SMEs and those sectors and regions lagging behind.
Following a slowdown in 2022 and 2023, AI investments have bounced back strongly. According to
Dealroom, global venture capital investments in AI reached USD124.9 billion in 2024, marking a 58
percent increase on 202333, while private investments in AI in the EU grew by 22 percent in 2024 to
USD 10.8 billion34.
A key measure is the GenAI4EU initiative, which takes a sectoral approach and has so far allocated
close to EUR 700 million in planned Horizon Europe and Digital Europe programme calls in 2025.
GenAI4EU aims to stimulate the uptake of generative AI in a wide range of sectors fostering
collaboration between AI startups and deployers of AI in industry and the public sector. GenAI4EU is
dedicated to unlocking the revolutionary potential of generative AI through ambitious projects. In
particular, the initiative aims to optimise production lines in manufacturing, improve robot autonomy
and human-robot collaboration in complex tasks, as well as to increase the EU’s cyber-defence and
medical imaging capabilities.
At the AI Action Summit in Paris, the Commission announced InvestAI, an initiative to mobilise EUR
200 billion for investment in AI. This includes the launch of the InvestAI Facility, with a view to mobilise
EUR 20 billion investment in AI infrastructure. The investment will support in particular up to five AI
Gigafactories across the EU, building on the EUR 10 million invested in supercomputing infrastructures
and AI Factories in 2021-2027.
The AI Office has been actively working on boosting AI adoption through various support instruments
to boost technological integration across Member States. Recently, the EU has intensified its focus on
AI adoption, designating it as a main priority to ensure competitive and innovative growth. The various
initiatives mentioned in this chapter are part of the AI Continent Action Plan published on 9 April
2025. The plan outlines a set of actions on computing infrastructure, data, the development of AI
algorithms and adoption, skills, and regulatory simplification to make the EU a global leader in AI.
Moreover, the Commission is adopting the Apply AI strategy to boost new industrial uses of AI and to
improve the delivery of a variety of services. The strategy will assess the potential of AI technologies
in strategic sectors, including advanced manufacturing; aerospace; security and defence; agri-food;
energy and fusion research; environment and climate; mobility and automotive; pharmaceutical;
biotechnology; advanced materials design; robotics; electronic communications; cultural and creative
industries; and science. Furthermore, the public sector will be a driver of the strategy. To ensure
consistency among the different support measures for AI, the Apply AI strategy, on which a wide array
of stakeholders and the public are consulted, will strengthen the interplay and effectiveness of
support instruments and target them towards the needs of AI adopters.
The Apply AI strategy will identify policy actions and concrete deliverables per sector, with key
performance indicators to be achieved. The Commission will contribute to supporting developments
through its funding programmes as well as through enablers. These enablers include the AI Factories
and Gigafactories, Data Spaces, Testing and Experimentation Facilities, European Digital Innovation
33 Dealroom, Artificial intelligence, 2024. Available at: https://app.dealroom.co/sector/technology/artificial%20intelligence/overview. 34 Dealroom, Artificial intelligence, 2024. Available at: https://app.dealroom.co/sector/technology/artificial%20intelligence/overview?hqType=regions&hqValue=EU27.
16
Hubs, and AI Skills Academies. This, in turn, will support AI uptake by European enterprises and the
public sector.
AI Factories are open and dynamic AI ecosystems created around the public network of Europe’s
world-leading EuroHPC supercomputers. They support the EU AI industrial and research ecosystems
by bringing together computer power, data and talent to create cutting-edge, trustworthy AI models
and applications. They foster collaboration across Europe, unlocking the potential of AI companies, in
particular SMEs and start-ups, universities, and industry. AI Factories serve as one-stop shops driving
advancements in AI applications across various sectors, such as health, manufacturing, climate and
finance. In December 2024, seven consortia were selected to host the first AI Factories35, and in March
2025, the EuroHPC announced the selection of another six new AI Factories36. These AI Factories are
expected to more than triple the current EuroHPC AI computing capacity. Overall investments in
supercomputing infrastructures and AI Factories in the EU will reach EUR 10 billion between 2021
and2027.
In parallel, European Digital Innovation Hubs (EDIHs) will function as AI Experience Centres providing
stakeholders with the opportunity to test AI solutions before investing in them, but also offering
funding advice, networking opportunities, and trainings. From December 2025, EDIHs will increasingly
focus on AI uptake and ensure the adoption of AI solutions across sectors.
The Network of European Digital Innovation Hubs will work in close synergy with the AI Factories
ecosystem. Among others, it will facilitate companies’ access to the computing and data resources of
the AI Factories, as well as to other AI initiatives, including regulatory sandboxes and testing and
experimentation facilities. Increasing the level of AI skills in the Union is one of the priorities that the
Apply AI strategy will pursue, as an AI-literate workforce is necessary to boost AI uptake. In particular,
the AI Skills Academy will function as a one-stop shop providing education and training on skills for
developing and deploying AI, and in particular generative AI. Looking ahead, interested Member States
with the support of the Commission are designing a possible new Important Project of Common
European Interest focused on AI, known as IPCEI-AI. The goal is to support R&D&I and first industrial
deployment activities, aiming to develop innovative AI technologies and services, such as capabilities
for training and deploying foundational models, such as AI models tailored to specific use cases.
Best practice highlights
The Best Practice Accelerator’s (BPA)37 Technology Take-up Cluster, launched in August 2024 under
Belgium’s leadership, supports Member States in scaling up the adoption of advanced digital
technologies by promoting high-level, replicable national initiatives. As part of the Digital Decade
governance framework, the cluster has so far organised two workshops—focusing on AI uptake and
on data and interoperability—with the participation of all Member States and presentations from
Belgium, Greece, and Finland. Eight best practices have been submitted by Belgium, Denmark, Finland,
Germany, Hungary, and the Netherlands, covering themes such as AI adoption, SME digitalisation,
personal data control, supply chain optimisation, IPv6 roll-out, and national tech strategies.
Workshops were marked by high Member State engagement and interest in the replicability of the
35 They were submitted by Finland (with Czechia, Denmark, Estonia, Norway and Poland), Italy (with Austria and Slovenia), Spain (with the participation of Portugal, Romania and Türkiye) as well as Luxembourg, Sweden, Germany, and Greece. 36 Located in Austria, Bulgaria, France, Germany, Poland, and Slovenia. Bringing together 17 Member States and two EuroHPC Participating States. 37 The Best Practice Accelerator (BPA) is a platform that enables Member States to share successful measures and challenges encountered in their efforts to meet their Digital Decade targets and objectives. Best practices are available to all Member States via the BPA Repository and showcased in regular workshops, currently focused on three thematic clusters: Digital Skills, Green IT, and the Uptake of Digital Technologies.
17
practices shared. Upcoming sessions will continue to explore enabling frameworks and support
schemes to accelerate the widespread use of frontier technologies.
Take up of Cloud-AI-Big Data - Recommended policies, measures and actions
Member States should:
- take targeted measures and earmark resources to support the adoption of advanced,
trustworthy and sovereign AI-enabled solutions; step up investment, also by mobilising the
private sector, in general purpose/generative AI.
- focus national efforts on incentivising infrastructure investments to ensure that businesses
and the public sector have access to the compute infrastructure required for serving their
cloud and AI needs, especially for fine-tuning and inference operations.
- foster secure and trusted data sharing, supporting the deployment of European Data
Spaces, including via practical tools such as model contract clauses, taking full advantage
of relevant existing EDICs and accelerating those being prepared.
c. Security & harnessing digital for EU’s resilience in a context of hybrid threats
i. Cybersecurity
The Cybersecurity landscape
As geopolitical and economic tensions grow, cyber threats escalate with espionage, sabotage, and
disinformation campaigns becoming key tools for nations to manipulate events and secure a strategic
advantage. Cyberespionage campaigns targeting EU Member States and EU institutions, bodies and
agencies are continuous and remain a persistent and severe threat. In the context of the cybercrime
ecosystem, ransomware remains one of the most impactful threats for EU Member States. There has
been a shift from encryption to data exfiltration and with SMEs becoming a more attractive target for
cybercriminals, and the double extortion tactic has become the norm for well-established ransomware
groups38. In 2024, the healthcare sector was particularly affected, with ransomware accounting for
71% of cyber incidents impacting patient care39. Meanwhile, ransomware attacks rose by 11%
compared to 2023, but enforcement actions against major groups like LockBit have led to a more
fragmented threat environment, with 46 new ransomware groups identified in 202440.
Supply chain attacks have also surged. Cybercriminals exploit weaknesses in third-party vendors and
service providers. This is particularly problematic where there is reliance on technology from high-risk
suppliers subject to the jurisdiction of a third country that requires reporting information on software
or hardware vulnerabilities to its authorities before they know to be exploited. States-sponsored
actors may also preposition themselves in critical infrastructure with the intention of causing
disruption later, for example during a conflict. Internet of Things malware attacks increased by 107%
in the first half of 202441. There have been concerning trends in public cybersecurity awareness42 ,with
declining confidence among the EU population in their ability to protect themselves from cybercrime
and generally low awareness about reporting mechanisms. Overreliance on a single vendor for critical
38 ENISA, 2024 Report on the State of Cybersecurity in the Union, 2024. 39 Joint Research Centre, Cyber security in the health and medicine sector, 2024. 40 Cyberint platform, Ransomware Annual Report 2024, 2025. 41 SonicWal, SonicWall 2024 Mid-Year Cyber Threat Report, 2024. 42 ENISA, 2024 Report on the State of Cybersecurity in the Union, 2024.
18
operations, especially non-European vendors, can result in major risks to all sectors of the economy,
as evidenced by recent major incidents like the CrowdStrike outage of 2024.
With an estimated 299 000 cybersecurity professionals missing in its workforce, the EU faces a critical
gap43. The Cybersecurity Skills Academy44 contributes to addressing this challenge with concrete
actions entrusted to the EU Agency for Cybersecurity (ENISA), such as developing the European
Cybersecurity Skills Framework (ECSF)45 or piloting a cybersecurity skills attestation scheme
supporting recognition and portability of skills acquired by cybersecurity professionals.
Cybersecurity in enterprises
When it comes to cybersecurity in enterprises, 92.8% of surveyed enterprises46 with more than 10
employees in the EU used at least one ICT security measure in 2024. Only 35.5% of the enterprises
had documentation on measures, practices or procedures on ICT security, and only 34.1% of them had
carried out an ICT risk assessment. Commonly used measures included strong password
authentication (83.7% of enterprises) and data backups in a separate location (79.2% of enterprises).
According to Eurostat, in 2024, 21.5% of enterprises experienced ICT-related security incidents leading
to some adverse consequences.
The median information security spending rose to 9.0% of IT budgets (up 1.9 percentage points)47,
with higher perceived maturity in entities already covered by the Network and Information Security
(NIS) Directive48. Among all sectors, the telecommunications sector ranks highest in maturity49.
Despite their critical role in cybersecurity and digital resilience, the deployment of key Internet
standards in the EU remains slow and fragmented. IPv6 adoption in the EU stands at 36.4% (user-side)
and 16.8% (server-side), with significant disparities across Member States: adoption in some exceeds
40% (e.g. Belgium, France, Germany), while it remains below 10% in others (e.g. Croatia, Cyprus,
Malta)50.
In their National Roadmaps, Member States reported 38 measures contributing to increased
cybersecurity. Almost half of these measures are dedicated exclusively to cybersecurity, with a total
budget of EUR 0.8 billion. The other measures have a broader scope, aiming to support several targets
across all areas, with a total budget of EUR 6 billion. These initiatives often involve developing national
cybersecurity strategies, establishing cybersecurity centres, boosting cybersecurity skills and
strengthening cybersecurity capacities in businesses, public services and digital infrastructure. This
focus is also reflected in the Member States’ roadmap adjustments.
In the period 2024 - 2025, the EU significantly advanced its cybersecurity agenda. The NIS2 Directive,
which had to be transposed into national law by October 2024, sets a high level of cybersecurity for
entities operating in 18 critical sectors. Moreover, in October 2024, the Commission adopted the first
implementing act under the NIS2 Directive, specifying the cybersecurity risk management measures
and the cases in which an incident should be considered significant for companies providing digital
43 ISC2, 2024 Cybersecurity Workforce Survey Focus on the E.U, 2024. 44 Please see the website: https://digital-skills-jobs.europa.eu/en/cybersecurity-skills-academy. 45 European Cybersecurity Skills Framework (ECSF) | ENISA. 46 Eurostat (isoc_cisce_ra) and (isoc_cisce_ic); Eurostat, https://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/statistics- explained/index.php?title=ICT_security_in_enterprisesICT security in enterprises, 2024. 47 Compared to 2022. ENISA, NIS Investments 2024, 2024. 48 Directive (EU) 2016/1148 repealed by Directive (EU) 2022/2555 on measures for a high common level of cybersecurity across the Union (NIS 2 Directive). 49 ENISA, 2024 State of Cybersecurity Report, 2024. 50 EU Internet Standards Deployment Monitoring Website, available at: https://ec.europa.eu/internet-standards/downloads.html.
19
infrastructures and services. The Cyber Resilience Act51, in force since December 2024, mandates
cybersecurity requirements for digital products, with full implementation within three years. The
Cyber Solidarity Act52, effective since February 2025, established a European Cybersecurity Alert
System, consisting of Cyber Hubs that would use advanced technologies and AI-driven threat
detection. The act also laid the groundwork for the Cybersecurity Emergency Mechanism and the
Incident Review Mechanism. The Cybersecurity Act53was effectively amended in February 2025 to
enable the possible certification of managed security services. A European action plan on the
cybersecurity of hospitals and healthcare providers54 was adopted in January 2025, improving
sectoral preparedness. Finally, in February 2025, the Commission proposed a revised Cybersecurity
Blueprint, integrating civil-military coordination and crisis response mechanisms55.
Work is also progressing on the European Quantum Communication Infrastructure (EuroQCI), which
is part of the Union Secure Connectivity Programme (IRIS²). EuroQCI will provide, in first instance, a
highly secure, quantum-protected service for the exchange of cryptographic keys, for symmetric
encryption of communications between governmental entities and for protecting critical
infrastructures. Throughout 2024, efforts focused on deploying national quantum communication
networks, advancing key European technologies, and preparing for the deployment of quantum
communication in space. Deployment of cross-border connections will start in 2026. The current
EuroQCI efforts on point-to-point links and more complex networks are initiating the long-term
endeavour of transitioning to future networks fully based on quantum technologies. However, the
threat posed by quantum computing to cryptography must be addressed now, in a manner that is
compatible with the way modern digital networks are designed and function. The transition to Post-
Quantum Cryptography (PQC) remains essential, and such technology will likely play a highly relevant
role also to support or hybridize with future quantum networks. To guide this transition, the
Commission published a Recommendation in 2024 encouraging the Member States to develop a
Roadmap to ensure a synchronized transition to PQC for public administrations and critical
infrastructures across the EU. Work on developing this roadmap is ongoing, in the context of the PQC
workstream in the NIS Cooperation Group, and it is also accompanied and supported by the sectorial
developments, deployments and mapping of activities in several EU projects and other Member
States’ initiatives.
Cybersecurity - Recommended policies, measures and actions
Member States that have not already done so shall transpose the NIS2 Directive as a matter of
urgency and should take actions, also going beyond what is necessary, to maximise the effects of
the full implementation of the cybersecurity acquis, including the NIS2 Directive and the 5G
cybersecurity Toolbox (encompassing where appropriate the imposition of restrictions or
exclusions as regards high-risk suppliers).
Moreover, Member States should:
51 Regulation (EU) 2024/2847 on horizontal cybersecurity requirements for products with digital elements and amending Regulations (EU) No 168/2013 and (EU) 2019/1020 and Directive (EU) 2020/1828 (Cyber Resilience Act). 52 Regulation (EU) 2025/38 laying down measures to strengthen solidarity and capacities in the Union to detect, prepare for and respond to cyber threats and incidents and amending Regulation (EU) 2021/694 (Cyber Solidarity Act). 53 For more information, please see the website: https://digital-strategy.ec.europa.eu/en/library/proposed-regulation-managed-security- services-amendment. 54 European action plan on the cybersecurity of hospitals and healthcare providers, COM (2025) 10 final. 55 For more information, please see the website: https://digital-strategy.ec.europa.eu/en/news/commission-launches-new-cybersecurity- blueprint-enhance-eu-cyber-crisis-coordination.
20
- step up efforts to increase cybersecurity capabilities, including relevant to ensure the
development of skills for the cybersecurity workforce by making use of available resources
at EU level such as the European Cybersecurity Skills Framework;
- within the NIS Cooperation Group, develop a roadmap to ensure a synchronized transition
to PQC throughout the whole EU for public administrations and critical infrastructure;
- progress in the transition of their crypto systems to post quantum cryptography by 2035,
ensuring intermediate milestones are also met for high risk use cases and/or very complex
systems to be migrated by 2030.
ii. Submarine cables security
In February, the EU adopted the Action Plan on Cable Security to strengthen the resilience of its
submarine cable infrastructure, including data cables, following a full resilience cycle—prevention,
detection, response, recovery, and deterrence. The Commission, alongside the High Representative,
will engage with Member States and partners, including NATO, to operationalise a number of concrete
actions.
To prevent incidents that could compromise the EU’s security and resilience, the Action Plan sets out
dedicated actions to improve the redundancy and security of telecommunications cables. A key
component of this effort is the allocation of nearly EUR 1 billion from the CEF Digital programme to
strengthen backbone connectivity, with a focus on cross-border digital infrastructure and to connect
EU territories with likeminded third countries. The Action Plan also promotes strengthening security
requirements, in accordance to both the NIS2 and CER Directives. As set out in the prevention section
of the Action Plan, an Expert Group comprising Member State representatives and ENISA has been
established to deliver on Recommendation (EU) 2024/779 on Secure and Resilient Submarine Cable
Infrastructures56. The Action Plan specifies that by Q4 2025, the Expert Group is expected to complete
key tasks, including a comprehensive mapping of existing and planned infrastructures, a coordinated
risk assessment (including the development of a stress testing methodology), the creation of a Cable
Security Toolbox of mitigating measures, and a priority list of Cable Projects of European Interest
(CPEIs) to be co-funded by CEF Digital. To increase the capacity to detect potential threats and
incidents early on, the Action Plan further proposes to establish an integrated surveillance
mechanism. This mechanism will be facilitated through the voluntary set up of regional cable hubs,
located in each sea basin, which will serve as centres for monitoring and analysing the status of
submarine cables, including potential suspicious activity occurring nearby. Additionally, the Action
Plan provides for investments in new technologies, such as smart cables, undersea sensors and
drones, to improve detection capacities.
The Action Plan sets out a more efficient response to incidents, building synergies between existing
EU crisis management frameworks such as the EU Cyber Blueprint and the Critical Infrastructure
Blueprint. To reduce the time to repair and mitigate the impact of incidents, it also calls for increased
repair capacities. To that end, the Commission has proposed to support modular equipment that can
be plugged to civilian vessels, and the gradual establishment of an EU Cable Repair Fleet.
To strengthen the security and resilience of submarine cables, a central role will be played by the CEF
Digital programme, including for: i) providing direct support to the funding of strategic cables (over
420 million already committed in the first three calls); ii) enhance our ability to monitor and trigger
56 Commission Recommendation (EU) 2024/779 of 26 February 2024 on Secure and Resilient Submarine Cable Infrastructures, OJ L,
2024/779, 8.3.2024.
21
early response actions in case of suspicious events (early warning systems); iii) support the
deployment of functional modules for the repair and deployment of cables.
Finally, to deter malicious actors from engaging in harmful activities, the Action Plan calls for a
significant strengthening of efforts to counter the shadow fleet of vessels. It also emphasises the
importance of boosting cable diplomacy and promoting a common interpretation of international
maritime law.
Submarine cable security: Recommended policies, measures and actions
Member States, together with the Commission, should:
- urgently operationalise the different actions outlined in the Action Plan. Building on the transposition
of NIS 2 and CER, priority should be given to the aim of ensuring comprehensive cable security.
- fast-track key deliverables, including the Expert Group’s tasks (mapping, risk assessments, Cable
Security Toolbox, priority Cable Projects of European Interest), the development of a common strategy
to reinforce cable repair capacities, and the establishment of Regional Cable Hubs. The goal of these
hubs will be to establish an integrated surveillance mechanism for the EU to monitor and respond to
cable security threats, in coordination with the cable repair capacities.
3. Protecting and empowering people, preserving EU democracies and
values
a. Empower people through digital skills
Empowering citizens and equipping workers with digital skills are at the core of Europe’s digital
transformation, in line with the Declaration on Digital Rights and Principles. Basic digital skills are
essential for economic participation, social inclusion, and democratic resilience, while the availability
of highly skilled professionals—particularly ICT specialists—is critical to Europe’s competitiveness,
technological sovereignty, and strategic autonomy.
Despite growing awareness of the need to boost digital skills across society, the pace of progress in
this area remains insufficient. In 2023, only 55.6% of adults had at least basic digital skills57. On the
basis of current trends, the EU is expected to reach a level of just under 60% by 2030 – falling
significantly short of the 80% target set in the context of the Digital Decade policy programme58. This
shortfall is particularly evident among certain demographic groups. For example: older adults, people
with low levels of education, and people not in work or looking for work face disproportionately high
risks of digital exclusion59. Although young people are often seen as digitally ‘native’, they are not
universally digitally literate: 43% of eighth-grade students (aged 13 to 14) do not reach basic levels of
digital skills, with persistent disparities based on socio-economic background and geographical
location60.
57 Eurostat, European Union Survey on the Use of ICT in Households by Individuals. Available at: https://digital-decade-desi.digital- strategy.ec.europa.eu/datasets/desi/charts/desi-indicators 58 At least basic digital skills in the EU. Historical data, Digital Decade trajectory and revised baseline trajectory towards 2030. 59 European Commission, Joint Research Centre, Bertoni, E., Cosgrove, J., & Cachia, R. (2025). Digital Skills Gaps – A Closer Look at the Digital Skills Index (DSI 2.0), 2025. JRC140617. 60 ICILS 2023 International Report: An International Perspective on Digital Literacy. Available here: https://www.iea.nl/studies/iea/icils/2023
22
At the same time, the need for ICT specialists is rising sharply. As the architects of Europe’s digital
future, these professionals play a central role in deploying advanced technologies, increasing
productivity, and delivering secure and efficient digital services. Nevertheless, the EU remains only
halfway toward reaching its 2030 target of having 20 million ICT specialists in employment.
Structural shortages persist, hindering growth in high-demand digital areas such as AI, cybersecurity,
and semiconductors. In 2024, women accounted for 19.5% of employed ICT specialists, a figure
virtually unchanged from 19.4% in 2023.
To address these challenges, the Commission, in partnership with Member States, has put in place a
comprehensive framework to strengthen digital skills across society. The Skills package61, adopted in
March 2025, puts a strong focus on digital skills as a key driver for competitiveness. It includes the
Union of Skills, an Action Plan on Basic Skills62, a STEM Education Strategic Plan63, and the upcoming
2030 Roadmap on the future of digital education and skills. To strengthen leadership in key digital
technologies, the Commission is prioritising the development of advanced digital skills, ICT talent
attraction and a resilient, future ready digital workforce. This also includes initiatives such as the
recently adopted AI Continent Action Plan and the upcoming Apply AI strategy.
To respond to the need for a more coordinated approach to digital skills education and training in the
EU, targeted at emerging skills needs of European companies, the European Commission is funding
and promoting three new Digital Skills Academies in Quantum, AI, and Virtual Worlds. These
academies will leverage strategic partnerships and act as powerful catalysts for promoting digital
careers. The Cybersecurity Skills Academy, which already helps Member States to scale up training
provision and improve coordination between industry and education providers, is being further
expanded. Furthermore, through the Chips Act and the establishment of Chips Competence Centres,
the Commission and Member States are investing in national talent pipelines for the semiconductor
sector, supporting advanced technical training and collaboration with industry.
In their National Roadmaps, Member States reported investments of EUR 24.6 billion in basic digital
skills (9% of the total budget). The 339 measures reported on the roadmaps primarily focus on
improving digital skills in formal education and promoting digital inclusion, with roughly one third of
the measures dedicated to each area. This emphasis on building digital skills is also evident in Member
States’ roadmap adjustments. For training of ICT specialists, Member States reported investing EUR
11.8 billion (4% of the total budget). The 213 measures on ICT Specialists mainly focus on increasing
the number of people with advanced and highly specialised digital skills, with around one third of
these measures targeting individuals in formal education and approximately one quarter of the
measures focusing on those already in employment. This focus is also reflected in the Member States’
61 European Commission, A Union of Skills to Equip People for a Competitive Europe, Press Release, Brussels, 5 March 2025. 62 European Commission, Action Plan on Basic Skills, 2025. 63 European Commission, STEM Education Action Plan, 2005.
23
roadmap adjustments, which include a sharp increase in measures aimed at boosting advanced digital
skills among women.
National efforts have been strengthened through collaborative mechanisms. The 2024 edition of the
European Digital Skills Awards64 recognised outstanding projects promoting inclusion, digital literacy,
and bridging digital divides. At the same time, the Digital skills and Jobs Platform65 continues to grow
as a central hub–for accessing learning opportunities, connecting over 15 000 stakeholders across
Europe.
However, as laid out in the Draghi report and reiterated in the Competitiveness Compass, Europe is
facing massive investment needs for education and skills development in sectors critical to European
competitiveness and preparedness. Mobilising public and private investments, pursuing growth-
enhancing reforms, and leveraging multi-country projects will be key to closing the talent gap in digital
skills.
The European Commission is supporting the development of the Common European Data Space for
Skills to improve our knowledge of what skills are likely to soon be in demand, helping policymakers
and educators to anticipate future needs and direct investments more effectively. Furthermore, given
the mounting global competition for digital talent, the EU is stepping up its support to Member States
and employers to attract highly skilled top-tier researchers and professionals by establishing
Multipurpose Legal Gateway Offices in selected partner countries. Where relevant, these could
underpin Talent Partnerships as well as the future EU Talent Pool. In addition, the EU will also act to
support portability of skills, addressing barriers to workers’ mobility.
Best practice highlights
The BPA Digital Skills Cluster, led by Slovenia, involved all Member States in a structured peer
exchange, with best practices submitted by Austria, Belgium, Croatia, Czechia, Finland, France,
Germany, Greece, Hungary, Ireland, Italy, Luxembourg, Romania, Slovenia, and Spain. While only
some submitted practices, all Member States participated in the associated workshops that were held
and expressed interest in adapting successful approaches. Of the 34 practices shared, over half focus
on boosting basic digital skills for underserved groups, while 15 target the education of ICT specialists
through measures such as curriculum reform, AI training, SME upskilling, and gender equality. Five
workshops have been held so far, covering topics such as inclusion, education, AI-readiness, and the
participation of elderly, rural populations, and women in advanced skills. Future sessions will continue
to support inclusion while expanding into ICT specialisation areas such as cybersecurity,
semiconductors, and mid-career reskilling.
Digital Skills - Recommended policies, measures and actions
Member States should:
- Prioritise investment in digital education and skills in line with the Council Recommendation
on improving the provision of digital skills and competences in education and training,
including targeted policies for groups most in need;
- Promote AI literacy and basic cybersecurity practices.
64 European Commission, European Digital Skills Awards. Available at: https://digital-skills-jobs.europa.eu/en/european-digital-skills- awards-2025. 65 European Commission, Digital Skills and Jobs Platform. Available at: https://digital-skills-jobs.europa.eu/en.
24
ICT specialists - Recommended policies, measures and actions
Member States should:
- Promote ICT careers among young people, with notably a dedicated attention to girls;
- Enhance the academic offer for advanced digital skills and strengthen VET and lifelong
learning in order to contribute to the EU’s strategic digital objectives in key areas such as AI
Factories, cybersecurity, data and semiconductors;
- Support the implementation of EU Digital Skills Academies;
- Leverage EU funding opportunities and governance structures such as European Digital
Infrastructure Consortia (EDICs), the Digital Decade Best Practice Accelerator, and National
Digital Skills and Jobs Coalitions;
- Increase efforts to expand labour migration pathways to attract highly skilled ICT specialists
from non-EU countries and incentivise the return of European ICT talent to the EU,
leveraging both national and European frameworks.
b. Deploy digital solutions for people and societies
User-friendly and accessible digital public services to foster competitiveness and inclusion
In 2024, the EU made steady progress toward its Digital Decade targets for fully digital public
services. The citizen score rose to 82.3/100 (+3.6%), and the business score to 86.2/100 (+0.9%). In
their National Roadmaps, Member States reported investing EUR 13.8 billion, representing
approximately 4.8% of the total budget, to drive the digitalisation of key public services. This
investment included a comprehensive set of 287 measures, of which more than half aim to increase
the uptake, interoperability and accessibility of digital public services and around one-quarter focus
on strengthening their security and resilience of these services.
As Member States expand their offering of digital public services, ensuring technological sovereignty
and reducing reliance on foreign technologies has become an important mean to safeguard privacy,
increase resilience, and strengthen trust in EU-governed digital ecosystems. Despite the growing
digitalisation of public services across the EU, a very significant share of government digital
infrastructure still relies on non-EU-based service providers -particularly in areas such as cloud
computing, data hosting, software platforms, videoconferencing and cybersecurity solutions. With
80% of the services bought by governments and the private sector originating mostly from the US66, a
substantial share of the EUR 2 trillion that public authorities spend annually on the purchase of
services, works and supplies67 is not being spent on services originating in the EU. This dependency
might pose strategic risks, including reduced control over sensitive data, potential misalignment with
EU values and regulatory frameworks, and vulnerability to the application of third country laws.
Strategic public procurement, notably thanks to the revision of the Public Procurement Directives, as
well as the support to GovTech will play a key role to foster EU preference through public investment
and procure innovative solutions, which streamline administrative processes, foster transparency and
improve data-driven decision-making.
66 Draghi, M., The future of European competitiveness, 2024, Part A – A competitiveness strategy for Europe. 67 European Commission, The Public Procurement Data Space (PPDS). Available at: https://single-market-economy.ec.europa.eu/single- market/public-procurement/digital-procurement/public-procurement-data-space-ppds_en
25
It is also of the utmost importance to ensure that there is adequate human support to help members
of the public navigate digital services, with 9 out of 10 Europeans emphasising the significance of this
support in the Digital Decade Eurobarometer survey68.
In 2024, the use of AI in public services expanded further on EU Member States - from decision
support and personalised services, to predictive tools in healthcare. A cornerstone of the efforts to
reduce administrative burdens and support European Businesses interacting digitally will be the
European Business Wallet which will streamline business-to-business and business-to-government
interactions, enabling secure data exchange while creating new opportunities for trust service
providers.
The Single Digital Gateway and the Your Europe69 portal are key elements of the EU’s digital
infrastructure for cross-border public services. Your Europe is the main access point for national
procedures and information about rules and rights and is currently the most visited EU website. The
Once-Only Technical System70 enables the secure cross-border exchange of evidence. Its common
services are operational, and Member States are currently connecting competent authorities to it. A
cornerstone of the efforts to reduce administrative burdens and support European Businesses
interacting digitally will be the European Business Wallet which will streamline business-to-business
and business-to-government interactions, enabling secure data exchange while creating new
opportunities for trust service providers. Together with the upcoming EU Digital Identity Wallet71, the
Single Digital Gateway and the Once-Only Technical System form an integrated infrastructure for
accessing public services across the EU72. In addition, the Public Procurement Data Space simplifies
processes and improves monitoring across the Single Market73.
Other tools include the Business Registers Interconnection System (BRIS), a key transparency and
secure data exchange tool, providing the public with company information and enabling the
implementation of the ‘once-only’ principle with regard to company data and the European e-Justice
Portal which are of key importance for the digitalisation of public services and of cross-border judicial
proceedings.
The Interoperable Europe Act74, effective from April 2024, marked a significant step towards
strengthening interoperability in the public sector and the delivery of digital public services, providing
a structural framework to drive seamless, cross-border digital public services within the EU. It
introduces interoperability assessments to be carried out by publica administrations to ensure cross-
border interoperability (mandatory since January 2025) and regulatory sandboxes. It also embeds
68 Special Eurobarometer 566 on ‘the Digital Decade’ 2025, available at this link: https://digital-strategy.ec.europa.eu/en/news- redirect/883227. 69 European Commission, The Single Digital Gateway and Your Europe. Available at: https://single-market-economy.ec.europa.eu/single- market/single-digital-gateway_en 70 The Once-Only Technical System (OOTS) streamlines data retrieval for cross-border procedures, enhancing trust, efficiency, and data exchange among EU public administrations and citizens. It is an EC solution. Available at: https://interoperable- europe.ec.europa.eu/collection/digital-building-blocks/solution/once-only-technical-system-oots 71 Regulation (EU) No 910/2014 on electronic identification and trust services for electronic transactions in the internal market and repealing Directive 1999/93/EC. See also: European Commission, A Digital ID and Personal Digital Wallet for EU Citizens, Residents and Business. Available at: https://ec.europa.eu/digital-building- blocks/sites/display/EUDIGITALIDENTITYWALLET/EU+Digital+Identity+Wallet+Home. 72 European Commission, The Public Procurement Data Space (PPDS). Available at: https://single-market-economy.ec.europa.eu/single- market/public-procurement/digital-procurement/public-procurement-data-space-ppds_en 73 On these topics and the potential for simplification, please see also section 5.a.i of this document. 74 Interoperable Europe Act, COM(2022) 720 final.
26
digital-ready policymaking - ensuring that future EU legislation supports digital transformation from
the outset.
Digital public services - Recommended policies, measures and actions
Member States should focus investments and regulatory measures to develop and make available
secure, sovereign and interoperable digital solutions for online public and government services,
including possibly in the context of public procurements and including the completion of the
connection of authorities to the Once-Only Technical System.
i. EU Digital Identity Wallets and European Business Wallets
The European Digital Identity (EUDI) Framework is a cornerstone of Europe’s digital transformation
and a key enabler of Digital Decade targets. Coverage continues to expand with 24 Member States
having now notified their electronic ID schemes, and 95% of EU citizens now having access to eID.
However, Hungary, Greece, and Ireland have yet to notify their schemes.
Central to this EUDI framework are the EUDI Wallets, designed to offer every EU citizen and business
secure and seamless access to both public and private services across the EU by the end of 2026. These
wallets will transform how people interact online - enabling cross-border authentication, legally valid
e-signatures, and the digital storage, presentation and verification of key documents such as IDs,
educational credentials, ePrescriptions, social security attestations, and driving licences. By replacing
multiple logins with a single trusted solution, they increase convenience, privacy, and security for
everyday transactions, travel, and access to services.
Moreover, significant legal milestones were reached. The EUDI Regulation entered into force in May
2024, followed by the adoption of nine implementing acts in November 2024 and April 2025, setting
uniform technical standards and putting in place a robust certification framework. These ensure that
all wallets are interoperable, secure, and privacy-preserving across the EU. Member States are now
mandated to provide at least one wallet by the end of 2026.
Deployment is being tested through Large Scale Pilot (LSP) projects, covering real-world use cases
from education, social security and travel to payments and eGovernment services. Since 2023, four
LSPs have been running, involving over 350 entities from nearly all Member States. In 2025, two new
consortia - WE BUILD and APTITUDE - will further scale this work with over EUR 40 million in EU and
Member State funding. These projects cover 17 use cases, including supply chains, business services,
vehicle registration certificates, and digital travel credentials. These pilots are supported by the Digital
Europe Programme.
Looking ahead, the European Business Wallet proposal will build on the EUDI Framework, is planned
in Q4 2025. This proposal will seek to facilitate business interactions with public authorities, reduce
reporting burdens, and enable secure regulatory compliance across borders. This will in turn increase
Europe’s competitiveness.
EU Digital Identity Wallets - Recommended policies, measures and actions
Member States should continue their strong commitments to the development of use cases to link
private and public service providers to the wallets and offer the user a large variety of use-cases
upon first issuance of the wallets at national level in 2026.
27
ii. eHealth and technologies for healthcare.
In 2024, the EU continued to advance toward its Digital Decade goal of universal access to electronic
health records (EHRs) by 2030. The composite score in the area rose to 82.7/100 (from 79.1/100 in
2024), with all Member States offering some form of EHR access. Estonia joined Belgium in reaching
full coverage, while countries like Czechia, Ireland, Romania, and Slovakia made strong progress.
Despite these gains, disparities persist: Austria, Cyprus, and the Netherlands recorded setbacks due
to reduced functionalities or service availability. Ensuring the online availability of health records will
now also be required under the European Health Data Space75, which entered into force in March
2025 as part of the EU’s efforts to foster the digital transformation of healthcare. The European Health
Data Space will increase citizens’ control over their personal electronic health data and enable data
reuse for research, innovation and policy purposes.
Innovation in medical technologies and life sciences is increasingly being powered by digital health
data. Of the 13 first-selected AI Factories, 11 will put health and/or life sciences among their focus
areas. The European Cancer Imaging, 1+ Million Genomes, and Virtual Human Twins initiatives are
making progress on setting up data infrastructures to foster personalised care and data-driven
research, backed by targeted DIGITAL76 funding and new procurement instruments. At the same time,
the number of healthcare providers contributing data continues to grow, though private sector
participation still lags. In their National Roadmaps, Member States reported investing EUR 7.8 billion
to support e-Health services (all coming from public budgets), with approximately 106 measures, most
of them focusing on accessibility and uptake. Continued investment, technical alignment, and cross-
border cooperation will be essential to fully achieve the European Health Data Space. Cybersecurity
remains a key concern. To strengthen resilience, incident response, and recovery capacities across
the sector, the Commission in January 2025 launched a European action plan on the cybersecurity of
hospitals and healthcare providers - a flagship initiative of the President von der Leyen’s ‘first 100
days’. Further recommendations to strengthen cybersecurity in the health sector, based on
consultations with stakeholders and Member States, will follow in Q4 2025.
eHealth - Recommended policies, measures and actions
Member States should:
- continue to implement the necessary measures to achieve full access for citizens to their
electronic health records.
75 Regulation (EU) 2025/327 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 11 February 2025 on the European Health Data Space and amending Directive 2011/24/EU and Regulation (EU) 2024/2847. 76 European Commission, Digital Europe Programme. Available at: https://digital-strategy.ec.europa.eu/en/activities/digital-programme
28
- cooperate to fully deploy the innovation potential of health data by: (i) maximising the use
of existing and future health data initiatives and infrastructure; (ii) investing in the research
and deployment of advanced technologies such as high-performance computing and
trustworthy AI applications in healthcare;(iii) strengthening cybersecurity measures, and
enhancing cooperation through EDICs in this area.
- Implement the actions foreseen in the Action Plan on cybersecurity of hospitals and
healthcare providers.
iii. Smart cities and the New European Bauhaus: digital for quality of life
To bring digital innovation closer to citizens and make cities more sustainable and climate-neutral,
the EU has mobilised a range of funding initiatives and multi-country projects, including the DIGITAL
programme and newly established EDICs. The LDT-CitiVERSE-EDIC, launched in 2024, will help cities
harness digital twins and shared infrastructure to address urban challenges—such as climate
neutrality, clean mobility, and smart energy systems. CitiVERSE aims to bring together 100 cities in
2025 under a common EU digital infrastructure, connected to the first SIMPL-based Data Space for
Smart Communities. Other projects are also underway to harness digital technologies in societal
projects such as the New European Bauhaus (NEB)77 for more sustainable, innovative and beautiful
living environment (DigiNEB)78 . The new LDT-CitiVERSE-EDIC79 will receive within the EU procured LDT
toolbox a complete set of digital tools and services to be used together with the EU building dataset
for AI-based impact assessment of NEB strategies.
To address the challenge of climate neutrality with a holistic approach, there are also possible
synergies with the actions taken under Horizon Europe80, within the Mission on Climate-Neutral and
Smart Cities.
Another initiative funded by the Digital Europe Programme, the European Data Space for Smart
Communities (DS4SSCC-DEP) is a pivotal deployment project focusing on creating a large-scale data
space controlled by public data holders, ensuring alignment with the Smart Middleware Platform and
broader data space ecosystems. It also aims to offer middleware service solutions facilitating data
sharing and management while refining the service it offers based on gained experience.
The Digital Europe Programme also co-finances the testing and experimentation facilities (TEF) for
smart cities and communities: CitCom.ai. CitCom.ai provides facilities to test advanced AI and robotics
solutions in real-world settings, targeting the sustainable development of cities and communities.
CitCom.ai focuses on three overarching themes: (i) Power which targets changing energy systems and
reductions in energy consumption; (ii) Move which targets more efficient and greener transportation
linked to logistics and mobility; and (iii) Connect which serves citizens through local infrastructures
and cross-sector services. CitCom.ai is organised around three super nodes – Nordic, Central and South
– supported by satellites and sub-nodes located across 11 EU countries: Denmark, Sweden, Finland,
the Netherlands, Belgium, Luxembourg, France, Germany, Spain, Poland and Italy.
The Commission currently manages or contributes to a broad set of initiatives with - and for - cities.
The flagship R&I initiative in this field is the Horizon Europe Mission on Climate-Neutral and Smart
77 European Commission, New European Bauhaus. Availabile at: https://new-european-bauhaus.europa.eu/index_en 78 DigiNEB. Available at: https://digineb.eu/ 79 European Commission, Citiverse. Available at: https://digital-strategy.ec.europa.eu/en/factpages/citiverse 80 Specifically, considering the call results of ‘HORIZON-MISS-2025-04-CIT-02: Innovative, AI-based solutions for urban planning and management’.
29
Cities (‘the Mission’), which aims to deliver 100 climate-neutral cities by 2030 and ensure that all EU
cities follow suit and become climate neutral by 205081.
c. Protecting people, including minors, online
i. Preserving safety, security and wellbeing in digital environment
Online platforms have become integral to everyday life in the EU. Services like Google Search,
YouTube, and Amazon are used by most Europeans82 and 77% of internet users shop online83. Citizens
are also increasingly aware of online risks: in 2023, nearly 70% took action to protect their personal
data84, and 72% reported awareness of the GDPR85. However, the sheer volume of user and platform
activity - illustrated by over 10 billion content-moderation decisions in the last six months86 - highlights
the urgent need for robust digital governance.
The Digital Services Act (DSA), Digital Markets Act (DMA) and, among others, the Terrorist Content
Online (TCO) Regulation are instruments that aim to ensure a fair, safe, secure and trustworthy digital
environment for citizens and businesses, accompanied by robust enforcement mechanisms.
The Digital Services Act (DSA) indeed represents a landmark EU response to this issue, setting clear
obligations for digital service providers and assigning greater responsibilities to Very Large Online
Platforms (VLOPs) and Very Large Online Search Engines (VLOSEs). In 2024, the list of services
designated as VOLPs grew to 25, including Shein, Temu, and XNXX. To enforce the DSA, the European
Commission has sent over 100 Requests for Information (RFIs) to platform providers, targeting
disinformation, unsafe products, and opaque advertising practices. In addition, the Commission
opened 14 formal proceedings—for example against the providers of TikTok, Meta, Temu, X and
AliExpress—notably focused on illegal content, the protection of minors, and algorithmic
transparency. Markedly, one of the proceedings against the provider of TikTok has already been closed
after TikTok agreed to binding commitments.
In February 2025 the Commission introduced the e-Commerce Communication which sets out a series
of cross-cutting measures to ensure that goods sold online for example on digital marketplaces and
particularly by non-EU sellers comply with EU rules87. By November 2025 the Commission will
evaluate how the DSA interacts with other EU legislation, in particular legislation on personal data
and consumer protection.
ii. Protecting children
As set out in the 2024-2029 Political Guidelines88, the Commission considers the protection of
children’s and young people’s mental health - particularly online - as one of the greatest challenges of
81 European Court of Auditors, Special Report: Smart cities Tangible solutions, but fragmentation challenges their wider adoption, 2023. 82 Digital Services Act (DSA): Amazon EU Store Transparency Report. Available at: https://trustworthyshopping.aboutamazon.com/dsa- digital-services-act-amazon-eu-store-transparency-report; Google Transparency Report: Signed-out recipients, versus 459 million signed-in recipients. Available at: https://transparencyreport.google.com/report-downloads?hl=en; Google Transparency Report: Signed-out recipients, versus 356 million signed-in recipients. Available at: https://transparencyreport.google.com/report-downloads?hl=en; Google, Information about Monthly Active Recipients under the Digital Services Act, 2025. 83 Eurostat, [isoc_ec_ib20] Internet purchases by individuals (2020 onwards). 84 At least one of the following: blocked or limited cookies, checked website security where personal data is provided, limited access to social media profile or shared content, read privacy policy statements, refused use of personal data for advertising, restricted or refused access to geographical location. These are the activities used by Eurostat for calculating individuals’ safety skills. Indicator: Privacy and protection of personal data (2020 onwards), Eurostat: isoc_cisci_prv20 85 European Commission, Justice, rights and values, October 2024, Eurobarometer survey 86 See data of the DSA transparency database: https://transparency.dsa.ec.europa.eu/ 87 European Commission, E-commerce communication: A comprehensive EU toolbox for safe and sustainable e-commerce. Available at: https://digital-strategy.ec.europa.eu/en/library/e-commerce-communication-comprehensive-eu-toolbox-safe-and-sustainable-e- commerce 88 European Commission, Europe’s Choice, Political Guidelines for the next European Commission 2024−2029, 2024.
30
this decade. The Polish and Danish Presidencies of the EU Council have identified the impact of social
media on young people’s mental health and the protection of minors online as a priority. In 2024,
public concern over the protection of children online continued to rise, with increasing calls across the
EU and internationally to address the digital determinants of poor mental health among young
people89. These calls have largely focused on the regulation of digital technologies and their negative
impacts on mental well-being.
According to the 2025 Digital Decade Eurobarometer survey, an overwhelming majority of
respondents believe that urgent action by public authorities is needed to protect children online,
and in particular to: (i) limit the negative impact of social media on mental health (93% of respondents
agreed); (ii) restrict access to age-inappropriate content through robust age assurance mechanisms
(92% agreed); and (iii) tackle cyberbullying and online harassment (92% agreed)90. Increasing screen
time has coincided with higher levels of problematic social media use and rising reports of
cyberbullying. According to a study by the World Health Organization (WHO), one in six school-aged
children has experienced cyberbullying91. Additionally, 34% of surveyed adolescents reported
playing digital games daily, with 22% playing for at least four hours on a gaming day92. Previous
research93 has shown that adolescents with problematic social media use report lower levels of mental
and social well-being, as well as higher rates of substance use, compared to non-problematic users
and non-users. If this trend continues, it could have far-reaching consequences for adolescent
development and long-term health outcomes.
The risks children face online are increasingly severe. In 2024 the EU co-funded Safer Internet
Centres (SICs) handled over 54 000 calls, 14% of which related to cyberbullying and 24% to sexual
content, including grooming and sextortion94. In Poland, during the fourth quarter of 2024, every
second underage internet user was exposed to erotic content, spending an average of 10 to 14
minutes per day on such material95.
Excessive screen time, exposure to violent, pornographic or explicit content, and commercial
manipulation - often in environments designed for adults - have become frequent experiences for
minors, posing significant risks to their mental health. So far, age-gating tools that restrict access to
content based on age remain largely ineffective. Research suggests that intensive use of online social
networks is associated with loneliness and emotional distress among young people, a pattern not
generally observed with instant messaging tools96.
The EU has strengthened its legal framework and policy action to protect children online. At the core
of the EU toolbox on protection and empowerment of minors online are: the Digital Services Act, the
89 See e.g. Council Conclusions on the European and international policy agendas on children, youth and children’s rights, 18 May 2024, https://data.consilium.europa.eu/doc/document/ST-9769-2024-INIT/en/pdf and the follow-up to the WHO-UNICEF-Lancet Commission, https://www.who.int/initiatives/a-future-for-the-worlds-children. 90 Special Eurobarometer 566 on ‘the Digital Decade’ 2025: https://digital-strategy.ec.europa.eu/en/news-redirect/883227. 91 Health Behaviour in School-aged Children (HBSC) international report from the 2021/2022 survey presented in 2024, updated every four years, in collaboration with the WHO Regional Office for Europe. A focus on adolescent peer violence and bullying in Europe, central Asia and Canada. Health Behaviour in School-aged Children international report from the 2021/2022 survey. Volume 2. 92 Ibid, Volume 6. A focus on adolescent social media use and gaming in Europe, central Asia and Canada: Health Behaviour in School-aged Children international report from the 2021/2022 survey. 93 Boniel – Nissim M et al., International perspectives on social media use among adolescents: Implications for mental and social well-being and substance use, 2022. 94 Better Internet for Kids – Review of year 2024. Available at: https://better-internet-for-kids.europa.eu/en/about/insafe-inhope. 95 Children's Internet. Report on monitoring the presence of children and young people on the Internet. 2025 (in Polish). 96 Joint Research Centre, Cabeza Martínez, Begoña and d'Hombres, Beatrice and Kovacic, Matija, Social Media Use, Loneliness and Emotional Distress Among Young People in Europe (January 09, 2025). Ca' Foscari University of Venice, Department of Economics Research Paper Series No. 01/2025, Available at SSRN: https://ssrn.com/abstract=5089729. The paper uses survey sample from people aged 16-35.
31
Audiovisual Media Services Directive97; the General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR)98; the Better
Internet for Kids strategy (BIK+); and the EU-co-funded network of Safer Internet Centres in Member
States which reached over 35 million users in 2024. The EU AI Act is also relevant in this area, as it
bans AI systems that exploit children’s vulnerabilities and requires additional safeguards for high-risk
applications affecting minors. The protection of minors is one of the enforcement priorities of the
Commission under the DSA. In 2024 the Commission opened four formal DSA enforcement
proceedings related to minors—one each against Meta’s platforms, Facebook and Instagram, and two
involving the provider of TikTok, one of which led to the suspension of addictive features in TikTok Lite
and ultimately to the removal of that programme with a binding commitment not to re-launch it. In
May 2025 the Commission opened formal proceedings against Pornhub, Stripchat, XNXX, and XVideos
which also focus on the risks for the protection of minors, including those linked to the absence of
effective age verification tools.
To continue protecting children into the future, the EU is preparing guidelines under the DSA to help
online platforms ensure a high-level of privacy, safety and security for children using their services.
These guidelines are expected in 2025 and will also help national authorities responsible for the
enforcement to consistently apply rules for the providers of platforms below the threshold of 45
million monthly active recipients. In parallel, the Commission is developing a short-term, privacy-
preserving age-verification solution, before EU Digital Wallets are offered to EU citizens and residents
by the end of 2026. The Commission will also launch an enquiry into the impact of social media on
the mental health of minors and is preparing an action plan against cyberbullying. Moreover, the
upcoming evaluation of the Audiovisual Media Services Directive due by December 2026,
accompanied where appropriate with proposals for its review, will assess the impact of this Directive
and its added value when it comes to the provisions relating to the protection of minors against
harmful content. Concerning the GDPR, the European Data Protection Board continues to work on
guidelines about processing of children personal data expected to be finalised in 2026.
Protecting children - Recommended policies, measures and actions
Member States should:
- implement the harmonised EU age-verification solution in the national EUDI Wallets,
including systems for issuing the proof-of-age attestations, and accelerate the issuance of
electronic means of identification to minors;
- take action to ensure the protection of minors and their well-being online, by cooperating
on important issues such as age verification and cyberbullying, including through support
for the future action plan against cyberbullying.
d. Preserving information integrity
In 2024, disinformation, often driven by manipulative social media algorithms, continued to
undermine trust in institutions and democratic processes. The EU faces rising threats from
coordinated inauthentic behaviour (CIB) and foreign information manipulation and interference
(FIMI), with fake accounts, bots, and troll farms distorting public discourse and simulating grassroots
97 In particular the provisions on protecting minors against harmful content (Articles 6a and 28b) and the requirement to adopt appropriate measures to that end, including through age verification. 98 GDPR states that processing of children personal data merit special protection. For example, the GDPR provides for explicit requirement to use child-friendly language and provides for rules on age of consent for information society services.
32
sentiment - frequently as part of state-sponsored influence operations. Nearly 50% of EU citizens
report encountering false or doubtful content online, reaching over 70% in the Netherlands99.
In response, the Commission has taken strong action, in particular by endorsing the integration of the
Code of Practice on Disinformation into the framework of the DSA, as a Code of Conduct under
Article 45 of the DSA, entering into application by July 2025. The Commission has launched four formal
proceedings against the providers of major platforms Meta, TikTok and X, which focus on risk
assessment and mitigation in the area of information manipulation.
The Commission also continues to support the European Digital Media Observatory, including its 14
fully operational hubs covering the entire EU. A Creative Europe call in October 2024 funded cross-
border media literacy projects.
To address the challenges disinformation presents to elections, the Commission has used a wide
toolbox, including the recommendation on protecting the integrity and resilience of the electoral
process100, the European Cooperation Network on Elections and the joint election resilience
mechanism, made available to support Member States’ authorities in building their capacity to detect
and react appropriately to threats101. In the context of the DSA, targeted action has been taken
through expert missions, stakeholder roundtables and stress tests, with the involvement of the
Commission, Member States and Digital Services Coordinators (DSCs). In March/April 2024 the
Commission published guidelines on recommended measures to the providers of VLOPs and VLOSEs
to mitigate systemic risks online that may impact the integrity of elections102. A DSA Toolkit103,
published in February 2025, offers national regulators best practices in their work with the providers
of VLOPs and VLOSEs to mitigate electoral risks, including in relation to hate speech and manipulation.
In December 2024, the Commission opened formal proceedings against the providers of TikTok under
the DSA for suspected failure to mitigate risks to election integrity in Romania.
Mechanisms under the Code of Practice on Disinformation such as the Rapid Response System (RRS),
active during EU and national elections104, enabled real-time fact-checking and content flagging in
2024 and continue to do so in 2025. The European Digital Media Observatory (EDMO) provided daily
briefs and trend insights throughout the year.
In 2024, the EU has also introduced new EU common standards in the internal market. They will enable
citizens to easily recognise political advertising, understand who is behind it and know whether they
have been targeted105. Such rules address the growing complexity and cross-border nature of political
advertising in the internal market, its growth in the online space, the use of advanced targeting
techniques and the threat of information manipulation and interference.
99 Indicator Evaluating data, information and digital content (2021 onwards), Eurostat: isoc_sk_edic_i21, year 2023. 100 Commission Recommendation (EU) 2023/2829 of 12 December 2023 on inclusive and resilient electoral processes. It includes different recommendations on protecting the integrity and resilience of the electoral process. For example, it encourages Member States to take measures to protect the information environment around elections and ensure that voters receive correct information. It recommends building resilience and developing public awareness, media literacy and critical thinking to address information manipulation, interference and disinformation related to elections. It also calls on Member States to develop training to relevant authorities and to facilitate cooperation among relevant stakeholders to tackle the information manipulation risks. 101 In the context of this network, Member States discussed practical solutions to a range of threats including FIMI and disinformation. One of the operational tools is the joint election resilience mechanism, which supports exchanges among Member State experts, which several Member States used in the run-up to the elections. 102 European Commission, Commission publishes guidelines under the DSA for the mitigation of systemic risks online for elections. Available at: https://digital-strategy.ec.europa.eu/en/news/commission-publishes-guidelines-under-dsa-mitigation-systemic-risks-online- elections 103 European Commission, Commission presents new best-practice election toolkit on the Digital Services Act. Available at: https://digital- strategy.ec.europa.eu/en/news/commission-presents-new-best-practice-election-toolkit-digital-services-act 104 See the Commission’s Report on the 2024 elections to the European Parliament (publication pending at the time of writing). 105 Regulation (EU) 2024/900 on the transparency and targeting of political advertising.
33
Fostering the EU’s media ecosystem has been a priority. The role of free and independent media is
crucial to address the current disruptions in the information space, fostering a pluralistic public
debate. However, the news media sector in Europe is undergoing a profound transformation due to
market disruptions, uneven access to content, emerging threats to media pluralism, and new funding
challenges related to the evolving geopolitical landscape. The 2024 Media Pluralism Monitor106
reports a medium risk to fundamental protection of media (average score: 34% in the EU) and a high
risk to market plurality (67% in the EU), driven by ownership concentration and lack of transparency
in online content removal. To deal with challenges in the media market, the European Media Freedom
Act107 was adopted in 2024.
Looking ahead, the European Democracy Shield will, among other things, strengthen societal
resilience and preparedness, and foster citizen participation and engagement. It will support free,
pluralistic and independent media, and look at ways to reinforce our collective capacity to prevent,
detect, analyse and respond to foreign information manipulation and interference (FIMI) and
disinformation, including when they impact elections and voting behaviours, regulatory processes and
public decision-making processes.
Preserving information integrity - Recommended policies, measures and actions
Member States should:
- increase resilience against disinformation by investing in areas such as fact-checking, media
literacy and technological detection tools;
- promote further research on information manipulation, looking into the structural,
economic, psychological, and technological factors that contribute to its spread;
- develop and implement national strategies for countering foreign information manipulation
and interference, including improved detection, response capacity, and secure information
exchange channels;
- develop new strategies to ensure a pluralistic media sphere, including through financing
provisions for news media, in ways that respect media independence.
4. Harnessing digitalisation for the green transition
a. The digital-green nexus: unlocking sustainability, competitiveness and
sovereignty
Digitalisation and environmental sustainability are no longer parallel priorities – they are mutually
reinforcing transformations. If deployed effectively, digital solutions could cut 15 - 20% of global
greenhouse gas emissions by 2030, notably through improved efficiency in buildings, energy,
transport, and manufacturing sectors108.
This digital-green nexus also enhances Europe’s industrial competitiveness. Greener digital
infrastructure and smart technologies reduce operational costs and encourage adoption by
consumers. The integration of AI and the internet of things into energy and resource management
enables more efficient operations, particularly for SMEs and municipalities. This contributes to
106 Centre for Media Pluralism and Media Freedom, Technical Report, EUI, RSC, Research Project Report, 2024. Available at: Monitoring media pluralism in the digital era: application of the media pluralism monitor in the European member states and in candidate countries in 2023. 107 Regulation (EU) 2024/1083 establishing a common framework for media services in the internal market and amending Directive 2010/13/EU (European Media Freedom Act). 108 Joint Research Centre European Commission, 5 digital solutions for a greener Europe, 2023.
34
decarbonisation while strengthening Europe’s position in emerging green tech markets. Not only do
digital tools optimise supply chains, but they also enable circular and profitable business models (such
as Product as a Service).
Digitalisation for smart greening is critical to increase Europe’s strategic autonomy and resilience.
Digital tools such as smart metering allows better demand-side energy management and currently
encompasses approximately 60% of European households on average. Nonetheless, substantial
disparities persist between EU member states109. The launch of the code of conduct for energy-smart
appliances will enable interoperability and boost the participation of smart appliances in demand
response schemes. Climate observation satellites and predictive analytics contribute to early warning
systems and help manage climate-related risks such as floods, wildfires, and droughts. As demand
for low-carbon infrastructure and advanced computing grows, control over foundational technologies
- including semiconductors, secure data infrastructure, and energy-efficient data centres - —has
become a critical factor in reducing strategic dependencies.
AI is increasingly seen as a game changer for the green transition. When deployed responsibly, AI
enables significant emissions reductions by improving energy efficiency, streamlining industrial
processes, and supporting smarter resource management across sectors such as energy, transport,
and agriculture. The potential of AI is amplified when combined with digital twins, sensor networks,
and data-driven systems. The deployment of the energy data space will unlock consistent, high-quality
and interoperable energy data for the training of AI models for energy and the inception of innovative
energy services. The Smart Energy Expert Group was launched in October 2024 to support the
establishment and governance of this initiative, through its ‘Data for Energy’ sub-group. AI-enabled
decentralised energy systems, smart grid optimisation, and digital twins of the European electricity
grid are helping improve energy efficiency and reduce reliance on imported fossil fuels. For example,
AI-based grid management will be able to reduce electricity transmission losses while improving load
balancing in real time110. Nevertheless, AI’s own environmental footprint–particularly that of
Generative AI–must be addressed, especially the energy-intensive and water-intensive nature of
training AI models. With global electricity demand from generative AI projected to reach up to 134
TWh by 2027, comparable to the annual consumption of Sweden111, aligning AI development with
climate goals is essential.
b. Rising pressures: electricity and water demand in the digital transition
Despite the potential advantages of digitalisation for the green transition, the environmental footprint
of the digital economy is rising. In 2024 data centres in Europe consumed approximately 70 terawatt-
hours (TWh) of electricity. While this accounts for about 2% of total electricity consumption in
Europe, for some countries, such as Ireland, electricity consumption by data centres is significantly
higher, reaching 20% of total consumption. By 2030, electricity consumption by data centres in Europe
is expected to grow by over 45 TWh, reaching a total of approximately 115 TWh. This constitutes a
70% increase over 2024 levels112. While data centres are important consumers of energy, they also
offer an opportunity to contribute to system flexibility and demand response. Under the right
conditions, they have the potential to provide grid services through the use of on-site battery storage,
flexible cooling systems, load shifting, or by relocating computing workloads from one region to
another as a form of sustained curtailment.
109 European Union Agency for the Cooperation of Energy Regulators, Country Sheets : Monitoring data 2023, 2024. 110 International Energy Agency (2023), Digital Demand-Driven Electricity Networks Initiative, 2024. 111 McKinsey & Company, The Economic Potential of Generative AI: The Next Productivity Frontier, 2023. 112 IEA, AI and Energy,2025.
35
It is forecast that mobile networks alone are expected to consume up to 170% more energy by 2026,
driven by the expansion of 5G networks113. Generative AI, AI training and inference, high-performance
computing, and edge networks are further accentuating these trends.
In parallel, water use for cooling digital infrastructure is becoming a growing concern. The water
needed to produce semiconductors is significant. In addition, depending on the cooling method and
local climate, data centres can require substantial amounts of water, particularly when using
evaporative cooling systems114.
The rapid deployment of AI accelerators and dense compute clusters exacerbates this challenge.
Studies show that by 2027, global AI demand could consume between 4.2 and 6.6 billion cubic metres
of water a year115. Both the water and electricity consumption of data centres will be a key issue that
the Commission will address through the forthcoming follow-up to the Energy Efficiency Directive and
the Cloud & AI Development Act.
c. Recent EU actions supporting the green digital nexus
Since 2024, the European Commission has intensified its efforts to promote synergies between digital,
energy, climate and circular economy actions. For example, the work on the EU Code of Conduct for
sustainable telecommunications networks is advancing, with exchanges on a new draft occurring at
a stakeholder workshop in May 2025.
In January 2025, the Commission adopted a new delegated regulation for establishing an EU-wide
scheme to rate the sustainability of EU data centres, requiring operators of data centres above 500
kW to report key performance indicators to the European database by covering–among other things–
energy use, water consumption, heat reuse and the type of refrigerant used. This lays the groundwork
for more transparency on the sustainability performance of data centres that could be sought by
future policy decisions.
In addition, the Water Resilience Strategy, launched in March 2025, provides guidance on water-
efficient cooling technologies and supports municipalities hosting digital infrastructure through
funding instruments under Horizon Europe and LIFE. The forthcoming Digital Product Passport
framework will also apply to ICT equipment, detailing their environmentally relevant information. This
will ensure lifecycle emissions and repairability are factored into procurement decisions.
The European Green Digital Coalition is a grouping of companies that seeks to harness the emission-
reducing potential of digital solutions for all other sectors of the economy. With the support of the
Commission, the European Green Digital Coalition released in 2024 a methodology to assess whether
a deployed digital solution reduces more emissions than the solution’s own carbon footprint. The
Coalition will assess in 2025-2026 another 50 digital solutions in the sectors of energy, transport,
construction, smart cities, manufacturing, agriculture and healthcare. It will also work with financial
institutions to help sustainable finance to scale the deployment of such green digital solutions.
The twin green and digital transition measures at Member States level
In 2024, a wave of activity began operationalising the twin green and digital transition116 through
national strategies, regulations, and sectoral deployments. This marked a shift from high-level
ambitions to systemic policy implementation that jointly advances digital transformation and
113 GSMA, Energy Efficiency in Mobile Networks: A Roadmap to 2030, 2023. 114 Circular water solutions key to sustainable data centres | World Economic Forum. 115 Islam M.A. , Li P., Ren S., Yang J.,Making AI Less “Thirsty”: Uncovering and Addressing the Secret Water Footprint of AI Models, 2023. 116 European Commission, The twin green & digital transition, 2022.
36
environmental objectives. Measures such as Italy’s Transition 5.0 Plan, Luxembourg’s National
Energy Data Platform, and France’s Frugal AI standard illustrate how EU support has been translated
into localised, impactful action. The revised Digital Decade National Roadmaps include 67 measures
from 19 Member States contributing simultaneously to the Digital Decade’s green and digital
objectives. Of these 67 measures, 38 are specifically designed to simultaneously address those green
and digital objectives, with a total investment of EUR 214.2 million.
Best practice highlights
France is leading the Green IT Cluster of the Best Practice Accelerator, and it has put forward three
best practices on the twin transition field in 2024: (i) the General Policy Framework for the Eco-design
of Digital Services , which targets ICT professionals and sets out 78 criteria and best practices applying
eco-design principles in the development of services and the drafting of an Eco-design Declaration; (ii)
the development and availability of Product Category Rules (PCR) for environmental evaluation and
labelling to improve the environmental information provided to consumers, covering the entire
product life cycle; and (iii) the Alt IMPACT Communication Campaign to raise public awareness about
the environmental impact of digital technologies.
The Netherlands presented its Sustainable Digitalisation Action Plan published in July 2024. It outlines
44 concrete actions across three main pillars that work towards making the digital sector more
sustainable, while simultaneously leveraging digitalisation for sustainability by improving the
efficiency of production processes, optimising the use of existing resources, and enabling the circular
use of raw materials and resources.
Finland presented a set of measures to increase the knowledge base on the environmental handprint
and footprint of the ICT Sector. This set of best practice measures was in response to the lack of
reliable and comparable data identified as one of the challenges during the drawing up of its national
climate and environmental strategy for the ICT sector, which Finland published in 2021.
Luxembourg presented its Product Circularity Data Sheet (PCDS), a tool designed to provide detailed
information about the circular characteristics of products, such as their recyclability, their durability,
and their use of recycled materials. The PCDS is aligned with the general and cross-cutting
requirements of the Ecodesign for Sustainable Products Regulation.
Harnessing digitalisation for the green transition - Recommended policies, measures and actions
Member States should:
- support the development of harmonised environmental impact metrics for digital solutions
including AI-based solutions as well as metrics for digital infrastructures such as, edge
computing, data centres, and telecommunications networks;
- reinforce their cooperation with the AI Office, the Green Digital Coalition, and the European
Green Deal Data Space, as well as contributing to the upcoming EU Code of Conduct for
sustainable telecommunications networks;
- incorporate digital sustainability KPIs into their national digital and green transition plans.
37
5. Building coherence, efficiency and simplification
In 2024, the Commission made a strong commitment to an ambitious simplification agenda117,
presented in the Communication on a Simpler and faster Europe118. The Digital Decade is aligned with
this simplification approach and includes a joint commitment to ensure that digital policies, measures,
and programmes relevant for the EU’s digital transformation are considered in a coordinated and
coherent way so that they fully contribute to the Digital Decade objectives, while avoiding regulatory
overlaps and minimising administrative burdens.
a. Need for simplification, efficiency and coherence
i. Better and lighter digital legislation
In 2024 and through 2025, the Commission prioritised the streamlining of EU legislation to enhance
competitiveness, minimise the burden of compliance, reduce red tape and streamline regulation to
ensure consistency. More than half of European SMEs flag such regulatory and administrative
obstacles as their greatest challenge119. 86% of EU firms dedicate staff to compliance tasks, with the
cost of compliance averaging 1.8% of turnover—rising to 2.5% for SMEs120. This is a similar order of
magnitude to average energy costs, standing at 4% of annual turnover.
The Commission has set an overarching target to reduce reporting burdens by at least 25% for all
companies —and by at least 35% for SMEs – before the end of its current mandate, without
undermining the policy objectives of the reporting rules.
For the digital acquis, the Commission is planning a wide ‘stress test’ of the regulatory framework.
Over the coming years, this stress test will include an assessment of regulatory coherence and whether
the current rules are fit for purpose considering the rapid technological transformation and market
evolution. The stress test will also explore whether further reductions can be made to the reporting
and compliance burden, while pursuing the objectives of the regulations.
Firstly, in May 2025, the Commission came forward with the Single Market Simplification proposal.
The Fourth Omnibus package simplifies the record-keeping obligation in the GDPR, taking into account
the specific needs and challenges of small and medium-sized companies and organisations, while
ensuring that the rights of individuals are protected.
Looking forward, in the fourth quarter of 2025, the Commission will put forward a Digital Package,
including a Digital Omnibus proposal with a series of simplification measures for part of the digital
acquis, stress-tested over the year.
In addition, the European Commission plans to propose the Digital Networks Act. This forthcoming
legislation will transform Europe’s digital infrastructure to support European businesses and citizens
in an increasingly connected world. This effort is fully aligned with the broader priorities of the
Competitiveness Compass, where digital infrastructure is fundamental to Europe’s leadership in
innovation, resilience, and long-term economic growth. At the core of this initiative is simplification.
The Digital Networks Act will reduce regulatory burden, provide clarity, strengthen competition, all
while safeguarding consumer benefits. The Digital Networks Act will ensure that digital infrastructure
is built for the future.
117 European Commission, Simplification and implementation. Available at: https://commission.europa.eu/law/law-making- process/better-regulation/simplification-and-implementation_en. 118 European Commission, A simpler and faster Europe, 2024. 119 Draghi, M., The future of European competitiveness, Part A – A competitiveness strategy for Europe, pg.14 2024. 120 EIB Investment Report 2024–2025, European Investment Bank.
38
The transformative potential of digital tools for administrative simplification has been strongly
endorsed by recent high-level reports on competitiveness. The Commission is leading efforts to build
a dedicated infrastructure modelled on Common European Data Spaces to automate regulatory
compliance and data transmission.
The European Business Wallet will be a cornerstone of doing business simply and digitally in the EU,
providing a seamless environment for companies to interact with all public administrations is the
upcoming European Business Wallet. Building on the EUDI Framework, the European Business Wallets
will be horizontal enablers for Europe’s competitiveness. The European Business Wallets are intended
to streamline business-to-business and business-to-government interactions, enabling trusted digital
identities, secure data exchanges and legally recognised digital notifications. It will reduce
administrative burdens, lower compliance costs, and enhance cross-border transactions, benefiting
SMEs and large enterprises. By streamlining processes, it will also improve business efficiency and
foster competitiveness.
Alongside this, the Single Digital Gateway (SDG), and its cornerstone component -the Only-Once
Technical System (OOTS) -could automate the exchange of verified data between public authorities,
cutting administrative costs for SMEs by over 50%, according to a 2024 impact study121. By 2025, most
Member States are expected to be technically ready to securely exchange official documents across
borders, increasing the accessibility and interoperability of e-Government services for around 80 000
national authorities. Despite progress in this area, challenges remain - particularly in digitising
industrial permitting procedures essential for sectors like renewable energy and semiconductors.
Although EU legislation such as the SDG Regulation, the Net Zero Industry Act, and the Critical Raw
Materials Act provide a strong legal foundation for the digital and green transitions, disparities persist
as many Member States still lack the organisational and digital capabilities to fully implement and
benefit from these reforms.
Further integration of these systems is planned. The European Business Wallet, EU Digital Identity
Wallet, SDG and OOTS will together form a cohesive, interoperable digital infrastructure. This
ecosystem will enable seamless interactions for businesses and citizens and reduce duplication in
compliance processes. However, the slow progress made by national and local entities in
implementing OOTS and the SDG remains a challenge, and this progress requires targeted alignment
efforts and shared procedural standards.
EU company Law will reduce burden on companies leveraging digital solutions in synergy with the
European Business Wallet, and through the Business Registers Interconnection System (BRIS) that
enables the ‘once only’ principle with regard to company data. The ‘28th Regime’ proposal will further
support companies to set-up and grow in the EU, making it possible for innovative companies to
benefit from a single, harmonised set of EU-wide rules wherever they invest and operate in the single
market, as announced in the Competitiveness Compass. The digital euro initiative is also contributing
to simplification. By ensuring interoperability with the EU Digital Identity Wallet, the Commission
aims to provide users of the digital euro with a streamlined and secure means of verifying identity,
confirming payments, and facilitating offline transactions. This will reduce transaction costs, especially
for SMEs, and strengthen Europe’s digital sovereignty.
Another major milestone was the adoption of the VAT in the Digital Age legislative package on 11
March 2025. This enables automated VAT reporting through e-invoicing, simplifying data extraction
121 European Commission, EU SMEs and self-employed workers could save time and money when expanding abroad thanks to the once-
only technical system, 2024.
39
and supporting sustainability reporting. Exploratory work is underway to align this functionality with
the European Financial Reporting Advisory Group (EFRAG)’s sustainability standards, using e-invoices
to meet environmental reporting obligations efficiently.
ii. Simplification through improved governance
Ensuring the effectiveness of this comprehensive simplification agenda requires improved
governance. The Digital Decade Board (DDB) has emerged as the primary forum for coordination
between the Commission and Member States on digital policy implementation. With a broad
mandate, the DDB brings together national representatives to align digital measures, share best
practices, and assess emerging challenges in the regulatory landscape.
The DDB has discussed several avenues to reduce administrative burden: (i) simplification through
digital tools; (ii) the setting up of a Digital Single Rulebook;(iii) the setting up of a Single Digital
Compliance Platform or (iv) codifying compliance requirements into a single interface. There are also
some possible synergies regarding overlaps and fragmentation across the Commission’s expert
groups, which may exceed the administrative capacity of national authorities. As a first step, the
Commission is conducting an overview of all advisory bodies linked to digital legislation to support
internal coordination within Member States and improve strategic alignment. The potential
streamlining of these structures will in particular be considered as part of the 2026 review of the
Digital Decade Policy Programme (DDPP).
Coherence and simplification - Recommended policies, measures and actions
Member States should fully leverage the DDB’s role and expertise to help streamline the
implementation of digital acquis and support the development and deployment of solutions for
simplification and reduction of administrative burden.
b. Funding the Digital Decade
The priority given to the digital transition by the Commission is reflected in the EU budget’s
commitment. Nearly all EU programmes contribute to digital goals, with key focus areas including the
digitisation of public services, digital skills, business digitalisation, advanced digital infrastructure
(such as 5G, AI, quantum, and cloud technologies), and support for research and innovation. Health
and transport are two other major sectors targeted for digital transformation122.
The Joint Research Centre (JRC)123 study on five major programmes—RRF, CEF Digital, Horizon Europe,
DIGITAL, and Cohesion Policy—estimates that between 2020 and 2027, a total of EUR 207 billion in
public money will support digital objectives. Of this, EUR 177.5 billion directly contributes to achieving
the EU’s Digital Decade targets. The RRF alone accounts for over EUR 149.8 billion in public digital
investments, with EUR 135.7 billion directly aligned with the targets, making it the single most
significant contributor to digital investments in the EU124. It plays a leading role in promoting basic
digital skills, the training of ICT specialists, gigabit network coverage, digital public services,
122 The latest stocktaking exercise referred to EU spending from 2021 to 2023 shows that approximately EUR 205.5 billion—around 17.5% of the total EU budget—was dedicated to the digital transition. A significant portion of this funding was mobilized through the Recovery and Resilience Facility (RRF), which in the same period allocated 24% of its total budget to digital investments and reforms. Available at: https://commission.europa.eu/strategy-and-policy/eu-budget/performance-and-reporting/horizontal-priorities/digital-tracking_en 123 Joint Research Centre, Nepelski, D. and Torrecillas, J. Mapping EU level funding instruments 2021-2027 to Digital Decade targets – 2025 update, Publications Office of the European Union, Luxembourg, 2025, JRC141966. 124 Including measures in the Repower EU chapters contributing to the digital transition. Last update on 10 March 2025.
40
semiconductors, and eHealth, contributing over 70–90% of the relevant funding in each of these
areas.
Figure 1: Relevant budget by funding instrument and Digital Decade target, in billion EUR (on the left)
and as % (on the right)
Source: JRC Calculations
In addition to public funding, mobilising private investments plays a crucial role. The EU is
increasingly using its budget to support private digital investment through tools such as InvestEU,
Joint Undertakings (JUs), and Public-Private Partnerships (PPPs). As of March 2025, InvestEU has
mobilised EUR 15.88 billion in digital-related investments. However, financial instruments are not yet
fully taken advantaged of in all programmes125 and often lack a strong policy steer or the scale needed
to address systemic investment gaps. Blending instruments and guarantees (e.g. InvestEU) show
promising results in this area. Depending on the level of technology readiness, leveraging factors
from financial instruments (i.e. the amount of private money that is invested alongside every euro of
public money) are currently around 3 for early-stage deep-tech companies (European Innovation
Council Fund equity) and around 5.62 from the InvestEU guarantee126. Overall, the EU faces a
substantial and urgent need to increase investment in digital technologies, infrastructure, and
innovation ecosystems. Bridging the investment gap, estimated in the hundreds of billions annually,
requires not only more funding, but smarter, better-targeted financial instruments, deeper capital
markets, and stronger coordination across EU and national programmes. Strategic public support will
remain essential in high-risk areas such as AI, cybersecurity, and deep tech, while effective leveraging
of private investment will be key to achieving scale and impact. As Europe prepares for its next
Multiannual Financial Framework (MFF) and advances its Digital Decade objectives, aligning funding
with strategic priorities and maximising impact through higher coordination, across programmes and
across the EU, will be critical to securing Europe’s digital sovereignty and long-term competitiveness.
125 As an example of needed flexibility, the EIC blended finance allows successful companies to decouple the timing of the grant and equity finance, without the need to go through a new application process when the time is ripe (e.g., when co-investors have been found). See also Mundell, The ecosystem: European Innovation Council uncouples grant and equity funding for startups, 2024. Available at: https://commission.europa.eu/strategy-and-policy/eu-budget/performance-and-reporting/horizontal-priorities/digital-tracking_en. 126 From the Interim evaluation of the InvestEU Programme (1 October 2024).
41
Funding the Digital Decade - Recommended policies, measures and actions
Member States should:
- prioritise strategic digital investment in their national budgets, aligned with Digital Decade
objectives, EU Digital Principles, and sovereignty imperatives, including taking action to
mobilise private investment;
- pursue reforms, including in public procurement, to facilitate the emergence and scaling of
sovereign digital technologies and infrastructure;
- collaborate actively in the development of large-scale digital projects with transnational
relevance, potentially supported by new common financing mechanisms or a dedicated
Digital Sovereignty Fund.
c. Cooperation with cities and regions
In the context of the Digital Decade, the European Commission is strengthening its cooperation with
cities and regions, recognising that subnational governments play a pivotal role in implementing and
disseminating digital policies that affect businesses, public services, and citizens on the ground.
With over 90 000 local governments across the EU and EFTA, greater coordination will be critical for
digital transformation to scale, to avoid duplication, improve interoperability, and share knowledge
and digital infrastructure. Although innovation clusters and large cities are accelerating their digital
transition, many smaller municipalities and rural areas are falling behind. To accelerate the
dissemination of digital technologies across the EU and bridge the divide between innovation hot
spots (typically in large cities) and the smaller cities that often lag behind, cities must be seen not just
as implementers of policy made elsewhere, but as strategic partners building on their proximity to
citizens and SMEs.
In this context, the Digital Decade Policy Programme (DDPP) offers a valuable opportunity and
framework for cities to align digitalisation with wider priorities such as climate action, mobility,
housing, and social inclusion. The DDPP also contributes as a strategic framework to the upcoming
Commission policy agenda for cities, initiated at the start of the new mandate.
Aligning digitalisation with wider priorities will require accurate and timely data aligned with the
Digital Decade targets and objectives. In 2024, the EU’s LORDIMAS monitoring tool allowed self-
assessments from 99 regional, metropolitan, and local administrations, offering insights on EU
digitalisation at subnational level. As of March 2025, 184 administrations had joined LORDIMAS, with
continued outreach to expand participation. This effort complements other initiatives, such as the
LDT-CitiVERSE (see above), Living-in.EU and Local Observatories that are developed by cities to track
digital progress and better target investment, especially in areas like urban resilience, and bridging
the digital divide.
Cooperation with cities also includes the set-up of digital ecosystems that integrate skills
development, connectivity infrastructure, and support for enterprises, especially SMEs. European
Digital Innovation Hubs (EDIHs) and AI Testing and Experimentation Facilities (TEFs), such as
CitCom.ai, offer cities and local actors the tools to test and deploy emerging technologies in real-world
conditions. CitCom.ai, launched in January 2025 with EUR 40 million in EU co-funding, is already
trialling AI applications in smart mobility, energy, and urban planning across 11 EU countries. The
Commission also continues to support cities’ connectivity through targeted investment in high-speed
42
broadband, 5G, and fibre infrastructure. Over 7 200 municipalities have benefited from WiFi4EU, an
EU-funded programme to deliver free wifi to towns and villages across Europe, improving access to
connectivity in remote areas.
Cities are also key actors in upholding the European Declaration on Digital Rights and Principles. Local
initiatives such as the Brussels Digital Rights Charter and Leipzig’s Hardware for Future project reflect
the values of equity, transparency, and citizen empowerment. The Cities Coalition for Digital Rights,
supported by the Commission, helps scale and replicate such efforts across Europe.
Best Practice: Portugal’s Smart Territories National Strategy (ENTI)
Portugal’s ENTI, launched in August 2024, offers a compelling model for digital development. Funded
with EUR 60 million from the Recovery and Resilience Facility, it integrates digital twins, real-time
data platforms, and urban dashboards to improve regional development, public service delivery, and
environmental monitoring. Rooted in EU digital rights and sustainability principles, it sets a benchmark
for data-driven, inclusive, and green territorial governance.
Cooperation with cities and regions - Recommended policies, measures and actions
Member States should:
- encourage cities to participate in multi-country projects such as the LDT-CitiVERSE-EDIC and
support cross-border reuse of digital public services;
- anchor local digital strategies in the European Declaration on Digital Rights and Principles
(DRP);
- invite cities to adopt their own local Digital Rights and Principles Charters;
- invest in local digital capacity and data-driven governance: foster the development of local
observatories (e.g. to monitor the digital divide) and encourage participation in tools to
improve data availability and inform targeted policymaking.
EN EN
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
Brussels, 16.6.2025
COM(2025) 290 final
ANNEX 20
ANNEX
to the
Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council and the
European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions
State of the Digital Decade 2025: Keep building the EU's sovereignty and digital future
{SWD(2025) 290 final} - {SWD(2025) 291 final} - {SWD(2025) 292 final} -
{SWD(2025) 293 final} - {SWD(2025) 294 final} - {SWD(2025) 295 final}
Malta
SHORT COUNTRY REPORTS 2025
1
Malta
Executive summary Malta performs very well on the uptake of AI and digitalisation of businesses, while there is room
to further expand the pool of ICT specialists. The country is a top performer in the digitalisation of
public services. Malta shows a moderate level of ambition in its contribution to the Digital Decade
having set 12 national targets, 58% of which aligned with the EU 2030 targets. The country is
following its trajectories moderately well with 50% of them being on track (considering 2024
trajectories defined for 4 KPIs out of 8 analysed). Malta addressed 38% of the 8 recommendations
issued by the Commission in 2024 by making some changes through new measures.
Significant progress has been achieved over the last year, particularly in the share of enterprises
adopting AI, which reached 17.3%, and in expanding connectivity infrastructure—most notably
through the ongoing roll-out of fibre-to-the-premises (FTTP) networks. Malta has reached the Digital
Decade targets for Very High Capacity Networks (VHCN) in 2019 and basic 5G coverage in 2022. FTTP
deployment is still underway but is progressing rapidly towards full national coverage. Challenges
remain in improving basic digital skills across the population and addressing the shortage of ICT
specialists.
Malta has increasingly oriented its digital policies toward enhancing digital sovereignty, to better
control and safeguard its digital infrastructure, data, and technologies, through a multi-dimensional
approach. Malta is advancing digital sovereignty by strengthening national cybersecurity through
initiatives like CYBER+ALT, expanding threat detection, and building secure infrastructure, while
promoting local innovation via dedicated start-up funding and digital policy frameworks.
Digital Decade KPI (1)
Malta EU Digital Decade target by 2030
DESI 2024 (year 2023)
DESI 2025 (year 2024)
Annual progress
National trajectory 2024 (3)
DESI 2025
Annual progress
MT EU
Fixed Very High Capacity Network (VHCN) coverage 100.0% 100.0% 0.0% - 82.5% 4.9% 100.0% 100%
Fibre to the Premises (FTTP) coverage 69.6% 86.2% 23.9% - 69.2% 8.4% 100.0% -
Overall 5G coverage 100.0% 100.0% 0.0% 100.0% 94.3% 5.9% 100.0% 100%
Edge Nodes (estimate) 17 32 88.2% - 2257 90.5% - 10000
SMEs with at least a basic level of digital intensity (2)
- 81.3% 2.2% - 72.9% 2.8% 85.0% 90%
Cloud 58.2% - - - - - 80.0% 75%
Artificial Intelligence 13.2% 17.3% 31.4% 18.8% 13.5% 67.2% 27.2% 75%
Data analytics 35.6% - - - - - 51.1% 75%
AI or Cloud or Data analytics 68.3% - - - - - - 75%
Unicorns 4 4 0.0% - 286 4.4% - 500
At least basic digital skills 63.0% - - - - - 75.0% 80%
ICT specialists 4.7% 5.2% 10.6% 5.5% 5.0% 4.2% 8.0% ~10%
eID scheme notification Yes
Digital public services for citizens 100.0 99.7 -0.3% 100.0 82.3 3.6% 100.0 100
Digital public services for businesses 100.0 100.0 0.0% - 86.2 0.9% 100.0 100
Access to e-Health records 88.0 93.7 6.5% - 82.7 4.5% 100.0 100
(1) See the methodological note for the description of the indicators and other metrics (2) DESI 2025 reports the version 4 of the Digital Intensity Index, that is comparable with the DII value from DESI 2023 (referring to year 2022) for the calculation of the annual progress. It is not comparable to the national trajectory that is based on version 3 of the index. (3) National trajectory value if present in the national roadmap and if the indicator was measured in DESI2025 (year 2024)
2
Malta
According to the special Eurobarometer on ‘the Digital Decade’ 2025, 80% of Maltese citizens
consider that the digitalisation of daily public and private services is making their lives easier.
Concerning the action of the public authorities, 90% consider it important to counter and mitigate the
issue of fake news and disinformation online, and regarding competitiveness, 87% consider it
important to ensure that European companies can grow and become “European Champions” able to
compete globally.
A competitive, sovereign, and resilient EU based on technological leadership
Malta has a strong position when it comes to digital infrastructure, outperforming the EU average
and reaching full VHCN and basic 5G coverage. The roll-out of fibre networks is continuing and
progressing at a fast pace. Regarding 5G in the 3.4–3.8 GHz band, Malta still lags behind the EU but it
is expanding rapidly.
Most of Maltese enterprises show at least a basic level of digital intensity and uptake of AI is above
the EU average, although challenges persist particularly among smaller enterprises. Malta is nurturing
a dynamic and expanding start-up ecosystem through concrete support measures such as the Start-Up
Finance scheme, the Start-Up Residence Programme, and the creation of a €10 million Venture Capital
Fund. The country is also investing in digital skills and innovation infrastructure, including a national
roadmap that promotes emerging technologies and supports scale-ups. Malta is actively strengthening
its cybersecurity capabilities and digital resilience, with the goal of reducing dependency on external
technologies and enhancing control over its digital ecosystem, although challenges remain in adopting
key internet standards like IPv6 and DNSSEC.
Protecting and empowering EU people and society
Most of the people in Malta have at least basic digital skills and the country made some progress on
the share of ICT specialists in employment, but there is room to improve gender balance. In 2024,
the share of ICT specialists in employment grew to 5.2%. While interest in STEM and ICT careers is
growing, skill shortages remain a concern. The majority of the Maltese population (63%) has at least
basic digital skills, and the country prioritises inclusivity in the implementation of the National eSkills
Strategy 2022-2025.
Digital public services are well-developed and widely accessible, reflecting Malta’s focus on user-
centric, simplified administration. National strategies promote sovereign digital solutions, aiming to
ensure a secure and inclusive digital transformation for all citizens.
Leveraging digital transformation for a smart greening
Malta is committed to achieving carbon neutrality by 2050, with a focus on sustainability, resilience,
and innovation across all sectors. Digital technologies are recognised as a key enabler in this transition,
helping businesses adopt sustainable practices and boosting overall competitiveness. The government
is fostering collaborations with the private sector to drive forward sustainability goals and integrate
digital solutions in the green transition.
National Digital Decade strategic roadmap
Malta did not submit an updated national Digital Decade roadmap in 2025; therefore, the measures
and targets for 2030 remain unchanged from those outlined in the initial 2023 roadmap. In 2024, Malta
continued the implementation of existing measures but did not take any new measure. In total three
3
Malta
targets (i.e., VHCN, 5G and Digital Public Service for Citizen) have already been reached. All the other
targets align with the EU level goals for 2030, except for three national targets (basic digital skills,
number of ICT specialist and SMEs with at least a basic level of digital intensity) that fall slightly below
the EU targets. Trajectories for edge nodes, e-Health and unicorns are missing. Although the roadmap
covers nearly all objectives of the Digital Decade, some aspects may require more effort. Furthermore,
the roadmap is composed of 66 measures with a total budget of EUR 285 million (equivalent to 1.27%
of GDP) covering most of the targets. It still covers all objectives of the Digital Decade such as a human-
centred digital space, resilience and security, sovereignty, green, and protection of the society. These
achievements are the result of targeted public policies under the Malta Diġitali 2022–2027 strategy,
with a strong focus on enhancing public digital services and connectivity.
Funding & projects for digital
Malta allocates 26% of its total recovery and resilience plan to digital (EUR 68 million)1. In addition,
under cohesion policy, EUR 129 million, representing 17% of the country’s total cohesion policy
funding, is dedicated to advancing Malta’s digital transformation2. Malta is directly participating in the
IPCEI on Microelectronics and Communication Technologies (IPCEI-ME/CT). Malta is a participating
state of the EuroHPC Joint Undertaking (JU) and of the Chips JU.
Malta has not yet presented any project in the framework of Digital Decade’s Best Practice
Accelerator3.
Digital Rights and Principles
According to a support study, Malta has been one of the most active Member States in implementing
the European Declaration on Digital Rights and Principles, with over 100 initiatives overall and 35 new
initiatives launched in 2024. Malta is most active in the area of solidarity and inclusion and digital
education, training and skills. Less activity has been identified with regards to connectivity and
Sustainability. Measures in the area of solidarity and inclusion appear to have most impact on the
ground, in contrast to those addressing freedom of choice.
Recommendations
- ICT specialists: Promote ICT and STEM career opportunities and related education
programmes, especially among women.
- Basic digital skills: Prioritise reskilling and upskilling initiatives, leveraging public-private
partnerships and EU funding, and promote digital literacy particularly among those with
lower educational backgrounds.
- Cybersecurity: Implement targeted initiatives to strengthen internet security and enhance
DNSSEC adoption, and support the development and deployment of cybersecurity
capabilities.
1 The share of financial allocations that contribute to digital objectives has been calculated using Annex VII to the Recovery and Resilience Facility Regulation. Last data update: 16 May 2025. 2 This amount includes all investment specifically aimed at or substantially contributing to digital transformation in the 2021-2027 Cohesion policy programming period. The source funds are the European Regional Development Fund, the Cohesion Fund, the European Social Fund Plus, and the Just Transition Fund. 3 The Best Practice Accelerator (BPA) is a platform that enables Member States to share successful measures and challenges encountered in their efforts to meet their Digital Decade targets and objectives. Best practices are made available to Member States via the BPA Repository and showcased in regular workshops, currently focused on three thematic clusters: Digital Skills, Green IT, and the Uptake of Digital Technologies.
4
Malta
- AI: Continue the efforts to strengthen the uptake of AI, especially among SMEs, and in
connection with the deployment of other technologies, such as cloud and edge nodes.
- Connectivity infrastructure: Continue efforts to deploy fibre networks and 5G pioneer bands
and promote uptake.
- Digitalisation of SMEs: Enhance efforts to close the digitalisation gap between SMEs and
large enterprises, in order to maximise the economic potential of SMEs.
EN EN
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
Brussels, 16.6.2025
COM(2025) 290 final
ANNEX 21
ANNEX
to the
Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council and the
European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions
State of the Digital Decade 2025: Keep building the EU's sovereignty and digital future
{SWD(2025) 290 final} - {SWD(2025) 291 final} - {SWD(2025) 292 final} -
{SWD(2025) 293 final} - {SWD(2025) 294 final} - {SWD(2025) 295 final}
The Netherlands
SHORT COUNTRY REPORTS 2025
1
The Netherlands
Executive summary The Netherlands has long been a leader in digital innovation owing to support from a strong research
base. However, it faces challenges from ICT labour shortages and declining public investments in
innovation and digital education. The country is very committed to safeguarding users online and
focuses on countering disinformation and protecting children.
The Netherlands shows a high level of ambition in its contribution to the Digital Decade, with 10
national targets, 90% of which are aligned with the EU 2030 targets. The country is following its
trajectories well, with 83% of them being on track (based on the 2024 trajectories established for 6
KPIs out of 8 analysed). The Netherlands addressed 40% of the 10 recommendations issued by the
Commission in 2024, either by implementing significant policy changes (20%) or making some changes
(20%) through new measures.
The Dutch semiconductor industry remains a cornerstone of its digital landscape, with growing
momentum in quantum technologies. However, the discontinuation of key funding sources like the
National Growth Fund have created financial uncertainty. ICT talent shortages also persist, worsened
by recent budget cuts in higher education. In 2024, the Netherlands expanded its 2022 strategy against
online disinformation and improved legislation to protect children online. The upcoming Netherlands
Digitalisation Strategy will take a more centralised approach, focusing on enhanced digital
government services at local, regional and national level, Artificial Intelligence (AI) adoption, civil
servant digital skills and digital sovereignty and security.
Digital Decade KPI (1)
The Netherlands EU Digital Decade target by 2030
DESI 2024 (year 2023)
DESI 2025 (year 2024)
Annual progress
National trajectory 2024 (3)
DESI 2025 Annual
progress NL EU
Fixed Very High Capacity Network (VHCN) coverage 98.3% 98.4% 0.1% 97.8% 82.5% 4.9% 100.0% 100%
Fibre-to –the-Premises (FTTP) coverage 77.7% 85.3% 9.9% - 69.2% 8.4% - -
Overall 5G coverage 100.0% 100.0% 0.0% 100.0% 94.3% 5.9% 100.0% 100%
Edge Nodes (estimate) 27 59 118.5% - 2 257 90.5% - 10000
SMEs with at least a basic level of digital intensity (2) - 80.8% 0.5% - 72.9% 2.8% 95.0% 90%
Cloud 60.4% 68.5% 13.5% - - - 85.3% 75%
Artificial Intelligence 14.1% 23.1% 63.5% 23.0% 13.5% 67.2% 85.1% 75%
Data analytics 50.8% - - - - - 75.0% 75%
AI or Cloud or Data analytics 74.6% - - - - - - 75%
Unicorns 30 32 6.7% - 286 4.4% - 500
At least basic digital skills 82.7% - - - - - 100.0% 80%
ICT specialists 6.9% 7.0% 1.4% 7.7% 5.0% 4.2% 9.2% ~10%
eID scheme notification Yes
Digital public services for citizens 85.9 88.5 3.1% 85.9 82.3 3.6% 100.0 100
Digital public services for businesses 86.7 88.8 2.4% 86.7 86.2 0.9% 100.0 100
Access to e-health records 72.5 65.2 -10.1% - 82.7 4.5% - 100
(1) See the methodological note for the description of the indicators and other metrics (2) DESI 2025 reports the version 4 of the Digital Intensity Index, that is comparable with the DII value from DESI 2023 (referring to year 2022) for the calculation of the annual progress. It is not comparable to the national trajectory that is based on version 3 of the index. (3) National trajectory value if present in the national roadmap and if the indicator was measured in DESI2025 (year 2024)
2
The Netherlands
According to the special Eurobarometer on ‘the Digital Decade 2025’, 84% of the Dutch public
consider that the digitalisation of daily public and private services is making their lives easier.
Moreover, 90% consider it important that public authorities counter and mitigate the issue of fake
news and disinformation online. Regarding competitiveness, 83% deem it significant that European
companies can grow and become ‘European Champions’ able to compete globally.
A competitive, sovereign, and resilient EU based on technological
leadership
The Netherlands’ connectivity infrastructure is in good shape, with widespread broadband coverage
and excellent 5G services. The National Technology Strategy serves as the guiding policy for the
country’s digital innovation efforts, outlining key priorities such as semiconductors, AI, quantum
technology and cybersecurity. In its approach to semiconductors and quantum technologies, the
country aims to strike a balance between promoting technological leadership and protecting its critical
supply chains. On the digitalisation of businesses, while most Dutch businesses have achieved a basic
level of digitalisation, smaller enterprises often struggle to keep pace with the adoption of key digital
technologies, particularly AI. This challenge may be exacerbated by the fragmented nature of AI
innovation in the country, which is largely driven by regional partnerships. As a result, funding
opportunities and the overall national strategy can appear disjointed and unevenly accessible to these
smaller businesses. Finally, to address digital threats and promote digital initiatives, the Dutch
Cybersecurity Strategy remains the primary initiative in the Netherlands. Encouragingly, progress was
made in 2024 towards centralising government efforts and strengthening public-private collaboration
in this area.
Protecting and empowering EU people and society
The Netherlands has a strong digital skills profile with very good scores across regions and genders,
although some differences remain across age groups and education levels. Recent budget cuts in
higher education, combined with existing ICT labour shortages, could in the future challenge the digital
labour market. The roadmap has therefore been adjusted to support ICT teaching and regional plans
to increase the ICT workforce. The gender imbalance in ICT specialists in employment and the decline
in women employed in this field are also significant. The country has good digital public services and
is working on digital accessibility to ensure everyone can participate in the digital transition. It is also
continuing its commitment to countering disinformation and safeguarding children’s rights online.
Leveraging digital transformation for a smart greening
The Netherlands is stepping up its commitment to sustainable digitalisation with the launch of the
Sustainable Digitalisation Action Plan. This plan, which features in the ‘Green & Digital’ cluster of the
Digital Decade’s Best Practice Accelerator, outlines measures to leverage digital tools to reduce energy
consumption, monitor and mitigate the environmental impact of the digital sector and strengthen
public-private collaboration in information sharing.
National digital decade strategic roadmap
The Netherlands submitted a fully revised national Digital Decade roadmap on 31 January 2025. It
contains around 15 new measures and four revised targets. In the revised roadmap, the Netherlands
addressed a substantial number of roadmap recommendations issued in 2024. The country raised the
ambition of its national targets for VHCN, the digitalisation of SMEs and the uptake of data analytics,
3
The Netherlands
aligning them with the EU targets for 2030. The Dutch national target for ICT specialists remains slightly
below that of the EU (at 9.2% of the total employed population working as ICT specialists instead of
10%). There is no target for access to e-health records, as it would be difficult to draw up, given the
decentralised healthcare system. The revised roadmap continues to prioritise digital public services
and shows an increased focus on ICT specialists. It contains 59 measures and has a budget of EUR 5.25
billion, of which EUR 5.22 billion comes from public budgets (equivalent to 0.46% of GDP). It still
covers a diverse range of Digital Decade objectives, with strengthened commitments to the digital and
green transition, promoting a human-centred digital space and protecting society online. The roadmap
also includes more details on the consultation with stakeholders with respect to the original roadmap.
Funding & projects for digital
The Netherlands allocates 26% of its total Recovery and Resilience Plan to digital (EUR 1.2 billion)1. In
addition, under cohesion policy, EUR 170 million, representing 11% of the country’s total cohesion
policy funding, is dedicated to advancing the country’s digital transformation2.
The Netherlands is a member of the ‘Alliance for Language Technologies’ European Digital
Infrastructure Consortium (EDIC) and of the ‘Local Digital Twins towards the CitiVERSE’ EDIC. The
country participates directly in the important project of common European interest (IPCEI) on
Microelectronics and Communication Technologies and in the IPCEI on Next Generation Cloud
Infrastructure and Services. It is also a participating state of the European High-Performance
Computing Joint Undertaking (JU) and of the Chips JU.
The Netherlands has contributed to the Digital Decade Best Practice Accelerator3 by sharing two best
practices in the ‘Business Uptake’ cluster (with the National technology Strategy) and the ‘Green and
Digital’ cluster (with the Sustainable Digitalisation Action Plan).
Digital rights and principles
According to a support study, the Netherlands has been relatively active in implementing the European
Declaration on Digital Rights and Principles, with 60 initiatives overall and three new initiatives
launched in 2024. The Netherlands is mostly active in ensuring people remain at the centre of the
digital transformation, while less activity was identified with regards to ensuring a fair digital
environment. Measures related to digital solidarity and inclusion appear to have most impact on the
ground, in contrast to those addressing digital safety, security and empowerment.
Recommendations
- Quantum/semiconductors: find alternative sources of funding (both public and private) to
capitalise on the Netherlands’ competitive advantage in the areas of semiconductors and
quantum technologies, while maintaining a good business environment for long-term digital
innovation.
1 The share of financial allocations that contribute to digital objectives has been calculated using Annex VII to the Recovery and Resilience Facility Regulation. Last data update: 16 May 2025. 2 This amount includes all investment specifically aimed at or substantially contributing to digital transformation in the 2021-2027 Cohesion policy programming period. The source funds are the European Regional Development Fund, the Cohesion Fund, the European Social Fund Plus, and the Just Transition Fund. 3 The Best Practice Accelerator (BPA) is a platform that enables Member States to share successful measures and challenges encountered in their efforts to meet their Digital Decade targets and objectives. Best practices are made available to Member States via the BPA Repository and showcased in regular workshops, currently focused on three thematic clusters: Digital Skills, Green IT, and the Uptake of Digital Technologies.
4
The Netherlands
- ICT specialists: attract a more diverse pool of ICT talent by taking advantage of untapped potential
workers (i.e. people with a migrant background and those working in part-time employment).
Follow up on recent plans to reduce labour market shortages, paying particular attention to
attracting more ICT talent, improving labour market matching and providing suitable funding for
higher education. Respond to worries regarding recent budget cuts in higher education.
- Artificial Intelligence: strategically allocate a combination of public and private resources to
support SMEs’ take-up of key digital technologies, in particular AI. Improve collaboration between
scattered regional initiatives and set out a clear vision and strategic plan for AI to fully harness its
potential.
- Basic digital skills: complement the ongoing efforts at local and regional level to ensure digital
inclusion and good levels of digital skills by setting up national curriculum plans and funding. This
could include integrating technology literacy or similar courses in the national curriculum.
- Green transition: continue efforts to contribute to the green transition, also by translating the
Sustainable Action Plan into an actionable programme and creating more synergies among
measures and policies within and beyond the government.
EN EN
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
Brussels, 16.6.2025
COM(2025) 290 final
ANNEX 22
ANNEX
to the
Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council and the
European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions
State of the Digital Decade 2025: Keep building the EU's sovereignty and digital future
{SWD(2025) 290 final} - {SWD(2025) 291 final} - {SWD(2025) 292 final} -
{SWD(2025) 293 final} - {SWD(2025) 294 final} - {SWD(2025) 295 final}
SHORT COUNTRY REPORTS 2025
Poland
1
Poland
Executive summary Poland has well-developed fixed connectivity infrastructure but continues to be affected by a low
level of digital skills among its population and limited adoption of advanced technologies by
companies. The country sees cybersecurity, advancing breakthrough technologies such as quantum
computing and artificial intelligence and development of capacity in semiconductors manufacturing
as important areas for development.
Poland shows a moderate level of ambition in its contribution to the Digital Decade having set 14
national targets, 71% of which are aligned with the EU 2030 targets. The country is following its
trajectories moderately well with 63% of them being on track (considering 2024 trajectories defined
for 8 KPIs out of 8 analysed). Poland addressed 55% of the 11 recommendations issued by the
Commission in 2024 by making some changes through new measures.
Digital Decade KPI (1)
Poland EU Digital Decade target by 2030
DESI 2024 (year 2023)
DESI 2025 (year 2024)
Annual progress
National trajectory 2024 (3)
DESI 2025 Annual
progress PL EU
Fixed Very High Capacity Network (VHCN) coverage 81.1% 83.8% 3.4% 84.1% 82.5% 4.9% 100.0% 100%
Fibre to the Premises (FTTP) coverage 75.4% 77.8% 3.1% 84.1% 69.2% 8.4% 100.0% -
Overall 5G coverage 71.9% 89.3% 24.1% 98.3% 94.3% 5.9% 100.0% 100%
Edge Nodes (estimate) 42 82 95.2% 11 2257 90.5% 370 10000
SMEs with at least a basic level of digital intensity (2) - 69.0% 6.4% - 72.9% 2.8% 90.0% 90%
Cloud 46.5% - - - - - 75.0% 75%
Artificial Intelligence 3.7% 5.9% 60.8% 4.3% 13.5% 67.2% 10.0% 75%
Data analytics 19.3% - - - - - 35.0% 75%
AI or Cloud or Data analytics 51.8% - - - - - - 75%
Unicorns 10 11 10.0% 13 286 4.4% 20 500
At least basic digital skills 44.3% - - - - - 80.0% 80%
ICT specialists 4.3% 4.5% 4.7% 4.3% 5.0% 4.2% 6.0% ~10%
eID scheme notification Yes
Digital public services for citizens 63.7 70.7 10.9% 81.5 82.3 3.6% 100.0 100
Digital public services for businesses 72.9 85.0 16.6% 87.4 86.2 0.9% 100.0 100
Access to e-Health records 90.0 91.8 2.0% 88.0 82.7 4.5% 100.0 100
(1) See the methodological note for the description of the indicators and other metrics (2) DESI 2025 reports Version 4 of the Digital Intensity Index, which is comparable with the DII value from DESI 2023 (referring to year 2022) for the calculation of the annual progress. It is not comparable to the national trajectory, which is based on Version 3 of the index. (3) National trajectory value if present in the national roadmap and if the indicator was measured in DESI2025 (year 2024)
According to the special Eurobarometer on ‘the Digital Decade’ 2025, 78% of Polish citizens consider
that the digitalisation of daily public and private services is making their lives easier. Concerning the
action of the public authorities, 84% consider it important to counter and mitigate the issue of fake
news and disinformation online. And regarding competitiveness, 84% consider it important to ensure
that European companies can grow and become ‘European Champions’ able to compete globally.
2
Poland
A competitive, sovereign, and resilient EU based on technological leadership
The country’s fixed connectivity infrastructure is well-developed, but 5G deployment has been delayed
due to the late allocation of pioneer bands: 3.4-3.8 GHz was allocated in December 2023 and the
auction for 700 MHz was completed in March 2025. Poland has come significantly closer to the EU
average in terms of the digital intensity of enterprises, but it still scores below the EU average in this
respect as well as in the uptake of more advanced technologies by companies. However, it is making
progress in areas like quantum computing - first quantum computer should be installed in 2025 – and
AI, where the Polish large language model (PLLuM) became available in February 2025 and the country
is a part of consortium to host one of the AI Factories. Finally, cybersecurity is one of the key priorities
for the Polish administration, which deploys measures to enhance this at different levels of
government and to improve the relevant skills of citizens. However, the NIS2 Directive has yet to be
transposed into the Polish legal system.
Protecting and empowering EU people and society
Regarding at least basic digital skills, the distance to the national 2030 target remains significant and
the low level of digital skills among older and less educated people persist. The lack of ICT specialists
is one of the barriers to the digitalisation of enterprises in general, as well as to the uptake of more
advanced technologies, and for ensuring protection against cyberattacks. Poland’s goal of ensuring
that ICT specialists represent 6% of the workforce by 2030, is lower than the EU target. On the other
hand, Poland has made progress in digitalising public services, and has seen growth in the use of eID
and in access to medical records online. However, the country still needs to address issues such as
disinformation, improve coordination between state actors in this area, and enhance people’s critical
skills to deal with online threats.
Leveraging digital transformation for a smart greening
Polish authorities recognise the link between the digital and green transformations, with the draft
State Digitalisation Strategy aiming to promote an environmentally friendly ICT sector and digital
ecology. However, the country’s digital sector energy consumption is expected to grow rapidly, driven
by data centre needs. Measures to ensure the availability and reuse of data on energy sector activities
are yet in planning stage. Moreover, recycling of ICT equipment is low despite Poles prioritising energy
efficiency when buying ICT devices. The country has, however, implemented measures to promote the
use of digital technologies to better protect the environment, including some Smart Cities solutions.
The draft State Digitalisation Strategy includes actions aimed at raising citizens’ awareness of the
environmental impact of ICT and promoting basic knowledge of digital sustainability.
National Digital Decade strategic roadmap
Poland formally adopted its national Digital Decade roadmap on 22 October 2024. As a result, the
previous country report, which was published in July 2024, relied on the draft roadmap, which was
shared with the Commission on 30 January 2024. The differences between the draft and the formally
endorsed document were not substantial. The Polish roadmap is composed of 55 measures with a
budget of EUR 12.4 billion, equivalent to 1.47% of GDP. Polish authorities expressed their intention to
adjust the national roadmap in line with Article 8 (3) of the decision establishing the Digital Decade
Policy Programme, but at the time of writing, neither the formally endorsed document, nor the draft
version, has been shared with the Commission.
3
Poland
In 2024, Poland was working on a comprehensive State Digitalisation Strategy to outline priorities for
the digital transformation of Poland until 2035 and provide a basis for public spendings in this area.
The implementation of the strategy, whose adoption is expected by mid-2025, will be aligned with
various existing and upcoming documents, both at national and EU level, to ensure a comprehensive
and coordinated approach to digital development.
Funding & projects for digital
Poland allocates 21% of its total recovery and resilience plan to digital (EUR 7.5 billion)1. In addition,
under cohesion policy, EUR 5.7 billion, representing 8% of the country’s total cohesion policy funding,
is dedicated to advancing Poland’s digital transformation2. Poland is a member of the Alliance for
Language Technologies EDIC and of the EUROPEUM EDIC. Poland is directly participating in the IPCEI
on Microelectronics and Communication Technologies (IPCEI-ME/CT) and in the IPCEI on Next
Generation Cloud Infrastructure and Services (IPCEI-CIS). Poland is also a participating state in the
EuroHPC Joint Undertaking (JU) and in the Chips JU.
Poland has not yet presented any projects in the framework of Digital Decade’s Best Practice
Accelerator3.
Digital Rights and Principles
According to a support study, Poland has been relatively active in implementing the European
Declaration on Digital Rights and Principles, with 62 initiatives overall and 6 new initiatives launched
in 2024. Poland is most active in the area of digital education, training and skills. Less activity has been
identified with regards to a fair digital environment and sustainability. Measures in the area of freedom
of choice appear to have most impact on the ground, in contrast to those addressing participation in
the digital public space.
Recommendations
- Basic digital skills: Increase the attractiveness of STEM disciplines at school to raise interest in
taking up ICT-related studies and careers, including by girls and women. Strengthen the
measures focused on social groups with lower digital skills, such as older adults, inhabitants of
rural areas, and people with disabilities.
- ICT specialists: Take measures to increase the number of ICT specialists (e.g. improved training
and reskilling options; incentive schemes to attract new / retain current ICT specialists, including
specialists from other countries) and continue promoting ICT studies and careers to women and
girls.
- SMEs: Enhance digitalisation of SMEs, including by directing existing support to those who lag
in digitalisation and improving their awareness of the benefits offered by digitalisation and of
the available support options.
1 The share of financial allocations that contribute to digital objectives has been calculated using Annex VII to the Recovery and Resilience Facility Regulation. Last data update: 16 May 2025. 2 This amount includes all investment specifically aimed at or substantially contributing to digital transformation in the 2021-2027 Cohesion policy programming period. The source funds are the European Regional Development Fund, the Cohesion Fund, the European Social Fund Plus, and the Just Transition Fund. 3 The Best Practice Accelerator (BPA) is a platform that enables Member States to share successful measures and challenges encountered in their efforts to meet their Digital Decade targets and objectives. Best practices are made available to Member States via the BPA Repository and showcased in regular workshops, currently focused on three thematic clusters: Digital Skills,
Green IT, and the Uptake of Digital Technologies.
4
Poland
- Cybersecurity: Continue efforts in cybersecurity to address evolving threats, particularly for
enterprises and administration.
- Artificial Intelligence: Create an AI friendly ecosystem by stimulating public and private
investments in research and innovation, raising awareness among entrepreneurs, increasing
access to specialised knowledge and computing power, and implementing consistent legal
frameworks and standards.
- 5G: Encourage operators to speed up the deployment of 5G stand-alone core networks.
- Cloud: Encourage the adoption of cloud technologies by businesses, focusing on sovereign
European solutions.
- Unicorns: Continue to improve the business environment and access to finance for digital start-
ups, provide more tailored support to address the challenges for scaling business.
- Semiconductors and digital innovation: Invest in the development and manufacturing of critical
technologies in the areas of digital and deep tech.
- Green: Develop a system for monitoring and quantifying the emission reductions of the digital
solutions deployed.
EN EN
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
Brussels, 16.6.2025
COM(2025) 290 final
ANNEX 23
ANNEX
to the
Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council and the
European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions
State of the Digital Decade 2025: Keep building the EU's sovereignty and digital future
{SWD(2025) 290 final} - {SWD(2025) 291 final} - {SWD(2025) 292 final} -
{SWD(2025) 293 final} - {SWD(2025) 294 final} - {SWD(2025) 295 final}
Portugal
SHORT COUNTRY REPORTS 2025
2
Portugal
Executive summary Portugal records stable growth in digital public services and performs particularly well on access to
e-health records. It faces challenges with artificial intelligence (AI) adoption by enterprises and their
capacity to innovate as well as basic digital skills but can rely on solid connectivity networks.
Portugal shows a high level of ambition in its contribution to the Digital Decade having set 12
national targets, 92% of which aligned with the EU 2030 targets. The country is following its
trajectories very well with 100% of them being on track (considering 2024 trajectories defined for 7
KPIs out of 8 analysed). Portugal addressed 77% of the 13 recommendations issued by the
Commission in 2024 by making some changes through new measures.
In 2024 Portugal noted progress in all measured indicators, with its digital networks almost covering
the full territory. The National Digital Strategy adopted in December 2024 announced ambitious plans
regarding AI, data sharing, sovereign cloud and simplification through digital tools. However, while at
least basic digital intensity of SMEs is slightly above the EU average, AI adoption by enterprises remains
weak, and the scale-up support for start-ups is limited. On the other hand, the growing availability and
use of digital public services for citizens and businesses, as well as the significant improvement in
access to e-health records create a blueprint to build on. While basic digital skills remain unevenly
distributed across society, more people acquired advanced digital skills, including in areas such as
cybersecurity. Portugal is also involved in EU-wide cooperation in semiconductors and quantum
technologies.
Digital Decade KPI (1)
Portugal EU Digital Decade target by 2030
DESI 2024 (year 2023)
DESI 2025 (year 2024)
Annual progress
National trajectory 2024 (3)
DESI 2025 Annual
progress PT EU
Fixed Very High Capacity Network (VHCN) coverage 94.2% 94.6% 0.4% 94.2% 82.5% 4.9% 100.0% 100%
Fibre to the Premises (FTTP) coverage 92.3% 93.2% 0.9% 92.3% 69.2% 8.4% 100.0% -
Overall 5G coverage 98.1% 98.7% 0.6% 98.1% 94.3% 5.9% 100.0% 100%
Edge Nodes (estimate) 14 27 92.9% - 2257 90.5% - 10000
SMEs with at least a basic level of digital intensity (2) - 74.3% 2.7% - 72.9% 2.8% 90.0% 90%
Cloud 32.3% - - - - - 75.0% 75%
Artificial Intelligence 7.9% 8.6% 9.8% - 13.5% 67.2% 75.0% 75%
Data analytics 38.6% - - - - - - 75%
AI or Cloud or Data analytics 54.4% - - - - - - 75%
Unicorns 1 1 0.0% - 286 4.4% 2 500
At least basic digital skills 56.0% - - - - - 80.0% 80%
ICT specialists 4.6% 5.2% 13.0% 4.5% 5.0% 4.2% 7.0% ~10%
eID scheme notification Yes
Digital public services for citizens 81.5 84.5 3.6% 81.5 82.3 3.6% 100.0 100
Digital public services for businesses 81.9 84.3 2.9% 81.9 86.2 0.9% 100.0 100
Access to e-Health records 86.0 88.1 2.4% 86.0 82.7 4.5% 100.0 100
(1) See the methodological note for the description of the indicators and other metrics (2) DESI 2025 reports the version 4 of the Digital Intensity Index, that is comparable with the DII value from DESI 2023 (referring to year 2022) for the calculation of the annual progress. It is not comparable to the national trajectory that is based on version 3 of the index. (3) National trajectory value if present in the national roadmap and if the indicator was measured in DESI2025 (year 2024)
3
Portugal
According to the special Eurobarometer on ‘the Digital Decade’ 2025, 71% of Portuguese citizens
consider that the digitalisation of daily public and private services is making their lives easier. On the
action of the public authorities, 89% consider it important to counter and mitigate the issue of fake
news and disinformation online, and on competitiveness, 89% consider it important to ensure that
European companies can grow and become ‘European Champions’ capable of competing globally.
A competitive, sovereign, and resilient EU based on technological leadership
Portugal enjoys robust connectivity infrastructure, with stable progress across the indicators and
almost full 5G coverage. However, broadband and mobile take up are mostly lower than the EU
average and so is 5G pioneer bands spectrum assignment. To engage more under the ‘Chips for
Europe’ initiative, Portugal has set up a national chips competence centre. The country provides some
contribution to European quantum initiatives. SMEs record at least basic digital intensity slightly above
the EU average, but the take-up of AI by enterprises remains modest. Ambitious plans regarding
sovereign digital solutions, such as AI development and cloud, and boosting the innovation ecosystem
are partly supported by funding under the recovery and resilience plan. The country plans to increase
the number of start-ups from just over 4 700 in 2024 to 6 000 by 2030 with anticipated spillover on
the number of unicorns, as Portugal currently hosts only one such company. For Portuguese start-ups,
access to funding at further growth stages remains an issue. The cybersecurity awareness of people
and companies is growing, in part thanks to strong efforts by and the collaborative spirit of the
authorities. However, NIS2 Directive still awaits transposition and implementation into national law.
Protecting and empowering EU people and society
Basic digital skills remain in the EU average, with significant gaps for people with lower levels of
education and older people. However, in 2024 Portugal noted promising progress in the share of ICT
specialists, including female ones. Some programmes are starting to promote gender convergence in
this area but advanced digital skills are not prominent in Portugal’s roadmap. Robust digital skills are,
however, promoted in public administration, notably due to investments from Portugal’s recovery and
resilience plan. The country shows good progress on digital government, with visibly more people
using such solutions and digital public services for citizens remain at high level. With a single Gov.pt
app, digital identity might gain momentum. In addition, access to e-health records progressed rapidly
over the last years, making Portugal one of the frontrunners. This might also be linked to the RRF
investment in digital health transition. However, some challenges persist as digital services for
businesses are below the EU average, in particular in cross-border context. Media literacy and child
protection receive growing attention.
Leveraging digital transformation for a smart greening
Green and digital priorities are slowly gaining attention. With RRF support, Portugal is implementing
a Digital and Smart Nation agenda, which envisages the creation of Urban Management Platforms and
digital twins. These will leverage vast data on territories, as well as connectivity solutions, to respond
to territorial challenges, including environmental and climate ones.
National digital decade strategic roadmap
Portugal submitted a fully revised national Digital Decade roadmap in December 2024, (with targeted
adjustments until March 2025) containing more than 150 measures, including many new ones, revised
targets and, for the first time, more than half of the required trajectories. It is largely based on the
4
Portugal
National Digital Strategy and its action plan, on which stakeholders were consulted. The updates are
aligned with the new Commission’s priorities on AI, sovereignty and digital skills. The revised roadmap
includes reporting on the consultation of stakeholders and addresses a substantial number of
roadmap recommendations issued in 2024. Most targets align with the EU level goals for 2030, except
for 7% target for ICT specialists (instead of 10%) by 2030. The revised roadmap continues to prioritise
digital skills, digital public administration and the digitalisation of businesses. It is composed of 157
measures with a budget of EUR 2.15 billion, equivalent to 0.75% of GDP. The roadmap responds to
majority of objectives, such as human-centred digital transformation, simplification, sovereignty and
resilience. However, areas such as sustainability and inclusion lack specific focus, while
competitiveness is not comprehensively covered.
Funding & projects for digital
Portugal allocates 21% of its total recovery and resilience plan to digital (EUR 4.5 billion)1. In addition,
under cohesion policy, EUR 2.4 billion, representing 11% of the country’s total cohesion policy funding,
is dedicated to advancing Portugal’s digital transformation2.Portugal is a member of the Local Digital
Twins towards the CitiVERSE EDIC and of the EUROPEUM EDIC. Portuguese entities are indirect and/or
associated partners in the IPCEI on Microelectronics and Communication Technologies (IPCEI-ME/CT).
Portugal is also a participating state of the EuroHPC Joint Undertaking (JU) and of the Chips JU.
Portugal has contributed to the Best Practice Accelerator3 by sharing one best practice in the frame of
the Green IT cluster (National Strategy for Smart Territories).
Digital rights and principles
According to a support study, Portugal has been one of the most active Member States in
implementing the European Declaration on Digital Rights and Principles, with over 100 initiatives
overall and 14 new initiatives launched in 2024. Portugal is most active in the Declaration area of
digital education, training and skills. Less activity has been identified with regards to privacy and
individual control over data. Measures in the area of freedom of choice appear to have most impact
on the ground, in contrast to those addressing participation in the digital public space.
1 The share of financial allocations that contribute to digital objectives has been calculated using Annex VII to the Recovery
and Resilience Facility Regulation. Last data update: 16 May 2025. 2 This amount includes all investment specifically aimed at or substantially contributing to digital transformation in the 2021-
2027 Cohesion policy programming period. The source funds are the European Regional Development Fund, the Cohesion
Fund, the European Social Fund Plus, and the Just Transition Fund. 3 The Best Practice Accelerator (BPA) is a platform that enables Member States to share successful measures and challenges
encountered in their efforts to meet their Digital Decade targets and objectives. Best practices are made available to Member
States via the BPA Repository and showcased in regular workshops, currently focused on three thematic clusters: Digital
Skills, Green IT, and the Uptake of Digital Technologies.
5
Portugal
Recommendations
- Artificial Intelligence: Support AI take-up and thus enable innovation by enterprises, including
by timely implementation of ongoing and planned measures.
- Basic digital skills: Evaluate the take-up of the current measures and identify ways to address
the remaining needs, notably to tackle the digital divide in the society.
- Basic digital intensity of SMEs and advanced technologies: Support the adoption of advanced
digital technologies by businesses by fostering enhanced collaboration between public and
private sector and academia and by identifying support measures for the medium-term.
- Cloud: Encourage cloud take-up, in particular implement the plans for sovereign cloud
infrastructure.
- ICT specialists: Identify ways to attract ICT specialists, promote ICT studies, digital upskilling
and reskilling options, and continue reinforcing gender balance in the field.
- Green: Consider introducing a coherent approach to twinning the digital and green transitions.
- Scale-ups and unicorns: Continue improving the business environment and access to finance
for digital start-ups to grow into scale-ups, including by targeting business R&D with public
support.
- Semiconductors: Continue efforts in semiconductors and strive towards leadership at EU level.
- 5G: Consider assigning remaining 5G pioneer bands and promoting 5G take-up.
EN EN
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
Brussels, 16.6.2025
COM(2025) 290 final
ANNEX 24
ANNEX
to the
Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council and the
European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions
State of the Digital Decade 2025: Keep building the EU's sovereignty and digital future
{SWD(2025) 290 final} - {SWD(2025) 291 final} - {SWD(2025) 292 final} -
{SWD(2025) 293 final} - {SWD(2025) 294 final} - {SWD(2025) 295 final}
Romania
SHORT COUNTRY REPORTS 2025
2
Romania
Executive summary Romania can rely on a well-developed fixed connectivity infrastructure and is strengthening its role
in critical technologies like semiconductors, but persistent R&D gaps, weak SME and start-up
innovation and slow emerging tech uptake limit its competitiveness. While the country is advancing
in digital public services, challenges remain in digital skills, inclusion, and integrating sustainability
into its digital infrastructure. Romania shows a low level of ambition in its contribution to the Digital
Decade having set 11 national targets, 36% of which are aligned with the EU 2030 targets. The
country is fully following its trajectories (on the basis of the 2024 trajectories defined for 1 KPI out
of 8 analysed). Romania addressed 40% of the 15 recommendations issued by the Commission in
2024 by making some changes through new measures.
Romania remains an EU leader when it comes to fixed connectivity, but more efforts are needed on
5G. Despite recent efforts, Romanians have very low levels of digital skills. Efforts have been made to
strengthen Romania’s position regarding semiconductor manufacturing. The country is also taking
major steps to improve the digitalisation of public services, including a new Governmental cloud and
the notification of an eID scheme. Romania struggles with integrating digital technology into business
activities. AI and data analytics are not used to their full potential. Lack of access to capital both for
start-ups and scale-ups remains an important issue hampering digital innovation.
Digital Decade KPI (1)
Romania EU Digital Decade target
by 2030
DESI 2024 (year 2023)
DESI 2025 (year 2024)
Annual progress
National trajectory 2024 (3)
DESI 2025
Annual progress
RO EU
Fixed Very High Capacity Network (VHCN) coverage
95.0% 95.9% 0.9% - 82.5% 4.9% 99.0% 100%
Fibre to the Premises (FTTP) coverage 95.0% 95.7% 0.8% - 69.2% 8.4% 99.0% -
Overall 5G coverage 32.8% 46.8% 42.7% 33.0% 94.3% 5.9% 62.0% 100%
Edge Nodes (estimate) 5 11 120.0% - 2257 90.5% - 10000
SMEs with at least a basic level of digital intensity (2)
- 69.1% 14.7% - 72.9% 2.8% 75.0% 90%
Cloud 15.5% - - - - - 40.0% 75%
Artificial Intelligence 1.5% 3.1% 103.3% - 13.5% 67.2% 10.0% 75%
Data analytics 21.9% - - - - - 15.0% 75%
AI or Cloud or Data analytics 28.7% - - - - - - 75%
Unicorns 0 0 - 286 4.4% - 500
At least basic digital skills 27.7% - - - - - 50.0% 80%
ICT specialists 2.6% 2.8% 7.7% - 5.0% 4.2% 4.0% ~10%
eID scheme notification Yes
Digital public services for citizens 52.2 62.7 20.2% - 82.3 3.6% 100.0 100
Digital public services for businesses 50.0 55.1 10.2% - 86.2 0.9% 100.0 100
Access to e-Health records 58.6 75.1 28.2% - 82.7 4.5% - 100
(1) See the methodological note for the description of the indicators and other metrics (2) DESI 2025 reports the version 4 of the Digital Intensity Index, which is comparable with the DII value from DESI 2023 (referring to year 2022) for the calculation of the annual progress. It is not comparable to the national trajectory, which is based on version 3 of the index. (3) National trajectory value if present in the national roadmap and if the indicator was measured in DESI2025 (year 2024).
3
Romania
According to the 2025 special Eurobarometer on ‘the Digital Decade’, 62% of Romanians consider
that the digitalisation of daily public and private services is making their lives easier. 77% consider the
action of the public authorities important to counter and mitigate the issue of fake news and
disinformation online. 77% consider competitiveness important to ensure that European companies
can grow and become ‘European Champions’ capable of competing globally.
A competitive, sovereign, and resilient EU based on technological
leadership
Romania remains an EU leader in connectivity, including in sparsely populated areas, has the highest
take-up of high-speed Internet in the EU for >100 Mbps and ranks 3rd in the EU for >1 Gbps
connections. However, despite strong year-on-year growth, Romania continues to underperform on
5G, both in terms of coverage and spectrum assignment. Significant growth potential exists here and
a lot more could be done to promote the benefits of 5G connectivity, particularly how it could support
the country’s manufacturing and B2B sectors.
Romania is slowly strengthening its position in critical technologies. Recently, it has adopted its
national quantum technology strategy and announced an initiative that will lead to an investment of
EUR 420 million (NRRP) for auto industry semiconductor R&D and manufacturing. The approach,
which involves European companies, universities and SMEs, has the potential to build a strong
semiconductor ecosystem in the medium and long term.
Romania does not have unicorn companies in ICT and digital. Its start-up ecosystem would benefit
from better conditions for access to capital, in particular risk, in order to develop further. Regarding
cybersecurity, Romanians take fewer steps than the EU average to protect their data online. Romania
has transposed the NIS2 Directive in its national legislation via an Emergency Ordinance.
Protecting and empowering EU people and society
Romania is investing significantly in digitalising its public services and raising the overall level of digital
skills. This is a long-term process that needs strong political will, a clear agenda and renewed
commitment in terms of efforts and resources in order to achieve success.
Romania continues to rank last in basic digital skills, but it is taking significant steps to address this,
with a higher budget for education and schemes in place to train teachers and optimise the education
process. It is important that the concept of acquiring the necessary digital skills is integrated
throughout the curricula and represents a key KPIs for investments throughout the entire learning
cycle.
Regarding ICT specialists, Romania has a high number of graduates but is not able to retain this talent
in the country. The number of ICT specialists appears to be stagnating, which could put the country’s
2030 target at risk.
Romania demonstrates a consistent pattern of robust growth for the digitalisation of public services,
but the absolute scores for Romania remain below the EU average. Major projects are currently being
announced or implemented and should transform how public services are delivered but will require
the appropriate degree of development and maintenance over time. The public entities running these
projects should be given the necessary resources (finance, project management, ICT specialists) to
continue them after the original contract is finalised. Streamlining of the multiple existing projects
that have been promoted as ‘single point of contact’ could also be envisaged.
4
Romania
For eHealth, Romania has gradually improved its performance, but not all data types are available and
less than 50% of the healthcare providers are connected and supplying data. A new strategy for the
digitalisation of the health system is being prepared. A new health insurance platform, which should
replace the current one, is expected for 2026.
Leveraging digital transformation for a smart greening
Regarding progress in its twin transition, Romania is slowly advancing on an integrated approach to
making digital infrastructure greener and tracking emission reductions.
National Digital Decade strategic roadmap
Romania has not submitted an update to its national Digital Decade roadmap. Taking into account
Romania’s starting point, the roadmap puts forward ambitious objectives, particularly for the use of
digital services and the number of ICT specialists.
Overall, the roadmap is a key document in ensuring ownership and oversight of the necessary steps
to meet the national targets. It was formally adopted by the Romanian Government in October 2024.
The roadmap consists of 98 measures with a budget of EUR 3.6 billion (equivalent to 1.01% of GDP) of
which a substantial share stems from the National Recovery and Reform Plan. The main focus is on
the digitalisation of public services and increasing digital skills. A lower priority seems to be given to
the digitalisation of businesses and advanced technologies (semiconductors, quantum, edge nodes).
Similarly to 2023, Romania has not indicated targets for eHealth, quantum, edge nodes and
semiconductors. None of the existing targets were revised.
Funding & projects for digital
Romania allocates 22% of its total recovery and resilience plan to digital (EUR 5.8 billion)1. In addition,
under cohesion policy, EUR 2.7 billion, representing 9% of the country’s total cohesion policy funding,
is dedicated to advancing Romania’s digital transformation2. Romania is a member of the EUROPEUM
EDIC. Romania is directly participating in the IPCEI on Microelectronics and Communication
Technologies (IPCEI-ME/CT). Romania is also a participating state in the EuroHPC Joint Undertaking
(JU) and in the Chips JU.
Romania has contributed to the Best Practice Accelerator3 by sharing one best practice in the frame
of the Digital Skills cluster (Skills in Advanced Technologies for SMEs).
Digital Rights and Principles
According to a support study, Romania has been relatively active in implementing the European
Declaration on Digital Rights and Principles, with 62 initiatives overall and 2 new initiatives launched
1 The share of financial allocations that contribute to digital objectives has been calculated using Annex VII to the Recovery
and Resilience Facility Regulation. Last data update: 16 May 2025. 2 This amount includes all investment specifically aimed at or substantially contributing to digital transformation in the
2021-2027 Cohesion policy programming period. The source funds are the European Regional Development Fund, the
Cohesion Fund, the European Social Fund Plus, and the Just Transition Fund. 3 The Best Practice Accelerator (BPA) is a platform that enables Member States to share successful measures and
challenges encountered in their efforts to meet their Digital Decade targets and objectives. Best practices are made available
to Member States via the BPA Repository and showcased in regular workshops, currently focused on three thematic clusters:
Digital Skills, Green IT, and the Uptake of Digital Technologies.
5
Romania
in 2024. Romania is most active in the area of putting people at the centre of the digital
transformation. Less activity has been identified with regards to a fair digital environment and
sustainability. Measures in the area of putting people at the centre of the digital transformation
appear to have most impact on the ground, in contrast to those addressing freedom of choice.
Recommendations
- Digital public services: Continue to dedicate the necessary resources (finance, project
management, ICT specialists) for the digitalisation of public services, including after the initial
set-up (maintenance and support). Streamlining of the multiple existing projects that have been
promoted as ‘single point of contact’ could also be envisaged.
- Basic digital skills: Continue to integrate basic digital skills as a core component of the education
process, both for teachers and students. Make upskilling, particularly of employees in the private
sector and older population, a priority.
- eHealth: Continue to expand the data sources available online. Adopt and implement the new
strategy on the digitalisation of health system, taking into account user needs and ease of use.
- ICT specialists and advanced skills: boost SME digital skills by simplifying support measures and
engaging stakeholders to identify market needs. Identify ways to attract and retain ICT talent.
- Unicorns: Building on existing programmes, Romania should identify ways to support company
scale-up and diversify funding opportunities for innovative companies.
- Advance technologies take-up Continue efforts, including via EDIHs, to increase the uptake of
cloud and AI services by companies of all sizes. Continue to increase the number of edge nodes
deployed and ensure links with work done on semiconductors, quantum and the internet of
things.
- 5G: increase overall 5G coverage, including in the 3.4–3.8 GHz band, and spectrum assignment.
- Twin digital-green transition: Develop a comprehensive strategy to align digitalisation with
environmental goals.
EN EN
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
Brussels, 16.6.2025
COM(2025) 290 final
ANNEX 25
ANNEX
to the
Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council and the
European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions
State of the Digital Decade 2025: Keep building the EU's sovereignty and digital future
{SWD(2025) 290 final} - {SWD(2025) 291 final} - {SWD(2025) 292 final} -
{SWD(2025) 293 final} - {SWD(2025) 294 final} - {SWD(2025) 295 final}
Slovakia
SHORT COUNTRY REPORTS 2025
1
Slovakia
Executive summary Slovakia made some improvement in digital infrastructure deployment and take-up of broadband
connectivity and 5G network services, but it still lags behind in overall rollout of digital infrastructure
and in business digitalisation. Good progress was achieved in the share of ICT specialists and a
promising trend emerges among the youth, with digital skills levels in line with the EU average.
Slovakia shows a substantial level of ambition in its contribution to the Digital Decade, having set 12
national targets, 83% of which aligned with the EU 2030 targets. The country is following its
trajectories well with 86% of them being on track (considering 2024 trajectories defined for 7 KPIs
out of 8 analysed). Slovakia addressed 27% of the 15 recommendations issued by the Commission
in 2024 by making some changes through new measures.
Slovakia falls short of EU standards in most of the Digital Decade key performance indicators. Efforts
are underway to bridge these gaps, but their results will require time and additional resources to fully
materialise. The country is taking steps to create an environment that supports the digitalisation of
SMEs and the development of digital skills, with new measures introduced in 2024. At the same time,
public sector investments aim to further enhance connectivity infrastructure, with a particular focus
on FTTP, and comprehensive initiatives are supporting the development of a high-performance
computing ecosystem. While digital public services are below EU average levels, a comprehensive
investment plan was adopted to strengthen their digitalisation. Increasing attention is being dedicated
to ensuring cybersecurity.
Digital Decade KPI (1)
Slovakia EU Digital Decade target by 2030
DESI 2024 (year 2023)
DESI 2025 (year 2024)
Annual progress
National trajectory 2024 (3)
DESI 2025 Annual
progress SK EU
Fixed Very High Capacity Network (VHCN) coverage 69.1% 73.0% 5.6% 49.0% 82.5% 4.9% 100.0% 100%
Fibre to the Premises (FTTP) coverage 64.2% 67.8% 5.6% - 69.2% 8.4% - -
Overall 5G coverage 79.0% 87.9% 11.3% 80.0% 94.3% 5.9% 98.5% 100%
Edge Nodes (estimate) 5 10 100.0% - 2257 90.5% - 10000
SMEs with at least a basic level of digital intensity (2) - 62.9% 2.2% - 72.9% 2.8% 90.0% 90%
Cloud 30.2% - - - - - 75.0% 75%
Artificial Intelligence 7.0% 10.8% 53.1% 9.0% 13.5% 67.2% 75.0% 75%
Data analytics 30.2% - - - - - 75.0% 75%
AI or Cloud or Data analytics 45.8% - - - - - - 75%
Unicorns 0 0 0 286 4.4% 3 500
At least basic digital skills 51.3% - - - - - 70.0% 80%
ICT specialists 4.2% 4.6% 9.5% 4.0% 5.0% 4.2% 6.0% ~10%
eID scheme notification Yes
Digital public services for citizens 72.1 72.6 0.7% 70.0 82.3 3.6% 100.0 100
Digital public services for businesses 79.2 73.4 -7.3% 84.0 86.2 0.9% 100.0 100
Access to e-Health records 66.3 72.0 8.6% 50.0 82.7 4.5% 100.0 100
(1) See the methodological note for the description of the indicators and other metrics (2) DESI 2025 reports the version 4 of the Digital Intensity Index, that is comparable with the DII value from DESI 2023 (referring to year 2022) for the calculation of the annual progress. It is not comparable to the national trajectory that is based on version 3 of the index. (3) National trajectory value if present in the national roadmap and if the indicator was measured in DESI2025 (year 2024)
2
Slovakia
According to the special Eurobarometer on ‘the Digital Decade’ 2025, 82% of Slovak citizens consider
that the digitalisation of daily public and private services is making their lives easier. Concerning the
action of the public authorities, 93% consider it important to counter and mitigate the issue of fake
news and disinformation online, and regarding competitiveness, 88% consider it important to ensure
that European companies can grow and become ‘European Champions’ able to compete globally.
A competitive, sovereign, and resilient EU based on technological
leadership
Despite some progress in deploying fixed and mobile networks, with Slovakia's VHCN and 5G
deployment rate outpacing the EU average, the country still lags behind EU average levels in overall
broadband coverage and uptake. This is particularly notable in rural areas, where access to these
networks remains limited. Support instruments are being prepared to fund connectivity infrastructure
– notably for gigabit infrastructure deployment in underserved areas and in schools, as well as social
vouchers to promote digital inclusion for pupils – but an investment gap remains. Recent and ongoing
changes in the regulatory landscape are also expected to impact the deployment of digital
infrastructure (use of aerial infrastructure for fibre deployment, new construction law, Gigabit
Infrastructure Act). Slovakia's 5G spectrum allocation currently spans the 700 MHz and 3.6 GHz
frequency bands, and all telecom operators have increased their coverage over the past year, with 5G
stand-alone networks expected to become available soon.
Slovak businesses show a low level of adoption of advanced technologies, with many SMEs having low
digital intensity. Efforts to promote the digitalisation of businesses are ongoing, including support for
SMEs through initiatives such as European Digital Innovation Hubs, the Digitrans project, digital and
innovation vouchers. However, room for improvement exists in the pace of implementation, ensuring
streamlined administrative procedures and expanding the pool of beneficiaries, especially among
SMEs. Targeted efforts to promote AI adoption are underway, although challenges associated with
informational and managerial barriers exist. Slovakia’s ecosystem of innovative start-ups is small. The
government has introduced a number of measures to support the growth of scale-ups and start-ups,
including the establishment of a European Institute of Innovation & Technology Digital Regional Office,
but limited funding remains a barrier.
Cybersecurity is a political priority, backed by various measures, such as training, monitoring and
vulnerability assessment. The country is working to improve its cybersecurity with a new strategy being
adopted for the 2026-2030 period.
Protecting and empowering EU people and society
While Slovakia’s overall digital skills levels are lower than the EU average, a positive trend emerges
among younger generations, who have digital skills comparable to their EU counterparts. To promote
digital competencies, Slovakia is implementing a comprehensive and inclusive national digital skills
strategy. New measures have been introduced to ensure the appropriate pre-conditions for students
and teachers to develop their digital skills, with the provision of digital equipment to students from
disadvantaged backgrounds and the integration of AI into teaching. Progress, however, will take time
to materialise and will require structural barriers to be addressed, including the shortage of
mathematics and informatics teachers, social and financial vulnerabilities and a fragmented
management of digital skills policies. A promising uptrend was observed in the share of ICT specialists
3
Slovakia
within the workforce. At the same time, action is being taken to increase the number of ICT specialists
and provide appropriate education and training offers, with a specific focus on women’s participation
in ICT, though it remains at a relatively low scale.
Improvements are needed in the digitalisation of public services, especially in terms of availability for
cross-border users. Relevant measures are being implemented, including the recently adopted
roadmap for digitalising administrative procedures for 16 priority life situations. These initiatives are
expected to improve the availability of digital services for citizens and businesses and reduce
administrative burden. At the same time, the share of e-Government users and the uptake of eID
continue to be low compared to the availability of these services, and weaknesses associated with the
transparency of service processes and design remain.
Slovakia has made good progress in increasing access to electronic health records and is on track to
achieve 100% accessibility by 2030. However, the country still faces challenges in fully utilising its e-
Health system, due to issues such as low use of e-ID and technical difficulties faced by healthcare
professionals, as well as gaps in the availability of medical images to citizens and access opportunities
for legal guardians, authorised individuals, and disadvantaged groups.
Leveraging digital transformation for a smart greening
Digitalisation is being explored as a means to support Slovakia’s green transition, but current efforts
remain limited. The `Digital Skills for the Green Future of Slovakia’ project is a flagship initiative, aiming
to address the skills needs associated with the green and digital transitions, raising awareness among
key stakeholders and developing reference frameworks that identify necessary green and digital skills
across professions.
National Digital Decade strategic roadmap
Slovakia submitted an addendum to its national Digital Decade roadmap on 27 November 2024,
containing 11 additional measures and 2 revised trajectories. While not all the new measures directly
address the SDD24 recommendations, they are relevant to the reality and needs of Slovakia’s digital
landscape, focusing in particular on the digitalisation of businesses and development of digital skills.
However, no additional public funding could be allocated to their implementation, which might
negatively affect their implementation and sustainability.
The adjusted roadmap addresses a limited number of roadmap recommendations issued in 2024. All
targets align with the EU level goals for 2030, except for the development of digital skills, where the
country has a 70% target (instead of 80% for the EU) and ICT specialists, where the country has a goal
of 6% of the workforce (instead of 10%). The revised roadmap continues to prioritise the digitalisation
of businesses and development of digital skills. It is composed of 127 measures with a budget of
EUR 2.26 billion, equivalent to 1.74% of GDP. It still covers all objectives of the Digital Decade, such as
a human-centred digital space and bridging the digital divide, but certain aspects would require more
attention, such as promoting leadership and sovereignty, and contributing to the green transformation.
4
Slovakia
Funding & projects for digital
Slovakia allocates 21% of its total recovery and resilience plan to digital (EUR 1.2 billion)1. In addition,
under cohesion policy, EUR 886 million, representing 7% of the country’s total cohesion policy funding,
is dedicated to advancing Slovakia’s digital transformation2.
Slovakia is a member of the Local Digital Twins towards the CitiVERSE EDIC. Slovakia is directly
participating in the IPCEI on Microelectronics and Communication Technologies (IPCEI-ME/CT).
Slovakia is also a participating state in the EuroHPC Joint Undertaking (JU) and in the Chips JU.
Slovakia has not yet presented any project in the framework of Digital Decade’s Best Practice
Accelerator3.
Digital Rights and Principles
According to a support study, Slovakia has shown rather limited activity in implementing the European
Declaration on Digital Rights and Principles, with 27 initiatives overall but no new initiatives launched
in 2024. Slovakia is most active in the area of putting people at the centre of the digital transformation.
Less activity has been identified with regards to a protected, safe and secure digital environment.
Measures in the area of solidarity and inclusion and freedom of choice appear to have most impact on
the ground, in contrast to those addressing safety, security and empowerment and sustainability.
Recommendations
- VHCN/FTTP: Facilitate infrastructure deployment by lifting administrative barriers and
supporting collaboration between stakeholders, especially for the deployment of fibre
optic networks.
- SMEs: Continue building on existing measures targeted at SMEs (e.g. EDIHs, Digitrans),
expanding their scope and pool of beneficiaries, while ensuring continued support in the
medium-long term.
- AI, Cloud and Data analytics: Accelerate the implementation of planned measures,
prioritising solutions that limit administrative burden and ensure transparency. In
particular, continue supporting the uptake of AI across businesses and in the public
administration, addressing existing informational and managerial barriers.
- Basic digital skills: Continue implementing existing measures to enhance the level of
digital skills across all population groups, while ensuring that all educators possess
adequate training, especially IT and mathematics teachers.
- Cybersecurity: Continue ongoing efforts to strengthen cybersecurity, while also allowing
the appropriate authorities to enforce prompt and necessary actions to mitigate
identified threats or weaknesses.
1 The share of financial allocations that contribute to digital objectives has been calculated using Annex VII to the Recovery and Resilience Facility Regulation. Last data update: 16 May 2025. 2 This amount includes all investment specifically aimed at or substantially contributing to digital transformation in the 2021- 2027 Cohesion policy programming period. The source funds are the European Regional Development Fund, the Cohesion Fund, the European Social Fund Plus, and the Just Transition Fund. 3 The Best Practice Accelerator (BPA) is a platform that enables Member States to share successful measures and challenges
encountered in their efforts to meet their Digital Decade targets and objectives. Best practices are made available to Member
States via the BPA Repository and showcased in regular workshops, currently focused on three thematic clusters: Digital Skills,
Green IT, and the Uptake of Digital Technologies.
5
Slovakia
- Digital public services: Increase the transparency and availability of digital public services,
particularly for cross-border users, including by enhancing the user-friendliness,
functionalities and uptake of the e-ID mobile app and Slovensko v Mobile app.
- Unicorns: Expand existing measures aimed at supporting the growth of scale-ups and
start-ups that drive innovation and invest in emerging technologies.
- ICT specialists: Ensure ICT studies are sufficiently offered and promoted, in line with
labour market needs, as well as provide opportunities for workers to access lifelong
learning and reskilling/upskilling programmes in this area.
- Green ICT: Develop a coherent approach to twinning the digital and green transitions.
EN EN
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
Brussels, 16.6.2025
COM(2025) 290 final
ANNEX 26
ANNEX
to the
Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council and the
European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions
State of the Digital Decade 2025: Keep building the EU's sovereignty and digital future
{SWD(2025) 290 final} - {SWD(2025) 291 final} - {SWD(2025) 292 final} -
{SWD(2025) 293 final} - {SWD(2025) 294 final} - {SWD(2025) 295 final}
Slovenia
SHORT COUNTRY REPORTS 2025
1
Slovenia
Executive summary Slovenia can rely on a well-developed digital infrastructure but lags behind in digital skills. The
country is very active in several cutting-edge technology projects, particularly in quantum,
semiconductors, cloud and Artificial Intelligence (AI). Slovenia shows a high level of ambition in its
contribution to the Digital Decade having set 13 national targets, 100% of which are aligned with
the EU 2030 targets.1 The country is following its trajectories moderately well with 63% of them
being on track (considering 2024 trajectories defined for 8 KPIs out of 8 analysed). Slovenia
addressed 82% of the 11 recommendations issued by the Commission in 2024 by making some
changes through new measures.
In 2024, 5G coverage increased considerably, including in rural areas. However, the country lags
behind in basic digital skills and ICT specialists, which may also be one of the factors limiting the uptake
of advanced technologies in SMEs. An exception is AI adoption by enterprises, which has recently
shown considerable progress. Often in collaboration with other EU Member States, the country takes
an active role in several pioneering technology projects, including those focused on quantum
computing, semiconductors, cloud computing and AI.
Digital Decade KPI (1)
Slovenia EU Digital Decade target by 2030
DESI 2024 (year 2023)
DESI 2025 (year 2024)
Annual progress
National trajectory 2024 (4)
DESI 2025 Annual
progress SI EU
Fixed Very High Capacity Network (VHCN) coverage 78.5% 79.6% 1.5% 80.0% 82.5% 4.9% 100.0% 100%
Fibre to the Premises (FTTP) coverage 78.5% 79.6% 1.5% 82.0% 69.2% 8.4% 100.0% -
Overall 5G coverage 82.1% 96.7% 17.8% 74.0% 94.3% 5.9% 100.0% 100%
Edge Nodes (estimate) (2) 8 16 100.0% - 2257 90.5% - 10000
SMEs with at least a basic level of digital intensity (3)
- 67.6% 0.4% - 72.9% 2.8% 90.0% 90%
Cloud 36.0% - - - - - 75.0% 75%
Artificial Intelligence 11.4% 20.9% 83.7% 33.0% 13.5% 67.2% 75.0% 75%
Data analytics 19.1% - - - - - 75.0% 75%
AI or Cloud or Data analytics 44.7% - - - - - - 75%
Unicorns 0 0 - 286 4.4% 7 500
At least basic digital skills 46.7% - - - - - 80.0% 80%
ICT specialists 3.8% 4.3% 13.2% 6.0% 5.0% 4.2% 10.0% ~10%
eID scheme notification Yes
Digital public services for citizens 77.0 78.6 2.0% 76.0 82.3 3.6% 100.0 100
Digital public services for businesses 84.0 85.0 1.2% 90.0 86.2 0.9% 100.0 100
Access to e-Health records 87.6 87.5 -0.1% 83.0 82.7 4.5% 100.0 100
(1) See the methodological note for the description of the indicators and other metrics (2) Slovenia aims to contribute to this target through the deployment of edge nodes by 200 companies. (3) DESI 2025 reports the version 4 of the Digital Intensity Index, that is comparable with the DII value from DESI 2023 (referring to year 2022) for the calculation of the annual progress. It is not comparable to the national trajectory that is based on version 3 of the index. (4) National trajectory value if present in the national roadmap and if the indicator was measured in DESI2025 (year 2024)
1 While the KPI on edge nodes measures the number of edge nodes deployed, Slovenia intends to contribute to the target
of 10 000 edge nodes with 200 companies deploying edge nodes.
2
Slovenia
According to the special Eurobarometer on ‘the Digital Decade’ 2025, 78% of Slovenian citizens
consider that the digitalisation of daily public and private services is making their lives easier.
Concerning the action of the public authorities, 90% consider it important to counter and mitigate the
issue of fake news and disinformation online, and regarding competitiveness, 82% consider it
important to ensure that European companies can grow and become “European Champions” able to
compete globally.
A competitive, sovereign, and resilient EU based on technological
leadership
The fibre to the premises coverage is relatively high in Slovenia and very high capacity network
coverage is gradually increasing, although some rural gaps remain. The country is taking action to
reduce these gaps. 5G coverage increased significantly, including in rural areas, and fibre-to-the-
premises coverage remains strong. The country is actively advancing strategic technologies such as
quantum computing, semiconductors, cloud computing and AI. To strengthen its ecosystem and
capacities, it is establishing Competence Centres for semiconductors and AI, and will host an AI Factory
featuring a supercomputer. With the exception of the businesses’ uptake of AI, where Slovenia has
made significant progress recently, the uptake of more accessible digital technologies that could
enhance competitiveness on a larger scale for SMEs is relatively low. This limitation may partly stem
from a shortage of sufficiently skilled employees. For the start-up sector, initial steps are being taken
to enhance framework conditions, such as through legislative changes. However, several initiatives
are still under development, and venture capital expenditure and funding via capital markets remain
relatively low. Slovenia is developing cyber awareness and capabilities across multiple areas, including
securing infrastructure and providing trainings in the public sector, safeguarding healthcare systems
and launching pilot training programmes within the education system.
Protecting and empowering EU people and society
Slovenia lags behind in digital skills. Its population has a relatively low level of basic digital skills.
Despite ongoing efforts to improve basic digital skills across various demographic groups, it remains
to be seen whether these initiatives will effectively bridge the significant gaps. The current education
reform presents an opportunity to integrate digital skills into the curriculum, which will be crucial in
addressing this issue. Although Slovenia has made good progress in increasing its proportion of ICT
specialists within the workforce, it still lags behind the EU average. The relatively low share of ICT
specialists may be one of the factors limiting businesses’ adoption of advanced digital technologies.
While training programmes for acquiring advanced digital skills in specific technologies are available,
they appear to be insufficient to meet the demand for ICT specialists. Additionally, despite Slovenia’s
efforts in anticipating future job market trends and the demand for ICT specialists, addressing these
dynamic needs remains challenging. In this regard, integrating digital skills into the ongoing higher
education reform will be crucial. The availability of digital public services in Slovenia is a bit less
widespread than in the EU, especially when it comes to cross-border services. However, their uptake
is higher than the EU average. Slovenia plans to enhance the digital transformation of public
authorities, in particular on data access and on municipality level. Furthermore, the country is
preparing the Digital Healthcare Act, a major project that aims to drive digital transformation in the
healthcare sector.
3
Slovenia
Leveraging digital transformation for a smart greening
Slovenia is taking steps to support the green transition through digital technologies, building on its
existing measures and introducing new ones as part of its adjusted roadmap. Initiatives range from
modernising green public procurement and creating digital twins to establishing circular and digital
business models. However, current efforts still appear to be fragmented and there does not yet seem
to be a systematic approach to fully leverage their potential together.
National Digital Decade strategic roadmap
Following a public consultation, Slovenia submitted a fully revised national Digital Decade roadmap
on 31 January 20252. This document will also serve as the Action Plan for the Digital Slovenia 2030
strategy, which was adopted in 2023. The roadmap contains some new or changed measures
compared to the initial roadmap submission in 2023 and maintains its ambitious national target
values. However, several measures have been removed from the adjusted roadmap, especially those
linked to Digital Decade objectives and all measures linked to start-ups. The revised roadmap
addresses a limited number of the roadmap recommendations issued in 2024. All national target
values were kept in line with the EU’s 2030 ambition level and the additional target on e-ID uptake,
the quantitative estimates on how Slovenia will contribute to the semiconductor and the edge nodes
targets were maintained. The update is composed of 81 measures with a budget of EUR 685 million,
which represents 1.02% of Slovenia’s GDP. While it brings some new impulses in line with the new
Commission’s priorities in areas like green ICT, AI and semiconductors, the update does not sufficiently
address the country’s challenges and is not fully aligned with its very ambitious national targets,
especially in the areas of basic and advanced digital skills and digitalisation of businesses.
Funding & projects for digital
Slovenia allocates 20% of its total recovery and resilience plan to digital (EUR 513 million)3. In addition,
under cohesion policy, EUR 287 million, representing 9% of the country’s total cohesion policy funding,
is dedicated to advancing Slovenia’s digital transformation4.
Slovenia is a member of the three established EDICs; the Alliance for Language Technologies EDIC, the
Local Digital Twins towards the CitiVERSE EDIC and of the EUROPEUM EDIC on blockchain. Slovenian
entities are indirect and/or associated partners in the IPCEI on Microelectronics and Communication
Technologies (IPCEI-ME/CT) and in the IPCEI on Next Generation Cloud Infrastructure and Services
(IPCEI-CIS).5 Slovenia is also a participating state in the EuroHPC Joint Undertaking (JU) and in the Chips
JU.
2 Government approval pending due to some changes linked to the Digital Slovenia 2030 Action Plan. For the purpose of the
Digital Decade Policy Programme, the content of the roadmap submitted on 31 January 2025 can be considered final.
Corrigendum to Digital Decade Country Report Slovenia 2024: The initial national roadmap was adopted by the Slovenian
Government in December 2023, before its publication and submission to the European Commission. 3 The share of financial allocations that contribute to digital objectives has been calculated using Annex VII to the Recovery
and Resilience Facility Regulation. Last data update: 16 May 2025. 4 This amount includes all investment specifically aimed at or substantially contributing to digital transformation in the
2021-2027 Cohesion policy programming period. The source funds are the European Regional Development Fund, the
Cohesion Fund, the European Social Fund Plus, and the Just Transition Fund. 5 Corrigendum to Digital Decade Country Report Slovenia 2024: Slovenian entities are indirect partners in the Important
Project of Common European Interest on Next Generation Cloud Infrastructure and Services (IPCEI-CIS).
4
Slovenia
Slovenia leads the Digital Skills cluster of the Best Practice Accelerator6. In this context, it led the
organisation of five workshops and shared four Slovenian best practices on digi info points, an adult
digital literacy program, mobile heroes (for older people) and digital training for children and young
people).
Digital Rights and Principles
According to a support study, Slovenia has shown rather limited activity in implementing the European
Declaration on Digital Rights and Principles, with 38 initiatives overall and 3 new initiatives launched
in 2024. Slovenia is most active in the area of Solidarity and inclusion. Less activity has been identified
with regards to privacy and individual control over data. Measures in the area of putting people at the
centre of the digital transformation appear to have most impact on the ground, in contrast to those
addressing participation in the digital public space.
Recommendations - ICT specialists: Improve the early identification of labour market needs and address them
accordingly through training offers and with the help of the higher education reform.
- Basic digital skills: Increase and intensify education and training offers and integrate digital skills
into the education curricula from an early age.
- SME take up: Provide continuous support to SMEs and create enabling framework conditions for
their uptake of digital technologies.
- Advanced technologies: Quickly implement measures to increase the uptake of advanced
technologies by businesses, with a focus on SMEs.
- Cybersecurity: Sustain and enhance activities to increase cybersecurity in the sectors of public
services and education and introduce these with activities to support businesses.
- Unicorns/startups: Quickly implement measures to improve framework conditions and access to
funding for start-ups.
- Green: Enhance digital technologies to support the green transition, in particular by addressing the
interaction between green and digital initiatives in a more systematic manner.
6 The Best Practice Accelerator (BPA) is a platform that enables Member States to share successful measures and challenges
encountered in their efforts to meet their Digital Decade targets and objectives. Best practices are made available to Member
States via the BPA Repository and showcased in regular workshops, currently focused on three thematic clusters: Digital
Skills, Green IT, and the Uptake of Digital Technologies.
EN EN
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
Brussels, 16.6.2025
COM(2025) 290 final
ANNEX 27
ANNEX
to the
Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council and the
European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions
State of the Digital Decade 2025: Keep building the EU's sovereignty and digital future
{SWD(2025) 290 final} - {SWD(2025) 291 final} - {SWD(2025) 292 final} -
{SWD(2025) 293 final} - {SWD(2025) 294 final} - {SWD(2025) 295 final}
Spain
SHORT COUNTRY REPORTS 2025
2
Spain
Executive summary Spain benefits from a robust digital infrastructure, which allows it to develop its digital
transformation. The country is making moderate progress in the adoption of key digital technologies
by enterprises. Regarding AI, the Spanish government shows ambition with the last developments,
but still continues to face challenges in AI adoption by SMEs. Although Spain lags behind in digital
public services for business, the country has improved its performance in digital public services for
citizens and in access to e-Health records. Spain is leading in initiatives to strengthen the
cybersecurity of its public services and enterprises.
Spain’s contribution to the Digital Decade is very ambitious, with 13 national targets, 92% of which
are aligned with the EU 2030 targets. The country is following its trajectories well with 75% of them
being on track (based on the 2024 trajectories established for 8 KPIs out of 8 analysed). Spain
addressed 100% of the 7 recommendations issued by the Commission in 2024 by making some
changes through new measures.
Digital Decade KPI (1)
Spain EU Digital Decade target by 2030
DESI 2024 (year 2023)
DESI 2025 (year 2024)
Annual progress
National trajectory
2024 (3) DESI 2025
Annual progress
ES EU
Fixed Very High Capacity Network (VHCN) coverage 96.3% 95.0% -1.4% 97.0% 82.5% 4.9% 100.0% 100%
Fibre to the Premises (FTTP) coverage 95.2% 94.9% -0.4% 96.0% 69.2% 8.4% 100.0% -
Overall 5G coverage 92.3% 95.7% 3.7% 98.9% 94.3% 5.9% 100.0% 100%
Edge Nodes (estimate) 167 301 80.2% - 2257 90.5% - 10000
SMEs with at least a basic level of digital intensity (2) - 74.2% 4.8% - 72.9% 2.8% 90.0% 90%
Cloud 27.3% 33.1% 21.5% - - - 75.0% 75%
Artificial Intelligence 9.2% 11.3% 23.2% 10.6% 13.5% 67.2% 75.0% 75%
Data analytics 38.0% 40.9% 7.7% - - - 75.0% 75%
AI or Cloud or Data analytics 49.9% 55.7% 11.6% - - - - 75%
Unicorns 13 13 0.0% 16 286 4.4% 24 500
At least basic digital skills 66.2% - - - - - 85.0% 80%
ICT specialists 4.4% 4.7% 6.8% 5.0% 5.0% 4.2% 8.6% ~10%
eID scheme notification Yes
Digital public services for citizens 84.2 88.8 5.4% 88.7 82.3 3.6% 100.0 100
Digital public services for businesses 91.0 85.1 -6.5% 95.0 86.2 0.9% 100.0 100
Access to e-Health records 84.6 88.3 4.4% 87.3 82.7 4.5% 100.0 100
(1) See the methodological note for the description of the indicators and other metrics (2) DESI 2025 reports the version 4 of the Digital Intensity Index, that is comparable with the DII value from DESI 2023 (referring to year 2022) for the calculation of the annual progress. It is not comparable to the national trajectory that is based on version 3 of the index. (3) National trajectory value if present in the national roadmap and if the indicator was measured in DESI2025 (year 2024)
According to the special Eurobarometer on ‘the Digital Decade’ 2025, 72% of Spanish citizens
consider that the digitalisation of daily public and private services is making their lives easier.
Concerning the action of the public authorities, 92% consider it important to counter and mitigate the
issue of fake news and disinformation online. Regarding competitiveness, 85% consider it important
3
Spain
to ensure that European companies can grow and become “European Champions” able to compete
globally.
A competitive, sovereign, and resilient EU based on technological leadership
Spain's digital infrastructure is generally more advanced than the EU average, with higher coverage
rates in most categories. Spain's 5G spectrum assignment in pioneer bands is particularly strong too
(98.33%). The country prioritises semiconductor production through PERTE Chip (The Strategic Project
for Microelectronics and Semiconductors), which aims to strengthen design and production
capabilities in the microelectronics and semiconductor industries. It is backed by a budget of EUR
12.25 billion until 2027 and the country has created the SETT (Spanish Society for Technological
Transformation) to accelerate the allocation of funds. Spain is actively participating in the IPCEI-ME
and Chips JU initiatives and is leading the Integrated Photonics Pilot Line. Notably, the Spanish
government approved the updated 2024 National Artificial Intelligence Strategy and published an
open-source GenAI models trained with a high percentage of data in Spanish and co-official languages
as part of its effort to strengthen digital sovereignty. Moreover, Spain is actively participating in the
IPCEI-CIS to accelerate the edge nodes deployment. Spain also launched a regulatory sandbox for high-
risk AI systems, a pioneering step in implementing the European AI Act and supporting companies in
meeting upcoming obligations.
The country’s commitment to quantum technologies is reflected in the launch of the Quantum
Technologies Strategy in April 2025 and in the deployment of initiatives, projects such as Quantum
Spain, the Rydberg Atoms Computer and the EuroHPC Quantum Annealer. Concerning the
digitalisation of business, the country shows strength in the basic digital intensity of SMEs (74.2%),
and in the adoption of Cloud and data analytics by enterprises, although faces challenges in AI
adoption by SMEs. Nonetheless, Spain is making efforts to improve its performance in these areas.
The country is focusing on bolstering the innovative scale-up ecosystem with strategic investments to
nurture and support innovative enterprises.
Protecting and empowering EU people and society
Spain continues to take positive steps toward empowering people and promoting opportunities for all
individuals in the digital economy. The country is aiming to bridge gaps concerning the accessibility of
digital technologies through all the activities related to its National Digital Skills Plan, which includes
initiatives like a EUR 200 million program to train over 80 000 professionals in digital skills and AI. Spain
is also making strides in the development of specialists in ICT, with initiatives like the ICT Talent
Attraction and Retention Programme providing scholarships and contracts. Regarding Digital Public
Services, Spain makes a significant contribution to the EU’s Digital Decade targets, with its
performance in public services for citizens (88.8), however the country lags behind concerning the
public services for business (85.1). The Spanish government has taken significant policy actions against
online misinformation and in favour of the minors’ protection in the digital environment. It also pays
particular attention to the promotion of digital rights and principles, with the recent launch of the
Digital Rights observatory.
Leveraging digital transformation for a smart greening
Spain continues its efforts to support the synergies between the digital and green transitions. The
country is implementing innovative programmes to reduce the environmental impact of energy-
4
Spain
intensive digital technologies. The National Green Algorithms Plan has four axes and aims to make AI
more sustainable and to find AI solutions for the green transition.
National Digital Decade strategic roadmap
Spain did not submit a revised adjustment to its national Digital Decade roadmap. The Spanish
authorities indicated that they plan at a later stage to formally revise the national roadmap, submitted
in January 2024, in accordance with article 8 (3) of the Decision establishing the Digital Decade Policy
Programme. The initial roadmap contains 67 measures with a budget of EUR 33.8 billion, of which EUR
26.7 billion come from public budgets (equivalent to 1.68 % of GDP). However, Spain has worked on
addressing the recommendations made in 2024, by changing existing measures and implementing new
ones that will be included in a future revised roadmap. The Spanish authorities published the initial
national roadmap in March 2025.
Funding & projects for digital
Spain allocates 26% of its total recovery and resilience plan to digital (EUR 40.4 billion)1. In addition,
under cohesion policy, EUR 5.0 billion, representing 14% of the country’s total cohesion policy funding,
is dedicated to advancing Spain’s digital transformation2.
Spain is a member of the three established EDICs; the Alliance for Language Technologies EDIC, the
Local Digital Twins towards the CitiVERSE EDIC and of the EUROPEUM EDIC. Spain is directly
participating in the IPCEI on Microelectronics and Communication Technologies (IPCEI-ME/CT) and in
the IPCEI on Next Generation Cloud Infrastructure and Services (IPCEI-CIS). Spain is also a participating
state of the EuroHPC Joint Undertaking (JU) and of the Chips JU.
Spain has contributed to the Best Practice Accelerator3 by sharing one best practice in the frame of
the Digital Skills cluster (The Generation D Pact launched in November 2022).
Digital rights and principles
According to a support study, Spain has been one of the most active Member States in implementing
the European Declaration on Digital Rights and Principles, with over 100 initiatives overall and 30 new
initiatives launched in 2024. Spain is most active in the area of digital education, training and skills.
Less activity has been identified with regards to sustainability. Measures in the area of solidarity and
inclusion appear to have most impact on the ground, in contrast to those addressing participation in
the digital public space.
1 The share of financial allocations that contribute to digital objectives has been calculated using Annex VII to the Recovery and Resilience Facility Regulation. Last data update: 16 May 2025. 2 This amount includes all investment specifically aimed at or substantially contributing to digital transformation in the 2021- 2027 Cohesion policy programming period. The source funds are the European Regional Development Fund, the Cohesion Fund, the European Social Fund Plus, and the Just Transition Fund. 3 The Best Practice Accelerator (BPA) is a platform that enables Member States to share successful measures and challenges encountered in their efforts to meet their Digital Decade targets and objectives. Best practices are made available to Member States via the BPA Repository and showcased in regular workshops, currently focused on three thematic clusters: Digital Skills, Green IT, and the Uptake of Digital Technologies.
5
Spain
Recommendations
- AI, cloud and data analytics: continue the efforts to support the digitalisation of enterprises, in
particular, to foster the adoption of AI, and paying attention to SMEs.
- ICT specialists: continue the efforts to increase the number of ICT specialists and their
percentage over the total employment in the country.
- Green: Develop a system for monitoring and quantifying the emission reductions of the
deployed digital solutions.
- Unicorns: Continue efforts to improve the business environment and access to finance for
digital start-ups.
- Semiconductors and digital innovation: Accelerate the efforts to allocate public funds in
strategic projects.
- Cybersecurity: Continue efforts in cybersecurity to address evolving threats, particularly for
enterprises and administration.
EN EN
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
Brussels, 16.6.2025
COM(2025) 290 final
ANNEX 28
ANNEX
to the
Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council and the
European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions
State of the Digital Decade 2025: Keep building the EU's sovereignty and digital future
{SWD(2025) 290 final} - {SWD(2025) 291 final} - {SWD(2025) 292 final} -
{SWD(2025) 293 final} - {SWD(2025) 294 final} - {SWD(2025) 295 final}
Sweden
SHORT COUNTRY REPORTS 2025
Sweden
Executive summary Sweden continues to seek to be a leading country in digitalisation. Although it has good digital
infrastructure, it lags behind on e-Health. Its population scores high in both basic and advanced IT
skills. The country is taking several steps to further digitalise its public services and to promote the
use of AI.
Sweden shows a moderate level of ambition in its contribution to the Digital Decade having set 13
national targets, 54% of which are aligned with the EU 2030 targets. The country is following its
trajectories well with 83% of them being on track (on the basis of the 2024 trajectories defined for
6 KPIs out of 8 analysed). The country is currently revising its national digitalisation strategies and
is expected to submit its revised roadmap only later in 2025. Sweden addressed 55% of the 9
recommendations issued by the Commission in 2024, either by implementing significant policy
changes (11%) or making some changes (44%) through new measures.
Its fibre and 5G coverage keep increasing; however, connecting the remaining buildings will become
increasingly costly. A substantial part of Sweden’s Resilience and Recovery Plan was reserved for
supporting the expansion of broadband connectivity in rural areas.
Digital Decade KPI (1)
Sweden EU Digital Decade target by 2030
DESI 2024 (year 2023)
DESI 2025 (year 2024)
Annual progress
National trajectory 2024 (3)
DESI 2025 Annual
progress SE EU
Fixed Very High Capacity Network (VHCN) coverage 88.5% 89.7% 1.4% - 82.5% 4.9% 98.5% 100%
Fibre to the Premises (FTTP) coverage 83.9% 85.6% 2.0% - 69.2% 8.4% 98.5% -
Overall 5G coverage 90.3% 98.6% 9.2% 99.0% 94.3% 5.9% 100.0% 100%
Edge Nodes (estimate) 32 63 96.9% - 2257 90.5% - 10000
SMEs with at least a basic level of digital intensity (2) - 86.6% -0.2% - 72.9% 2.8% 95.0% 90%
Cloud 66.0% - - - - - 94.0% 75%
Artificial Intelligence 10.4% 25.1% 141.9% 15.4% 13.5% 67.2% 39.5% 75%
Data analytics 35.0% - - - - - 56.5% 75%
AI or Cloud or Data analytics 73.1% - - - - - - 75%
Unicorns 39 39 0.0% 44 286 4.4% 64 500
At least basic digital skills 66.4% - - - - - 89.7% 80%
ICT specialists 8.7% 8.6% -1.1% 9.7% 5.0% 4.2% 12.9% ~10%
eID scheme notification Yes
Digital public services for citizens 93.3 85.9 -7.9% 87.0 82.3 3.6% 90.0 100
Digital public services for businesses 96.0 90.4 -5.8% 88.7 86.2 0.9% 90.5 100
Access to e-Health records 77.9 77.9 0.0% 75.5 82.7 4.5% 78.5 100
(1) See the methodological note for the description of the indicators and other metrics (2) DESI 2025 reports the version 4 of the Digital Intensity Index, that is comparable with the DII value from DESI 2023 (referring to year 2022) for the calculation of the annual progress. It is not comparable to the national trajectory that is based on version 3 of the index. (3) National trajectory value if present in the national roadmap and if the indicator was measured in DESI2025 (year 2024)
According to the 2025 special Eurobarometer on the ‘Digital Decade’, 85% of Swedes consider that
the digitalisation of daily public and private services is making their lives easier. On the action of the
public authorities, 97% consider it important to counter and mitigate the dissemination of fake news
Sweden
and disinformation online. And on competitiveness, 82% consider it important to ensure that
European companies can grow and become ‘European Champions’ capable of competing globally.
A competitive, sovereign, and resilient EU based on technological
leadership
Infrastructure indicators (VHCN, FTTP, 5G) are all above the EU average. 5G coverage, in particular,
has increased over recent years, following allocation of the remaining spectrum in the 900 MHz, 2.1
GHz and 2.6 GHz band. However, Sweden indicated in its Roadmap that it will not fully reach the target
of 100 % VHCN coverage due to the high cost of connecting the last buildings. Sweden is well advanced
in switching off its copper network, which is expected to be completed in 2026. The country excels in
promoting an environment conducive for start-ups and has a large number of unicorns given the size
of its economy. Since last year, Sweden has made good progress in the use of AI by enterprises. In
2023 Sweden asked an AI Commission to analyse and present proposals for making the best use of AI.
Sweden is currently assessing the report, which was presented in November 2024. Cybersecurity is a
priority for Sweden as demonstrated by the creation of its National Cybersecurity Centre and the
presentation of a new cyber security strategy in March 2025.
Protecting and empowering EU people and society
Sweden has for several years been a front runner in basic and advanced digital skills. It has the largest
share of graduates with a degree in ICT in the EU. In February 2025 Sweden presented a strategy to
increase the number of graduates in science and technology. The strategy sets several long-term
targets on the share of science students in secondary school and the number of science, technology,
engineering and mathematics (STEM) students.
Sweden’s ICT landscape is characterised by a high proportion of enterprises providing ICT training and
a large share of ICT specialists in total employment. However, the country faces challenges in
maintaining growth rates in these areas, particularly in the context of enterprises providing ICT
training and the overall number of ICT specialists. The notable exception is the growth rate of female
ICT specialists, which is significantly higher than the EU average, indicating a positive trend towards
gender diversity in the ICT sector.
Sweden, however, remains below the EU average in online access to electronic health records and is
at risk of not meeting the EU target of 100% by 2030.
Leveraging digital transformation for a smart greening
Sweden’s Recovery and Resilience Plan (RRP) is focused on the green transition, with specific reforms
and investments primarily targeting carbon-intensive sectors. To do this, the RRP supports local and
regional investments to reduce climate emissions and in the transition of industry, energy efficiency
in multi-dwelling housing, rail transport and biodiversity.
National digital decade strategic roadmap
Sweden did not submit an adjustment to its national Digital Decade roadmap. An adjusted roadmap
is expected later in 2025. The initial roadmap is composed of 40 measures with a budget of EUR 3.5
billion, EUR 2.8 billion of which comes from public funding (equivalent to 0.5% of GDP).
Sweden
Funding & projects for digital
Sweden allocates 21% of its total recovery and resilience plan to digital (EUR 674 million)1. In addition,
under cohesion policy, EUR 230 million, representing 13% of the country’s total cohesion policy
funding, is dedicated to advancing Sweden’s digital transformation2.
Sweden is a participating state of the EuroHPC Joint Undertaking (JU) and of the Chips JU.
Sweden is not yet active in the Digital Decade’s Best Practice Accelerator3.
Digital Rights and Principles
According to a support study, Sweden has been relative active in implementing the European
Declaration on Digital Rights and Principles, with 54 initiatives overall and 15 new initiatives launched
in 2024. Sweden is most active in the area of digital education, training and skills and interactions with
algorithms and artificial intelligence systems. Less activity has been identified with regards to fair and
just working conditions. Measures in the area of solidarity and inclusion appear to have most impact
on the ground, in contrast to those addressing freedom of choice.
Recommendations
- 5G: Encourage operators to speed up the deployment of 5G stand-alone core networks.
- Fixed broadband: Ensure completion of the fibre network.
- eHealth: Continue efforts to increase the availability of electronic health records.
- Artificial Intelligence: Continue to encourage the use of AI by enterprises.
- ICT specialists and advanced skills: Continue the work to increase the number of STEM
graduates.
- Green: Monitor and quantify the emission reductions of the digital solutions deployed.
1 The share of financial allocations that contribute to digital objectives has been calculated using Annex VII to the Recovery
and Resilience Facility Regulation. Last data update: 16 May 2025. 2 This amount includes all investment specifically aimed at or substantially contributing to digital transformation in the
2021-2027 Cohesion policy programming period. The source funds are the European Regional Development Fund, the
Cohesion Fund, the European Social Fund Plus, and the Just Transition Fund. 3 The Best Practice Accelerator (BPA) is a platform that enables Member States to share successful measures and
challenges encountered in their efforts to meet their Digital Decade targets and objectives. Best practices are made
available to Member States via the BPA Repository and showcased in regular workshops, currently focused on three
thematic clusters: Digital Skills, Green IT, and the Uptake of Digital Technologies.
EN EN
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
Brussels, 16.6.2025
COM(2025) 290 final
ANNEX 2
ANNEX
to the
Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council and the
European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions
State of the Digital Decade 2025: Keep building the EU's sovereignty and digital future
{SWD(2025) 290 final} - {SWD(2025) 291 final} - {SWD(2025) 292 final} -
{SWD(2025) 293 final} - {SWD(2025) 294 final} - {SWD(2025) 295 final}
Austria
SHORT COUNTRY REPORTS 2025
1
Austria
Executive summary Austria continues to demonstrate strong momentum in AI adoption and to make progress on
connectivity deployment, although the country still lags behind in the roll-out of Very High-Capacity
Networks (VHCN) and Fibre to the Premises (FTTP), while the start-up ecosystem remains
constrained by declining venture capital and limited unicorn growth. In 2024, Austria maintained
solid performance in digital public services and has strengthened its role in strategic technologies,
such as semiconductors and quantum technologies.
Austria shows a high level of ambition in its contribution to the Digital Decade having set 12 national
targets, 92% of which are aligned with the EU 2030 targets. The country is following its trajectories
well with 75% of them being on track (on the basis of the 2024 trajectories defined for 8 KPIs out of
8 analysed). Austria addressed 59% of the 12 recommendations issued by the Commission in 2024,
either by implementing significant policy changes (17%) or making some changes (42%) through new
measures.
Despite high levels of digital skills, persistent gaps across age and education exist. Sustainability is
reflected in selective initiatives, but a coherent green-digital strategy is still lacking in the national
Digital Decade roadmap. Overall, the level of commitment to digital transformation has remained
consistent over time, as demonstrated by the adjusted national strategic roadmap, which reinforces
the ambition across most areas of the Digital Decade framework. AI remains a strategic focus, with
Austria’s National AI Strategy representing the cornerstone of the country’s efforts, supported by the
adjusted roadmap’s new initiatives.
Digital Decade KPI (1)
Austria EU Digital Decade target by 2030
DESI 2024 (year 2023)
DESI 2025 (year 2024)
Annual progress
National trajectory 2024 (3)
DESI 2025
Annual progress AT EU
Fixed Very High Capacity Network (VHCN) coverage 67.6% 72.2% 6.7% 73.0% 82.5% 4.9% 100.0% 100%
Fibre to the Premises (FTTP) coverage 41.0% 44.8% 9.4% 45.0% 69.2% 8.4% 72.0% -
Overall 5G coverage 96.0% 99.5% 3.7% 99.5% 94.3% 5.9% 100.0% 100%
Edge Nodes (estimate) 18 33 83.3% - 2257 90.5% - 10000
SMEs with at least a basic level of digital intensity (2) - 72.2% 3.6% - 72.9% 2.8% 90.0% 90%
Cloud 35.6% - - - - - - 75%
Artificial Intelligence 10.8% 20.3% 87.9% 20.0% 13.5% 67.2% 75.0% 75%
Data analytics 23.9% - - - - - 75.0% 75%
AI or Cloud or Data analytics 47.0% - - - - - - 75%
Unicorns 5 5 0.0% 4 286 4.4% 10 500
At least basic digital skills 64.7% - - - - - 80.0% 80%
ICT specialists 5.3% 5.3% 0.0% 5.6% 5.0% 4.2% 10.0% ~10%
eID scheme notification Yes
Digital public services for citizens 80.7 80.8 0.1% 82.0 82.3 3.6% 100.0 100
Digital public services for businesses 82.9 87.7 5.8% 84.0 86.2 0.9% 100.0 100
Access to e-Health records 88.2 87.0 -1.4% 97.5 82.7 4.5% 100.0 100 (1) See the methodological note for the description of the indicators and other metrics (2) DESI 2025 reports the version 4 of the Digital Intensity Index, that is comparable with the DII value from DESI 2023 (referring to year 2022) for the calculation of the annual progress. It is not comparable to the national trajectory that is based on version 3 of the index. (3) National trajectory value if present in the national roadmap and if the indicator was measured in DESI2025 (year 2024)
2
Austria
According to the 2025 special Eurobarometer on the Digital Decade, 68% of Austrian citizens consider
that the digitalisation of daily public and private services is making their lives easier. On the action of
the public authorities, 87% consider it important to counter and mitigate the issue of fake news and
disinformation online, and on competitiveness, 82% consider it important to ensure that European
companies can grow and become ‘European Champions’ capable of competing globally.
A competitive, sovereign, and resilient EU based on technological
leadership
Austria demonstrates strong 5G leadership, ongoing progress in AI adoption, and growing investment in strategic technologies such as semiconductors and quantum computing. With 99.55% 5G coverage and near-complete spectrum assignment, the country ranks among the EU's top performers in mobile connectivity. AI adoption by enterprises is accelerating and reached 20.3%, surpassing the EU average and supported by clear strategic direction and targeted funding. Austria’s commitment to technological sovereignty is further reflected in its investments in strategic sectors: it continues to support quantum technologies through the Quantum Austria initiative and is advancing in semiconductors via targeted investments and participation in the Chips Joint Undertaking.
However, challenges remain in ensuring broader diffusion of advanced digital technologies. While Austria’s digital intensity among SMEs is aligned with EU levels, the integration of data-driven solutions and next-generation technologies into business operations remains uneven. This is compounded by structural bottlenecks in the scale-up and start-up ecosystem, despite notable policy support. Venture capital investment has declined for the third consecutive year, as investor caution and delayed startup exits have slowed reinvestment cycles.
Protecting and empowering EU people and society
Austria has a strong performance in digital skills and continues to expand targeted measures to bridge structural gaps. However, persistent disparities, particularly across gender, education, and age affect digital inclusion. Flagship initiatives such as Digital Everywhere+ and the Future Skills programme demonstrate Austria’s commitment to reaching disadvantaged groups and improving the digital capacity of its workforce. Austria also took steps to expand its ICT workforce, with new measures aimed at reskilling, increasing female participation, and strengthening STEM pathways.
Austria performs well in e-Health and digital public services, with new national targets, a dedicated strategy, and substantial funding.
Leveraging digital transformation for a smart greening
Austria recognises the importance of integrating environmental sustainability into its digital transition but lacks a coherent strategy explicitly twinning the green and digital dimensions. While AI for Green and SME-DIGITAL 4.0 initiatives support climate goals, no new measures have been adopted to monitor the environmental footprint of digital technologies or improve energy efficiency in infrastructures such as data centres.
National Digital Decade strategic roadmap
Austria submitted a fully updated roadmap in January 2025, including 26 new measures and revised trajectories for key KPIs such as 5G, AI, and digital public services. While it addresses most 2024
3
Austria
recommendations and sets clearer targets, the roadmap still lacks new dedicated support for SMEs and a strategic framework for the green-digital nexus. The overall ambition remains high, particularly in skills, AI, and connectivity, though progress will depend on sustained investment and cross-sector coordination. A total of 85 measures are now part of Austria’s national strategic roadmap with a total budget of EUR 4.07 billion (equivalent to 0.84% of Austria’s GDP in 2024).
Funding & projects for digital
Austria allocates 36% of its total recovery and resilience plan to digital (EUR 1.3 billion)1. In addition,
under cohesion policy, EUR 76 million, representing 7% of the country’s total cohesion policy funding,
is dedicated to advancing Austria’s digital transformation2.
Austria is directly involved in the IPCEI on Microelectronics and Communication Technologies (IPCEI-
ME/CT). Austria is a participating state of the EuroHPC Joint Undertaking (JU) and of the Chips JU.
Austria has contributed to the Best Practice Accelerator3 by sharing one best practice in the framework
of the Digital Skills cluster (Digital Competence Initiative Austria).
Digital rights and principles
According to a support study, Austria has been one of the most active Member States in implementing
the European Declaration on Digital Rights and Principles, with over 100 initiatives overall and 21 new
initiatives launched in 2024. Austria is most active in the area of digital education, training and skills.
Less activity has been identified with regards to Protection and empowerment of children and young
people in the digital environment, and Sustainability. Measures in the area of Sustainability appear to
have most impact on the ground, in contrast to those addressing safety, security and empowerment.
Recommendations:
- FTTP roll-out: Sustain and further accelerate the pace of fibre rollout (FTTP), particularly in
rural areas, by maintaining strong investment and encouraging new deployment
commitments.
- Cloud and data analytics: Introduce targeted support to accelerate the adoption of cloud and
data analytics solutions, particularly among SMEs, to boost enterprise competitiveness.
- ICT specialists: Accelerate the overall growth of ICT specialists by strengthening reskilling and
upskilling initiatives and promoting ICT training across enterprises, while continuing efforts to
close gender gaps.
- Key digital public services: focus on accelerating growth in digital public services for citizens,
particularly in cross-border services. Sustained efforts in digital public services for businesses
are needed to maintain this positive momentum.
- Unicorns: scaling it further will be essential for Austria to fully realise its competitiveness and
sovereignty goals within the Digital Decade.
1 The share of financial allocations that contribute to digital objectives has been calculated using Annex VII to the Recovery and Resilience Facility Regulation. Last data update: 16 May 2025. 2 This amount includes all investment specifically aimed at or substantially contributing to digital transformation in the 2021-2027 Cohesion policy programming period. The source funds are the European Regional Development Fund, the Cohesion Fund, the European Social Fund Plus, and the Just Transition Fund. 3 The Best Practice Accelerator (BPA) is a platform that enables Member States to share successful measures and challenges encountered in their efforts to meet their Digital Decade targets and objectives. Best practices are made available to Member States via the BPA Repository and showcased in regular workshops, currently focused on three thematic clusters: Digital Skills, Green IT, and the Uptake of Digital Technologies.
4
Austria
EN EN
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
Brussels, 16.6.2025
COM(2025) 290 final
ANNEX 3
ANNEX
to the
Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council and the
European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions
State of the Digital Decade 2025: Keep building the EU's sovereignty and digital future
{SWD(2025) 290 final} - {SWD(2025) 291 final} - {SWD(2025) 292 final} -
{SWD(2025) 293 final} - {SWD(2025) 294 final} - {SWD(2025) 295 final}
Belgium
SHORT COUNTRY REPORTS 2025
Belgium
1
Belgium
Executive summary Belgium benefits from a dynamic tech ecosystem and rapid technology adoption among enterprises.
It holds a leading position in VHCN (gigabit) coverage, although there remains room to expand FTTP
coverage and address persistent gaps in digital skills. The country has positioned itself as a leader in
cybersecurity, strategic technology development and online service provision.
Belgium shows a high level of ambition in its contribution to the Digital Decade, having set 14
national targets, 93% of which are aligned with the EU 2030 targets. The country is following its
trajectories, with 86% of them on track (on the basis of the 2024 trajectories defined for 7 KPIs out
of 8 analysed). Belgium addressed 75% of the 8 recommendations issued by the Commission in 2024,
either by implementing significant policy changes (50%) or making some changes (25%) through new
measures.
Belgium stands out for its performance in gigabit coverage and rapid progress in 5G deployment.
While fibre coverage still has room to grow, efforts to expand its deployment are accelerating.
Business digitalisation is improving, with a focus on AI adoption and support to SME and start-up
innovation. In cybersecurity, Belgium leads by engaging SMEs and committing to resilience-building
initiatives. Digital skills development remains an area that needs to be prioritised, with programmes
addressing ICT and STEM shortages and promoting gender inclusion. Belgium excels in online public
services. Aligning with EU priorities, Belgium embeds sustainability in its strategies, and enhances the
EU’s sovereignty and competitiveness, such as in R&D for semiconductors.
Digital Decade KPI (1)
Belgium EU Digital Decade target by 2030
DESI 2024 (year 2023)
DESI 2025 (year 2024)
Annual progress
National trajectory 2024 (3)
DESI 2025
Annual progress
BE EU
Fixed Very High Capacity Network (VHCN) coverage 91.2% 93.8% 2.8% 82.0% 82.5% 4.9% 100.0% 100%
Fibre to the Premises (FTTP) coverage 25.0% 30.7% 22.8% 30.0% 69.2% 8.4% 82.0% -
Overall 5G coverage 40.4% 96.9% 140.0% 99.5% 94.3% 5.9% 100.0% 100%
Edge Nodes (estimate) 15 30 100.0% 18 2257 90.5% 164 10000
SMEs with at least a basic level of digital intensity (2) - 83.7% 4.1% -80.3% 72.9% 2.8% 90.0% 90%
Cloud 47.7% - - 62% - - 75.0% 75%
Artificial Intelligence 13.8% 24.7% 78.9% 15.0% 13.5% 67.2% 75.0% 75%
Data analytics 44.5% - - -44% - - 75.0% 75%
AI or Cloud or Data analytics 64.2% - - - - - - 75%
Unicorns 7 7 0.0% - 286 4.4% 14 500
At least basic digital skills 59.4% - - 63% - - 80.0% 80%
ICT specialists 5.4% 5.7% 5.6% 7.1% 5.0% 4.2% 10.0% ~10%
eID scheme notification Yes
Digital public services for citizens 83.2 81.4 -1.1% 87.0 82.3 3.6% 100.0 100
Digital public services for businesses 91.6 95.4 4.1% 94.0 86.2 0.9% 100.0 100
Access to e-Health records 100 100 0.0% 100.0 82.7 4.5% 100.0 100
(1) See the methodological note for the description of the indicators and other metrics. (2) DESI 2025 reports the version 4 of the Digital Intensity Index, that is comparable with the DII value from DESI 2023 (referring to year 2022) for the calculation of the annual progress. It is not comparable to the national trajectory that is based on version 3 of the index. (3) National trajectory value if present in the national roadmap and if the indicator was measured in DESI2025 (year 2024).
Belgium
2
Belgium
According to the 2025 special Eurobarometer on the Digital Decade, 72% of Belgian citizens consider
that the digitalisation of daily public and private services is making their lives easier. Concerning the
action of the public authorities, 87% consider it important to counter and mitigate the issue of fake
news and disinformation online, and regarding competitiveness, 84% consider it important to ensure
that European companies can grow and become ‘European Champions’ able to compete globally.
A competitive, sovereign, and resilient EU based on technological
leadership
In recent years, Belgium has made significant progress with its connectivity infrastructure’s coverage.
Belgium is now in the leading position on VHCN (gigabit) coverage. By now, Belgium has recovered
the lag in 5G spectrum assignment and has scope to improve its FTTP coverage, which is below the EU
average, but deployment is gaining pace on that front. Moreover, the country’s 5G coverage now
surpasses the EU average as it has rapidly improved since 2023. This firmly puts Belgium on track to
achieve its 2030 targets. While Belgium has made progress in increasing the share of high-speed
broadband subscriptions and 5G SIM card usage, it still lags behind the EU average in 5G coverage for
households in sparsely populated areas and in the 3.4-3.8 GHz band. The country’s strong growth rates
in these areas indicate a positive trajectory, but there is still room for improvement to catch up with
the EU average.
Belgium and its regions prioritise advances in AI take-up by companies and the digitalisation of online
public services, which shows a strong dynamic in particular for businesses. It is also home to strategic
assets such as R&D in semiconductors, and actively promotes quantum computing and quantum
ecosystem. The Centre for Cybersecurity Belgium (CCB) and its activities position Belgium as a leader
in cybersecurity, but also strengthens its capacity for technological innovation and resilience by
narrowing the cybersecurity skills gap. Regarding cybersecurity, Belgium continues to lead by example
through a range of initiatives. Looking ahead, the continued implementation of the current National
Cybersecurity Strategy, the development of its successor, and efforts to enhance SME participation in
cybersecurity measures will be key to ensuring long-term resilience and success.
Protecting and empowering EU people and society
Belgium’s digital transformation is under pressure due to persistent gaps in digital skills, ICT talent
shortages, and gender imbalance among ICT specialists. The low performance in advanced digital
skills hampers labour market outcomes and competitiveness. However, Belgium excels in delivering
digital public services, especially for businesses (above the EU average), and in the uptake of e-ID by
citizens. Belgium leads the EU in terms of access to e-Health records in 2023 with a maximum score
of 100. Authorities focus on closing skills gaps through lifelong learning and targeted reskilling, with
special attention given to women in digital roles. Efforts also target combating disinformation and
promoting digital literacy to protect citizens online, fostering a safer and more inclusive digital
environment.
Leveraging digital transformation for a smart greening
Regarding progress in its twin transition, Belgium is actively engaged in both greening its digital
infrastructure and supporting digital solutions for carbon reduction in other sectors. While several
initiatives show promise, a comprehensive strategy that links the digital and green transitions would
likely accelerate these efforts.
Belgium
3
Belgium
National Digital Decade strategic roadmap
Belgium submitted an addendum to its national Digital Decade roadmap on 11 December 2024,
addressing all the roadmap recommendations issued in 2024. The country pledged to improve
coordination across governance levels and to transition to an annual roadmap update cycle starting
in 2025. The roadmap includes 13 updated and 5 new measures added to last year’s 161 measures.
The new measures focus on people, digital skills, accessibility and inclusion. Most trajectories remain
unchanged, with updates limited to missing KPIs for edge nodes and FTTP. The revised roadmap is
composed of 166 measures with a budget of EUR 913.71 million (equivalent to 0.15% of GDP), up from
EUR 892 million. It still covers all objectives of the Digital Decade such as a human-centred digital
space, resilience and security, sovereignty, sustainability, and protection of society. Stakeholder
engagement is planned for 2025, with Belgium committing to a more coordinated national strategy to
close identified gaps and align with the EU’s 2030 digital objectives. The country also decided to deliver
a yearly roadmap, starting in 2025, instead of one every two years as the DDPP requires.
Funding & projects for digital
Belgium allocates 26% of its total recovery and resilience plan to digital (EUR 1.2 billion)1. In addition,
under cohesion policy, EUR 329 million, representing 13% of the country’s total cohesion policy
funding, is dedicated to advancing Belgium’s digital transformation2.
Belgium hosts the EUROPEUM EDIC. It is also a member of the Local Digital Twins towards the
CitiVERSE EDIC and participates as an observer in the Alliance for Language Technologies EDIC, for
which the region of Flanders is a member. Belgian entities are indirect and/or associated partners in
the IPCEI on Microelectronics and Communication Technologies (IPCEI-ME/CT) and in the IPCEI on
Next Generation Cloud Infrastructure and Services (IPCEI-CIS). Belgium is a participating state of the
EuroHPC Joint Undertaking (JU) and of the Chips JU.
Within the Digital Decade’s Best Practice Accelerator3, Belgium leads the ‘Technology Uptake’ Cluster,
organising workshops on AI adoption for SMEs and other key topics, with active participation across
Europe and plans for ongoing collaboration and knowledge sharing.
Digital rights and principles
According to a support study, Belgium has been one of the most active Member States in
implementing the European Declaration on Digital Rights and Principles, with over 100 initiatives
overall and 12 new initiatives launched in 2024. Belgium is most active in the areas of digital education,
training and skills and fair and just working conditions. Less activity has been identified with regards
to sustainability. Measures in the area of freedom of choice appear to have most impact on the
ground, in contrast to those addressing safety, security and empowerment and sustainability.
1 The share of financial allocations that contribute to digital objectives has been calculated using Annex VII to the Recovery
and Resilience Facility Regulation. Last data update: 16 May 2025. 2 This amount includes all investment specifically aimed at or substantially contributing to digital transformation in the
2021-2027 Cohesion policy programming period. The source funds are the European Regional Development Fund, the
Cohesion Fund, the European Social Fund Plus, and the Just Transition Fund. 3 The Best Practice Accelerator (BPA) is a platform that enables Member States to share successful measures and challenges
encountered in their efforts to meet their Digital Decade targets and objectives. Best practices are made available to Member
States via the BPA Repository and showcased in regular workshops, currently focused on three thematic clusters: Digital
Skills, Green IT, and the Uptake of Digital Technologies.
Belgium
4
Belgium
Recommendations
- Basic digital skills: Address the gender gap in digital skills, provide support for the less
educated, assist older adults in becoming digitally savvy, and improve online safety skills
to ensure comprehensive digital inclusion.
- ICT specialists: Sustain efforts to boost the number of female ICT specialists and female
ICT graduates.
- Digitalisation of SMEs and advanced technologies take-up – Cloud: Expand efforts to
advance cloud infrastructure and promote cloud adoption among SMEs through broader
national coordination across all regions and more concrete actions.
- Artificial intelligence: Continue to support innovation in AI to reinforce leadership in the
sector and create future global leader companies.
- Fixed and mobile connectivity: To enhance digital infrastructure, (i) focus on accelerating
FTTP deployment, particularly in sparsely populated areas; and (ii) direct efforts towards
increasing the assignment of harmonized spectrum in the 5G pioneer bands.
- Green and digital transition: Continue to coordinate efforts and develop more structured
monitoring mechanisms for emission reductions, linking environmental sustainability with
digital innovation.
- Cybersecurity: Continue efforts in cybersecurity to address evolving threats, particularly
maintaining vigilance for enterprises and administration.
EN EN
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
Brussels, 16.6.2025
COM(2025) 290 final
ANNEX 4
ANNEX
to the
Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council and the
European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions
State of the Digital Decade 2025: Keep building the EU's sovereignty and digital future
{SWD(2025) 290 final} - {SWD(2025) 291 final} - {SWD(2025) 292 final} -
{SWD(2025) 293 final} - {SWD(2025) 294 final} - {SWD(2025) 295 final}
Bulgaria
SHORT COUNTRY REPORTS 2025
1
Bulgaria
Executive summary Bulgaria has a well-developed connectivity infrastructure and is strengthening its role in critical
technologies, like semiconductors and quantum computing. However, its competitiveness potential
is hampered by a fragmented ecosystem; persistent R&D gaps; weak innovation and tech uptake by
SMEs and start-ups; and cybersecurity concerns. While the country is advancing in digital public
services, challenges remain in digital skills, inclusion, and integrating sustainability into its digital
infrastructure.
Bulgaria’s contribution to the Digital Decade is moderately ambitious, with 12 national targets, half
of which are aligned with the EU 2030 targets. The country is following its trajectories well with 75%
of them being on track (based on the 2024 trajectories established for 8 KPIs out of 8 analysed).
Bulgaria did not address the 13 recommendations issued by the Commission in 2024 through new
measures.
Bulgaria excels in assigning 5G spectrum and is gradually bridging geographical divides in access to high-speed connectivity. The country positions itself as a growing player in critical technologies, with initiatives in semiconductors and quantum computing. While enterprise digitalisation is progressing, particularly in AI adoption, the overall adoption of advanced digital technologies remains below par. Recent actions, such as the launch of an AI Factory at Sofia Tech Park confirm Bulgaria’s ambition to enhance its tech ecosystem. Despite its ongoing reliance on Chinese telecommunication components, Bulgaria is orienting its digital policies towards greater sovereignty by strengthening European partnerships in critical technologies.
Digital Decade KPI (1)
Bulgaria EU Digital Decade target by 2030
DESI 2024 (year 2023)
DESI 2025 (year 2024)
Annual progress
National trajectory 2024 (3)
DESI 2025
Annual progress
BG EU
Fixed Very High Capacity Network (VHCN) coverage
88.6% 90.4% 2.0% 93.0% 82.5% 4.9% 100.0% 100%
Fibre to the Premises (FTTP) coverage 88.6% 90.4% 2.0% 93.0% 69.2% 8.4% 100.0% -
Overall 5G coverage 78.9% 81.3% 3.1% 91.0% 94.3% 5.9% 100.0% 100%
Edge Nodes (estimate) 5 10 100.0% - 2257 90.5% - 10000
SMEs with at least a basic level of digital intensity (2)
- 49.9% 2.9% - 72.9% 2.8% 60.0% 90%
Cloud 14.2% - - - - - 15.0% 75%
Artificial Intelligence 3.6% 6.5% 78.7% 5.0% 13.5% 67.2% 11.0% 75%
Data analytics 21.9% - - - - - 9.0% 75%
AI or Cloud or Data analytics 29.3% - - - - - - 75%
Unicorns 0 0 - 286 4.4% - 500
At least basic digital skills 35.5% - - - - - 52.0% 80%
ICT specialists 4.3% 4.6% 7.0% 4.2% 5.0% 4.2% 5.0% ~10%
eID scheme notification Yes
Digital public services for citizens 67.5 68.0 0.8% 83.0 82.3 3.6% 100.0 100
Digital public services for businesses 91.9 94.0 2.4% 92.0 86.2 0.9% 100.0 100
Access to e-Health records 77.2 87.5 13.3% 82.8 82.7 4.5% 100.0 100
(1) See the methodological note for the description of the indicators and other metrics. (2) DESI 2025 reports the version 4 of the Digital Intensity Index, that is comparable with the DII value from DESI 2023 (referring to year 2022) for the calculation of the annual progress. It is not comparable to the national trajectory that is based on version 3 of the index. (3) National trajectory value if present in the national roadmap and if the indicator was measured in DESI2025 (year 2024).
2
Bulgaria
According to the 2025 special Eurobarometer on the Digital Decade, 76% of Bulgarian citizens
consider that the digitalisation of daily public and private services is making their lives easier.
Concerning the action of the public authorities, 86% consider it important to counter and mitigate the
issue of fake news and disinformation online, and regarding competitiveness, 82% consider it
important to ensure that European companies can grow and become ‘European Champions’ able to
compete globally.
A competitive, sovereign, and resilient EU based on technological
leadership
Bulgaria boasts a robust connectivity infrastructure. It excels in assigning 5G spectrum and in rolling
out gigabit networks to progressively bridge geographical divides. In 2024, Bulgaria’s total VHCN and
FTTP coverage outperformed the EU averages. Overall, 5G coverage lags behind EU coverage, and is
growing at a slower pace. However, Bulgaria’s coverage for households in sparsely populated areas
shows improvement. Bulgaria is making strides in improving its broadband take-up indicators, with
growth rates outpacing EU growth rates, but remaining below EU averages. The country is
strengthening its position in critical technologies, notably through its integration in the European
semiconductor ecosystem and initiatives in quantum computing. Despite these advancements,
Bulgaria faces challenges in fully realising its tech ecosystem’s potential. This is true particularly for
SMEs and start-ups, due to persistent R&D and innovation gaps compared with the rest of the EU.
Recent government initiatives and the establishment of European Digital Innovation Hubs (EDIHs) are
positive steps, but the broader ecosystem issues constrain the ICT sector’s growth. EU funding has
supported Bulgaria’s enterprise digitalisation, including the growing adoption of AI, the forthcoming
AI Factory at Sofia Tech Park, and the development of supercomputers and Centres of Excellence in
ICT and Big Data under Cohesion Policy. However, the overall uptake of digital technologies in the
country still lags behind the EU average. Moreover, Bulgaria’s cybersecurity preparedness remains a
concern, and a significant part of its telecommunications infrastructure continues to depend on
Chinese components, raising strategic and security-related challenges.
Protecting and empowering EU people and society
Bulgaria’s approach to digital inclusiveness shows promise, with targeted investments in education,
digital infrastructure, and improvements in the digitalisation of public services for both businesses and
citizens. However, its journey towards a fully inclusive digital society is complex and might require
sustained effort. Despite ongoing and well-targeted measures, Bulgaria still faces a host of
educational challenges, including digital skills proficiency, persistent digital divides, and a lack of
scientific research capacity. In 2023, the basic digital skills of Bulgaria’s population trailed behind the
EU average. Adult learning participation is also alarmingly low and declining. Bulgaria’s ICT training
provision and ICT specialist workforce are below the EU average, although the country is showing
positive growth in these areas. Bulgaria has a strong legal framework for digital services, a well-
developed e-government system, and is digitalising more services. It is progressively improving its
administrative processes to alleviate the burden for citizens and enterprises. However, and despite
substantial Cohesion policy support in the field, Bulgaria lags behind in overall digital public services
for citizens, and only one third of Bulgarians use e‑government services. A low proportion of public
services is fully online, and the lack of digital inclusion for minorities and people living in remote areas
remains a major obstacle to the wider use of online services. Bulgaria’s performance on e-ID use is
currently very poor – the lowest in the EU – but there are positive signs of improvement thanks to
3
Bulgaria
recent regulatory changes in 2023. The population’s access to e-Health records is steadily improving,
with some areas already surpassing EU averages. Digital democracy based on public participation, the
protection of children online and the fight against disinformation is also expanding, with scope for
further acceleration.
Leveraging digital transformation for a smart greening
Bulgaria’s progress in its twin transition is hampered by the lack of a practical, integrated approach to
making digital infrastructure greener or tracking emission reductions.
National Digital Decade strategic roadmap
Bulgaria did not submit a revised national roadmap. Instead, it presented minor updates to the
roadmap initially submitted on 8 April 2024, primarily correcting clerical errors and updating dates,
but without introducing significant changes or new measures. The roadmap aligns with the values
and measures in the National Recovery and Resilience Plan and the European programmes. Bulgaria
addressed most of the State of the Digital Decade 2024 recommendations through written responses
and references to existing measures. A full stakeholder consultation was conducted. The roadmap
continues to prioritise: the digitalisation of secure, interoperable, human-centred public services;
basic digital skills; and the digitalisation of businesses (SMEs, smart farming). It contains 60 measures
and has a budget of EUR 2.19 billion (equivalent to 2.11% of GDP) that covers all the Digital Decade
objectives, such as digital inclusion; cybersecure and resilient infrastructure; sovereignty; and
governance of the digital transformation.
Funding & projects for digital
Bulgaria allocates 23% of its total recovery and resilience plan to digital (EUR 1.3 billion)1. In addition,
under cohesion policy, EUR 1.3 billion, representing 12% of the country’s total cohesion policy funding,
is dedicated to advancing Bulgaria’s digital transformation2.
Bulgaria is a member of the ‘Alliance for Language Technologies’ EDIC. It is also a member of the
European High-Performance Computing Joint Undertaking (JU) and of the Chips JU.
Bulgaria has not yet contributed to the Digital Decade’s Best Practice Accelerator2.
Digital rights and principles
According to a support study, Bulgaria has been relatively active in implementing the European
Declaration on Digital Rights and Principles, with 79 initiatives overall and 4 new initiatives launched
in 2024. Bulgaria is most active in the area of putting people at the centre of the digital transformation.
Less activity has been identified with regards to privacy and individual control over data. Measures in
the area of putting people at the centre of the digital transformation appear to have most impact on
the ground, in contrast to those addressing safety, security and empowerment.
1 The share of financial allocations that contribute to digital objectives has been calculated using Annex VII to the Recovery
and Resilience Facility Regulation. Last data update: 16 May 2025. 2 This amount includes all investment specifically aimed at or substantially contributing to digital transformation in the
2021-2027 Cohesion policy programming period. The source funds are the European Regional Development Fund, the
Cohesion Fund, the European Social Fund Plus, and the Just Transition Fund.
4
Bulgaria
Recommendations
- Digitalisation of SMEs and take-up of advanced technologies: Improve the business climate
and investment in R&D, notably strengthen Bulgaria’s public science base and its linkages
with the business ecosystem, while boosting private R&D efforts through well-calibrated
public support tools.
- Artificial Intelligence: Continue the initiatives to promote AI development and adoption,
with a focus on collaboration, ethical considerations, and policy alignment with the EU and
across sectors.
- Basic digital skills: Leverage the strong performance of women in basic digital skills to
reduce disparities linked to education, age, and geography, and to raise the overall level of
digital competence. Prioritise targeted investments in teacher training, curriculum reform,
and the development of digital and green skills.
- ICT specialists: Develop clear, targeted measures to help companies hire ICT experts in less
populated areas. Set out a strategy addressing broader factors like infrastructure, economic
conditions, and researcher mobility, and identify the most effective funding strategies.
Expand ICT training and increase the number of female ICT specialists to help close the gap.
- Cybersecurity: Increase efforts in cybersecurity, particularly by supporting the development
and deployment of cybersecurity capabilities, and by increasing awareness amongst private
and public entities.
- Key public services: Continue the efforts to improve the digitalisation and user-friendliness
of public procedures and to reduce the administrative burden, also by expanding the use of
e-ID. Address the persisting societal and regional imbalances in the delivery of online
services by, for example, cooperating with local stakeholders. Focus on accelerating the
number of digital public services for citizens, particularly in cross-border services.
- e-Health: Ensure the timely and full availability of all types of medical images via the e-
Health platform and app and provide clear information to the public. Expand online access
to e-Health data to the entire population. Introduce technical functionalities that authorise
persons to access this data on behalf of others. Strengthen communication to raise
awareness of platform functionalities, especially among vulnerable groups.
- Fixed and mobile connectivity: Accelerate the expansion of both VHCN/FTTP and 5G
coverage, with a focus on ensuring that deployment pace in sparsely populated areas is
maintained. Continue investment to consolidate Bulgaria’s strong position, especially in 5G
deployment.
- Green and digital transitions: Set up clear mechanisms for measuring and promoting the
environmental benefits of digital solutions across sectors. Work towards fully integrating
green and digital priorities into the country's development strategy, through better
alignment between political agendas, funding allocation, and private sector engagement.
EN EN
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
Brussels, 16.6.2025
COM(2025) 290 final
ANNEX 5
ANNEX
to the
Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council and the
European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions
State of the Digital Decade 2025: Keep building the EU's sovereignty and digital future
{SWD(2025) 290 final} - {SWD(2025) 291 final} - {SWD(2025) 292 final} -
{SWD(2025) 293 final} - {SWD(2025) 294 final} - {SWD(2025) 295 final}
Croatia
SHORT COUNTRY REPORTS 2025
1
Croatia
Executive summary Croatia has made significant strides in strategic technological sectors but still faces challenges in the
widespread adoption of advanced digital technologies. Progress in areas, such as quantum
communication, semiconductors, and cybersecurity has strengthened its growing contribution to
EU competitiveness and sovereignty.
Croatia shows a substantial level of ambition in its contribution to the Digital Decade, having set 13
national targets, 77% of which are well aligned with the EU's 2030 targets. The country is following
its trajectories moderately well with 63% of them being on track (on the basis of the 2024
trajectories defined for all 8 KPIs analysed). Croatia addressed 50% of the 12 recommendations
issued by the Commission in 2024 by making some changes through new measures.
In 2024, the government continued its strategic reforms, with digitalisation efforts increasingly linked
to strengthening industrial competitiveness, fostering innovation, and boosting technological
sovereignty. To make the most of the digital transition, Croatia must tackle persistent gaps in edge
infrastructure, SME digitalisation, the uptake of advanced technologies, and support for high-growth
enterprises.
Digital Decade KPI (1)
Croatia EU Digital Decade target by 2030
DESI 2024 (year 2023)
DESI 2025 (year 2024)
Annual progress
National trajectory 2024 (3)
DESI 2025 Annual
progress HR EU
Fixed Very High Capacity Network (VHCN) coverage 67.8% 78.9% 16.4% 68.0% 82.5% 4.9% 100.0% 100%
Fibre to the Premises (FTTP) coverage 62.1% 75.4% 21.4% 66.0% 69.2% 8.4% 100.0% -
Overall 5G coverage 83.4% 94.2% 12.9% 85.7% 94.3% 5.9% 99.0% 100%
Edge Nodes (estimate) 3 6 100.0% - 2 257 90.5% - 10 000
SMEs with at least a basic level of digital intensity (2) - 63.5% 4.8% - 72.9% 2.8% 90.0% 90%
Cloud 40.7% 38.6% -5.4% - - - 75.0% 75%
Artificial Intelligence 7.9% 11.8% 49.0% 13.0% 13.5% 67.2% 20.0% 75%
Data analytics 51.7% - - - - - 30.0% 75%
AI or Cloud or Data analytics 65.6% - - - - - - 75%
Unicorns 2 2 0.0% 2 286 4.4% 4 500
At least basic digital skills 59.0% - - - - - 80.0% 80%
ICT specialists 4.3% 5.0% 16.3% 4.5% 5.0% 4.2% 7.0% ~10%
eID scheme notification Yes
Digital public services for citizens 67.2 75.2 11.9% 75.0 82.3 3.6% 100.0 100
Digital public services for businesses 66.2 65.3 -1.3% 75.0 86.2 0.9% 100.0 100
Access to e-Health records 85.6 86.6 1.2% 95.0 82.7 4.5% 100.0 100
(1) See the methodological note for the description of the indicators and other metrics. (2) DESI 2025 reports Version 4 of the Digital Intensity Index, which is comparable with the DII value from DESI 2023 (referring to year 2022) for the calculation of annual progress. It is not comparable to the national trajectory, which is based on Version 3 of the index. (3) National trajectory value if present in the national roadmap and if the indicator was measured in DESI 2025 (year 2024).
2
Croatia
According to the 2025 special Eurobarometer on the Digital Decade, 81% of Croatians consider that
the digitalisation of daily public and private services is making their lives easier. On the action of the
public authorities, 90% consider it important to counter and mitigate the issue of fake news and
disinformation online. And on competitiveness, 91% consider it important to ensure that European
companies can grow and become ‘European Champions’ capable of competing globally.
A competitive, sovereign, and resilient EU based on technological
leadership
Croatia has made significant progress in FTTP and 5G deployment, surpassing the average EU growth
rates. VHCN, although still below the EU average, progresses at a swift pace, driven by infrastructure
programmes backed by the Recovery and Resilience Facility (RRF). However, Croatia faces challenges
in deploying stand-alone 5G networks, with limited progress and no specific measures in place to
speed up the roll-out. Rural mid-band 5G coverage also remains well below the EU average, and a
comprehensive demand-side strategy to stimulate uptake is only expected after 2027.
The country also holds a strong position in the adoption of data analytics. Although the basic digital
intensity of SMEs grew faster than in the rest of the EU, it remains well below the EU average. Croatia
continues to face challenges in the uptake of AI and cloud services, where adoption is lower than EU
average. The start-up and scale-up ecosystem also remains weak, with only two unicorns recorded
and limited venture capital activity.
The launch of a national quantum communication project and the launch of a semiconductor
competence centre are expected to strengthen Croatia’s position in strategic technologies. The
country has also started taking steps towards decentralising ICT infrastructure with the deployment
of six edge nodes. However, the edge computing ecosystem remains underdeveloped and lacks a
dedicated national strategy. The country's cybersecurity capacity has improved with the adoption of
the Cybersecurity Act and the launch of the National Coordination Centre for Industry, Technology,
and Research in Cybersecurity; however, key standards like Internet Protocol version 6 and Domain
Name System Security Extensions remain far below the EU average, signalling persistent
vulnerabilities in the national digital infrastructure.
Protecting and empowering EU people and society
Despite solid digital skills among young people, Croatia continues to face major challenges in digital
inclusion, with persistent skill gaps affecting older adults, people with lower education levels, and the
rural population. While the share of ICT specialists in employment has improved and matches the EU
average, shortages remain, labour market mismatches persist, and brain drain continues to weaken
the digital talent pipeline.
Public digital services for citizens have improved steadily and are broadly on track, but digital public
services for businesses shows negative trends, including a decline in cross-border service availability.
Preparations for the national Digital Identity Wallet are advancing, which will reinforce secure access
frameworks. Access to health records is strong, but some key gaps remain: medical images are
unavailable, some healthcare providers are not connected, and delegated access is not possible.
Supporting a more inclusive and trusted digital transition, Croatia has intensified efforts to promote
media literacy, cybersecurity awareness, and protection against online risks, particularly among young
people.
3
Croatia
Leveraging digital transformation for a smart greening
Green and digital priorities are receiving greater attention in Croatia, supported by major investments
from the RRF. Croatia has made progress in digitalising its energy infrastructure and improving water
management systems with digital monitoring solutions. However, the country still lacks a coherent
national strategy linking digitalisation to climate objectives, and systematic monitoring of emission
reductions through digital technologies has not yet been put in place. Consumer awareness of the
environmental impact of ICT devices remains low, and voluntary sustainability efforts in the digital
sector are still fragmented.
National Digital Decade strategic roadmap
Croatia submitted an adjustment to its national roadmap in January 2025, refining its set of measures
and updating key connectivity targets. The adjustment was prepared with broad stakeholder
consultation and addresses a substantial number of 2024 recommendations. The roadmap maintains
a strong focus on strengthening digital infrastructure, SME digitalisation, digital skills development,
and digital public services. However, gaps persist in the widespread adoption of advanced
technologies, scaling up innovation-driven enterprises, and fully closing inclusion gaps in digital skills,
particularly for older adults and rural areas. Overall, the Croatian roadmap includes 31 measures with
a combined budget of 634.73 million, representing approximately 0.74% of the country's GDP.
Funding & projects for digital
Croatia allocates 20% of its total recovery and resilience plan to digital (EUR 1.4 billion)1. In addition,
under cohesion policy, EUR 755 million, representing 9% of the country’s total cohesion policy funding,
is dedicated to advancing Croatia’s digital transformation2.
Croatia is a member of the three European Digital Infrastructure Consortia (EDICs): the Alliance for
Language Technologies EDIC, the Local Digital Twins towards the CitiVERSE EDIC and the EUROPEUM
EDIC. Croatian organisations are indirect partners in the Important Project of Common European
Interest on Next Generation Cloud Infrastructure and Services (IPCEI-CIS). Croatia is a participating
state of the EuroHPC Joint Undertaking (JU) and of the Chips JU.
Croatia has contributed to the Best Practice Accelerator3 by sharing one best practice under the Digital
Skills cluster (‘Women in Digital – Girls in ICT’).
Digital rights and principles
According to a support study Croatia has been relatively active in implementing the European
Declaration on Digital Rights and Principles, with 48 initiatives overall and 7 new initiatives launched
in 2024. Croatia is most active in the area of solidarity and inclusion. Less activity has been identified
1 The share of financial allocations that contribute to digital objectives has been calculated using Annex VII to the Recovery
and Resilience Facility Regulation. Last data update: 16 May 2025. 2 This amount includes all investment specifically aimed at or substantially contributing to digital transformation in the 2021-
2027 Cohesion policy programming period. The source funds are the European Regional Development Fund, the Cohesion
Fund, the European Social Fund Plus, and the Just Transition Fund. 3 The Best Practice Accelerator (BPA) is a platform that enables Member States to share successful measures and challenges
encountered in their efforts to meet their Digital Decade targets and objectives. Best practices are made available to Member
States via the BPA Repository and showcased in regular workshops, currently focused on three thematic clusters: Digital
Skills, Green IT, and the Uptake of Digital Technologies.
4
Croatia
with regards to a fair digital environment. Measures in the area of sustainability appear to have most
impact on the ground, in contrast to those addressing putting people at the centre of the digital
transformation.
Recommendations
- Public services: Strengthen the interoperability and user-friendliness of public services to
encourage people and businesses to use them more.
- e-Health: Introduce a comprehensive legal and technical framework for enabling authorised
individuals’ access to electronic health data on behalf of others; make medical imaging
accessible to individuals via the national online health access service; and ensure that all
healthcare providers, including geriatric nursing homes and mental health facilities, are
connected and actively supplying data.
- Basic digital skills: Intensify targeted action to bridge the digital skills divide across age,
education, and rural-urban populations.
- ICT specialists: Expand training, upskilling, and retention programmes for ICT specialists,
strengthen alignment with labour market needs, and tackle brain drain to safeguard Croatia’s
digital talent pipeline.
- SME digitalisation: Develop targeted programmes and incentives to increase SMEs’ adoption
of cloud, AI, and data analytics solutions, narrowing the gap between digitally advanced
enterprises and those lagging behind.
- Edge nodes: Increase efforts in the area of edge nodes in view of their importance for
competitiveness, resilience, sovereignty and climate action.
- 5G: Accelerate full gigabit and 5G coverage, especially by addressing operational bottlenecks
(planning, permitting) and expanding mid-band 5G spectrum deployment.
- Cybersecurity: Develop targeted cybersecurity support programmes for SMEs, expand
resilience testing, and strengthen national capacity to address cyber incidents in the public and
private sectors.
EN EN
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
Brussels, 16.6.2025
COM(2025) 290 final
ANNEX 6
ANNEX
to the
Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council and the
European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions
State of the Digital Decade 2025: Keep building the EU's sovereignty and digital future
{SWD(2025) 290 final} - {SWD(2025) 291 final} - {SWD(2025) 292 final} -
{SWD(2025) 293 final} - {SWD(2025) 294 final} - {SWD(2025) 295 final}
Cyprus
SHORT COUNTRY REPORTS 2025
2
Cyprus
Executive summary Cyprus has made remarkable progress in gigabit connectivity infrastructure but continues to face
challenges in closing the digital skills gap between different population segments. Nonetheless, the
country can count on a relatively good share of ICT specialists in employment.
Cyprus shows a substantial level of ambition in its contribution to the Digital Decade having set 14
national targets, 86% of which are aligned with the EU 2030 targets. The country is following its
trajectories very well with 100% of them being on track (based on the 2024 trajectories defined for
8 KPIs out of 8 analysed). Cyprus addressed 63% of the 11 recommendations issued by the
Commission in 2024, either by implementing significant policy changes (36%) or making some
changes (27%) through new measures.
In 2024, the adoption of Artificial Intelligence (AI) by enterprises shows significant progress while
remaining subpar. An AI taskforce has recently been tasked with formulating recommendations for a
national strategy to harness the growth potential of AI. In addition, last year, Cyprus adopted a new
national strategy for research and innovation (2024-2026), aimed at positioning the country as a
regional hub for entrepreneurship and high-tech innovation. With regards to the digitalisation of public
services for citizens, while progress was made last year, the pace of change is not yet sufficient to reach
the EU average. Nonetheless, Cyprus remains on track according to its national trajectory. The digital
transformation of the public sector continues to be a priority, with several measures added to the
revised roadmap, including a measure to improve access to e-health records.
Digital Decade KPI (1)
Cyprus EU Digital Decade target by 2030
DESI 2024 (year 2023)
DESI 2025 (year 2024)
Annual progress
National trajectory 2024 (3)
DESI 2025 Annual
progress CY EU
Fixed Very High Capacity Network (VHCN) coverage 77.1% 89.1% 15.5% 72.0% 82.5% 4.9% 100.0% 100%
Fibre to the Premises (FTTP) coverage 77.1% 89.1% 15.5% 71.2% 69.2% 8.4% 100.0% -
Overall 5G coverage 100.0% 100.0% 0.0% 100.0% 94.3% 5.9% 100.0% 100%
Edge Nodes (estimate) 5 9 80.0% - 2257 90.5% 10 10000
SMEs with at least a basic level of digital intensity (2) - 74.3% 3.0% - 72.9% 2.8% 90.1% 90%
Cloud 45.5% - - - - - 75.0% 75%
Artificial Intelligence 4.7% 7.9% 69.2% 8.0% 13.5% 67.2% 75.0% 75%
Data analytics 33.5% - - - - - 75.0% 75%
AI or Cloud or Data analytics 58.0% - - - - - - 75%
Unicorns 3 3 0.0% - 286 4.4% 5 500
At least basic digital skills 49.5% - - - - - 80.0% 80%
ICT specialists 5.6% 5.0% -10.7% 5.2% 5.0% 4.2% 10.0% ~10%
eID scheme notification Yes
Digital public services for citizens 74.0 77.6 5.0% 71.5 82.3 3.6% 100.0 100
Digital public services for businesses 86.1 86.0 -0.1% 89.8 86.2 0.9% 100.0 100
Access to e-Health records 68.1 75.4 10.7% 74.1 82.7 4.5% 100.0 100
(1) See the methodological note for the description of the indicators and other metrics (2) DESI 2025 reports the version 4 of the Digital Intensity Index, which is comparable with the DII value from DESI 2023 (referring to year 2022) for the calculation of the annual progress. It is not comparable to the national trajectory is based on version 3 of the index. (3) National trajectory value if present in the national roadmap and if the indicator was measured in DESI2025 (year 2024)
3
Cyprus
According to the Special Eurobarometer ‘Digital Decade 2025’, 81% of Cypriot citizens consider that
the digitalisation of daily public and private services is making their lives easier. On the action of the
public authorities, 91% consider it important to counter and mitigate the issue of fake news and
disinformation online, and on competitiveness, 87% consider it important to ensure that European
companies can grow and become ‘European Champions’ capable of competing globally.
A competitive, sovereign, and resilient EU based on technological
leadership
Cyprus demonstrates strong performance in all connectivity indicators, with outstanding results in
gigabit coverage (VHCN and FTTP), as well as in overall 5G coverage. The share of small and medium-
size enterprises (SMEs) having at least a basic level of digital intensity is progressing quite well, slightly
faster than the EU average. Enterprises are also increasingly making use of AI technologies, but uptake
remains relatively low compared to the EU. The AI taskforce, recently appointed to promote the wider
adoption and use of Artificial Intelligence (AI) in Cyprus, will focus on reinforcing research and
development, innovation, and practical applications for economic growth. The country can also rely
on a very vibrant startup ecosystem, which is growing fast. Cybersecurity is another of Cyprus’s priority
areas, with a new measure added in the roadmap to reinforce the country’s capacity to respond to
growing threats and support SMEs and startups in managing cybersecurity risks. In parallel, Cyprus is
working with other EU countries to set up a coalition that addresses the cybersecurity skills shortage
in the EU.
Protecting and empowering EU people and society
Cyprus faces a challenge in terms of digital skills, with only 49.46% of the population having at least a
basic level of digital skills, with significant gaps between education levels and age groups. The revised
roadmap upgraded a measure aimed at developing of digital skills through customised training for
specific groups. In 2024, the share of ICT specialists in employment decreased slightly to 5.0%
compared to 5.6% in 2023, although it is still at the EU average. Meanwhile, the digitalisation of public
services for citizens has made progress but remains below the EU average, and online public services
for businesses are stagnating. Access to e-health records, while improving, remains below the EU
average. Nonetheless, the revised roadmap demonstrates Cyprus’s commitment to leveraging digital
health technologies with three additional measures aimed at improving e-health records.
Leveraging digital transformation for a smart greening
Cyprus is developing a broad strategy for smart cities where digital technologies will play a major role
in minimising environmental impact. The national digital strategy also acknowledges the importance
of reducing the environmental footprint of the digital sector. Furthermore, the Cyprus’ Smart
Specialisation Strategy 2030 explicitly recognises the critical role of digital technologies in supporting
the green transition, promoting the development of energy-efficient digital solutions and
infrastructures. However, the adjustment of the roadmap does not fully reflect the adoption of an
overall approach for twinning the digital and green transition.
National digital decade strategic roadmap
Cyprus submitted an updated national Digital Decade roadmap on 13 January 2025, with 11 additional
measures, 6 revised measures and an adjusted trajectory for ICT specialists that aligns with the
EU 2030 target. Two missing targets and trajectories have been added for unicorns and edge nodes,
4
Cyprus
completing the set of 14 national targets and trajectories. Except for unicorns, all targets are aligned
with the EU’s level goals for 2030. The adjustment also includes reporting on the consultation of
stakeholders. Overall, it addresses a substantial number of roadmap recommendations issued in 2024.
The revised roadmap is composed of 62 measures with a budget of EUR 988.4 million, comprising
EUR 738.4 million from public funds (equivalent to 2.21% of GDP). Although it sets out measures for
most of the targets, there is room to further consolidate action in some areas, such as basic digital
skills and the digitalisation of public services for businesses.
As Cyprus’s 2020-2025 Digital Strategy comes to an end in 2025, a new comprehensive strategy (2026-
2030) will be developed in line with EU wide strategic goals. It will focus notably on accelerating the
digital transformation across four key pillars — digital skills, digital infrastructure, digitalisation of
businesses, and digital public services — while integrating horizontal priorities such as artificial
intelligence, interoperability, and data governance. It is expected to support the Digital Decade’s goals,
reduce the administrative burden and boost competitiveness.
Funding & projects for digital
Cyprus allocates 25% of its total recovery and resilience plan to digital (EUR 274 million)1. In addition,
under cohesion policy, EUR 113 million, representing 12% of the country’s total cohesion policy
funding, is dedicated to advancing Cyprus’ digital transformation2.Cyprus is a member of the
EUROPEUM-EDIC on blockchain. It is also a participating state of the EuroHPC Joint Undertaking (JU)
and of the Chips JU.
Cyprus is not yet active in contributing to the Digital Decade’s Best Practice Accelerator3, but
participated in the workshops organised in the different clusters.
Digital rights and principles
According to a support study, Cyprus has been relatively active in implementing the European
Declaration on Digital Rights and Principles, with 42 initiatives overall and 3 new initiatives launched
in 2024. Cyprus is mostly active in digital education, training and skills, while less activity has been
identified with regards to the interactions with algorithms and artificial intelligence systems. Measures
to put people at the centre of the digital transformation appear to have most impact on the ground,
in contrast to those addressing freedom of choice.
1 The share of financial allocations that contribute to digital objectives has been calculated using Annex VII to the Recovery
and Resilience Facility Regulation. Last data update: 16 May 2025. 2 This amount includes all investment specifically aimed at or substantially contributing to digital transformation in the 2021-
2027 Cohesion policy programming period. The source funds are the European Regional Development Fund, the Cohesion
Fund, the European Social Fund Plus, and the Just Transition Fund. 3 The Best Practice Accelerator (BPA) is a platform that enables Member States to share successful measures and challenges
encountered in their efforts to meet their Digital Decade targets and objectives. Best practices are made available to Member
States via the BPA Repository and showcased in regular workshops, currently focused on three thematic clusters: Digital
Skills, Green IT, and the Uptake of Digital Technologies.
5
Cyprus
Recommendations
- Basic digital skills: Strengthen and expand targeted initiatives to enhance digital literacy among
vulnerable groups. Provide accessible and tailored training programmes, and targeted awareness
raising actions to bridge the digital gap.
- Digital public services: Accelerate the implementation of the digital transformation strategy for
the public sector, prioritising seamless and inclusive access to digital services for all citizens.
- Adoption of AI by businesses: Sustain the efforts, with a special attention to SMEs’ uptake of AI,
in the design of the AI strategy.
- Access to e-health records: Ensure a comprehensive approach and swift implementation of on-
going projects to allow access to e-health records
- Smart greening: Enhance efforts to develop an integrated approach for the digital and green
transition, specifically to improve the energy efficiency of digital infrastructure, and to accelerate
the deployment of digital solutions to reduce the carbon footprint in other sectors.
EN EN
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
Brussels, 16.6.2025
COM(2025) 290 final
ANNEX 7
ANNEX
to the
Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council and the
European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions
State of the Digital Decade 2025: Keep building the EU's sovereignty and digital future
{SWD(2025) 290 final} - {SWD(2025) 291 final} - {SWD(2025) 292 final} -
{SWD(2025) 293 final} - {SWD(2025) 294 final} - {SWD(2025) 295 final}
SHORT COUNTRY REPORTS 2025
Czechia
1
Czechia
Executive summary Czechia benefits from a strong performance in digital skills and nationwide 5G coverage, but still lags
in the rollout of very high-capacity networks (VHCNs) and the digital transformation of businesses.
At the same time, its dynamic start-up ecosystem, deepening AI capabilities, and growing
investments in strategic technologies like quantum and semiconductors underpin its ambition to
strengthen digital sovereignty and resilience.
Czechia shows a low level of ambition in its contribution to the Digital Decade, having set 14 national
targets, only 43% of which are fully aligned with the EU 2030 targets. Nonetheless, the country is
following its trajectories well, with 75% of them currently on track (on the basis of the 2024
trajectories defined for all 8 KPIs analysed). Czechia addressed 82% of the 11 recommendations
issued by the Commission in 2024, either by implementing significant policy changes (9%) or making
some changes (73%) through new measures.
The 2024 adjustment to Czechia’s national Digital Decade strategic roadmap reflects a more coherent
and strategically aligned approach. It introduces new targets (e.g. for fibre to the premises (FTTP), edge
nodes), strengthens SME support measures, and reaffirms the country’s priorities for, semiconductors,
and start-ups. Gaps remain - for instance, no explicit measures were introduced for edge node
deployment or accelerating stand-alone 5G and eID uptake. Overall, the adjusted roadmap represents
a meaningful improvement in terms of policy clarity, sectoral depth, and alignment with EU objectives.
However, several measures could benefit from stronger financial commitment and more ambitious
targets.
Digital Decade KPI (1)
Czechia EU Digital Decade target by 2030
DESI 2024 (year 2023)
DESI 2025 (year 2024)
Annual progress
National trajectory 2024 (3)
DESI 2025
Annual progress CZ EU
Fixed Very High Capacity Network (VHCN) coverage 50.5% 53.9% 6.7% 63.7% 82.5% 4.9% 95.0% 100%
Fibre to the Premises (FTTP) coverage 36.0% 40.6% 12.6% 39.4% 69.2% 8.4% 60.0% -
Overall 5G coverage 94.6% 99.1% 4.7% 87.3% 94.3% 5.9% 100.0% 100%
Edge Nodes (estimate) 10 21 110.0% 21 2 257 90.5% 144 10000
SMEs with at least a basic level of digital intensity (2) - 70.8% 2.0% - 72.9% 2.8% 80.0% 90%
Cloud 35.2% - - - - - 60.0% 75%
Artificial Intelligence 5.9% 11.3% 90.8% 8.6% 13.5% 67.2% 21.0% 75%
Data analytics 19.5% - - - - - 35.0% 75%
AI or Cloud or Data analytics 43.1% - - - - - 60.0% 75%
Unicorns 4 4 0.0% 4 286 4.4% 6 500
At least basic digital skills 69.1% - - - - - 80.0% 80%
ICT specialists 4.3% 4.5% 4.7% 5.1% 5.0% 4.2% 7.0% ~10%
eID scheme notification Yes
Digital public services for citizens 76.3 81.5 6.7% 80.2 82.3 3.6% 100.0 100
Digital public services for businesses 83.8 86.3 3.0% 87.3 86.2 0.9% 100.0 100
Access to e-Health records 51.1 77.4 51.6% 54.6 82.7 4.5% 100.0 100 (1) See the methodological note for the description of the indicators and other metrics (2) DESI 2025 reports the version 4 of the Digital Intensity Index, that is comparable with the DII value from DESI 2023 (referring to year 2022) for the calculation of the annual progress. It is not comparable to the national trajectory that is based on version 3 of the index. (3) National trajectory value if present in the national roadmap and if the indicator was measured in DESI2025 (year 2024)
2
Czechia
According to the special 2025 Eurobarometer on the Digital Decade, 73% of Czechs consider that the
digitalisation of daily public and private services is making their lives easier. On the action of the public
authorities, 78% consider it important to counter and mitigate the issue of fake news and
disinformation online. And on competitiveness, 81% consider it important to ensure that European
companies can grow and become ‘European Champions’ capable of competing globally.
A competitive, sovereign and resilient EU based on technological leadership
Czechia is steadily advancing in strategic digital sectors such as AI, semiconductors, and quantum
technologies, backed by increased public investment and consistent national strategies. While 5G
coverage is nearly universal, broadband infrastructure (FTTP, VHCN) still lags behind EU averages.
Despite a vibrant start-up scene and strong R&D potential, SMEs face barriers to adopting digital
technologies and securing financing. Addressing gaps in infrastructure, scale-up finance, and digital
tech uptake will be key to boosting Czechia’s competitiveness and digital sovereignty.
Protecting and empowering EU people and society
Digital inclusion is a strong point for Czechia, with widespread basic digital skills and minimal gender
or rural-urban gaps. Reforms in digital education and support for ICT careers are progressing, with a
growing focus on women and older learners. Public services are improving rapidly, particularly eHealth
access and citizen-facing services. Digital civic participation and resilience against disinformation are
still weak points and need stronger engagement policies.
Leveraging digital transformation for a smart greening
While Czechia has begun to acknowledge the importance of the twin green and digital transition, this
area remains underdeveloped. A new energy efficiency law for data centres is a notable step, but the
roadmap lacks fully-fledged digital sustainability measures. Scattered initiatives exist - in smart grids,
soil monitoring, and recycling - but there is still no comprehensive national strategy for green
digitalisation.
National Digital Decade strategic roadmap
Czechia submitted its adjusted national Digital Decade roadmap in January 2025, featuring
strengthened targets and revised measures, particularly in the areas of enterprise digitalisation and
emerging technologies. The update reflects an improved strategic alignment with EU priorities. It also
addresses several recommendations issued in the 2024 State of the Digital Decade Report by
introducing missing targets for FTTP and edge nodes, and clarifying uptake trajectories for AI, cloud,
and data analytics. However, some targets remain relatively cautious compared to EU benchmarks -
such as 60% FTTP coverage and 7% ICT specialists by 2030, but 5G targets are well-aligned. The
roadmap retains national priorities around AI, quantum, and semiconductors. It consolidates the
number of measures supporting the Digital Decade targets and objectives at 58 with a total budget of
EUR 2.26 billion, equivalent to 0.71% of Czechia’s GDP in 2024. While the roadmap demonstrates
progress in depth, sectoral scope, and coherence, continued efforts are needed to improve rural
connectivity, raise the level of ambition of workforce targets, and strengthen support to the digital and
green transition.
3
Czechia
Funding & projects for digital
Czechia allocates 23% of its total recovery and resilience plan to digital (EUR 1.9 billion)1. In addition,
under cohesion policy, EUR 1.9 billion, representing 9% of the country’s total cohesion policy funding,
is dedicated to advancing Czechia’s digital transformation2.Czechia is a member of the Alliance for
Language Technologies European Digital Infrastructure Consortium (EDIC) and of the Local Digital
Twins towards the CitiVERSE EDIC. The country is directly participating in the Important Project of
Common European Interest on Microelectronics and Communication Technologies (IPCEI-ME/CT) and
is a participating state in the EuroHPC Joint Undertaking (JU) and of the Chips JU.
Czechia also contributes to the Digital Decade’s Best Practices Accelerator3 through its flagship
initiative, Czech Digital Week 2023, presented as part of the Digital Skills Cluster.
Digital rights and principles
According to a support study, Czechia has been relatively active in implementing the European
Declaration on Digital Rights and Principles, with 76 initiatives overall and 9 new initiatives launched
in 2024. Czechia is most active in the area of digital education, training and skills. Less activity has been
identified with regards to fair and just working conditions and a fair digital environment. Measures in
the area of putting people at the centre of the digital transformation appear to have most impact on
the ground, in contrast to those addressing participation in the digital public space.
Recommendations - VHCN and FTTP: Accelerate the rollout of fibre (FTTP) and Very High-Capacity Networks
(VHCN), particularly in rural areas, and streamline permitting procedures and raising
awareness about gigabit connectivity benefits among businesses and households.
- Edge computing: Introduce concrete measures to support the deployment of edge
nodes and operationalise the national 2030 target. Ensure dedicated funding and public-
private coordination mechanisms are in place.
- SMEs and advanced technologies: Continue and expand targeted support for the digital
transformation of SMEs, with particular focus on reducing the adoption gap for AI, cloud,
and data analytics between SMEs and large enterprises. Increase the visibility of support
tools and foster regional innovation ecosystems to diffuse digital solutions.
- ICT specialists: Strengthen the attractiveness and labour market relevance of ICT
careers, with a special focus on boosting the number of female ICT professionals. Further
align digital education and reskilling programmes with business needs, especially in
cybersecurity, AI, and advanced digital technologies.
- Cybersecurity: Strengthen cybersecurity preparedness, particularly in critical
infrastructure sectors. Finalise the new National Cybersecurity Strategy and clarify
funding mechanisms to support implementation across public and private sectors.
1 The share of financial allocations that contribute to digital objectives has been calculated using Annex VII to the Recovery and Resilience Facility Regulation. Last data update: 16 May 2025. 2 This amount includes all investment specifically aimed at or substantially contributing to digital transformation in the 2021- 2027 Cohesion policy programming period. The source funds are the European Regional Development Fund, the Cohesion Fund, the European Social Fund Plus, and the Just Transition Fund. 3 The Best Practice Accelerator (BPA) is a platform that enables Member States to share successful measures and challenges
encountered in their efforts to meet their Digital Decade targets and objectives. Best practices are made available to Member States via the BPA Repository and showcased in regular workshops, currently focused on three thematic clusters: Digital Skills, Green IT, and the Uptake of Digital Technologies.
4
Czechia
- Digital and green transition: Develop a comprehensive strategy to align digitalisation
with environmental goals.
EN EN
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
Brussels, 16.6.2025
COM(2025) 290 final
ANNEX 8
ANNEX
to the
Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council and the
European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions
State of the Digital Decade 2025: Keep building the EU's sovereignty and digital future
{SWD(2025) 290 final} - {SWD(2025) 291 final} - {SWD(2025) 292 final} -
{SWD(2025) 293 final} - {SWD(2025) 294 final} - {SWD(2025) 295 final}
0
Denmark
SHORT COUNTRY REPORTS 2025
1
Denmark
Executive summary Denmark benefits from a robust digital infrastructure, which provides the conditions for developing
its high-quality public services and innovation. However, the country struggles with a shortage of
skilled workers and widening gaps between small and large enterprises’ adoption of key digital
technologies. Denmark is emerging as a leader in digital inclusivity, trust and security.
The country shows a high level of ambition in its contribution to the Digital Decade, with 10 national
targets, 90% of which are aligned with the EU 2030 targets. It is following its trajectories moderately
well, with 67% of them being on track (based on 2024 trajectories established for 3 KPIs out of 8
analysed). Overall, Denmark addressed 70% of the 10 recommendations issued by the Commission
in 2024, either by implementing significant policy changes (10%) or making some changes (60%)
through new measures.
In 2024, Denmark maintained strong broadband and 5G coverage, advanced in quantum technology
and saw growth in its semiconductor sector. However, challenges remain, including a digitalisation gap
between small and large companies, especially in Artifical Intelligence (AI) adoption, and an ICT talent
shortage. Digital public services improved further, with initiatives like the Social Media, Tech and
Democracy Centre enhancing online safety, especially for children. The creation of a Ministry of
Digitalisation marked a key step in unifying efforts across telecom, AI and emerging technologies,
positioning Denmark to lead in the digital transformation.
Digital Decade KPI (1)
Denmark EU Digital Decade target by 2030
DESI 2024 (year 2023)
DESI 2025 (year 2024)
Annual progress
National trajectory 2024 (3)
DESI 2025 Annual
progress DK EU
Fixed Very High-Capacity Network (VHCN) coverage 97.2% 96.8% -0.4% - 82.5% 4.9% - 100%
Fibre-to-the-Premises (FTTP) coverage 84.0% 87.2% 3.7% - 69.2% 8.4% - -
Overall 5G coverage 100.0% 100.0% 0.0% 100.0% 94.3% 5.9% 100.0% 100%
Edge Nodes (estimate) 24 46 91.7% - 2 257 90.5% - 10000
SMEs with at least a basic level of digital intensity (2) - 90.5% 0.9% - 72.9% 2.8% 95.0% 90%
Cloud 66.2% - - - - - 77.2% 75%
Artificial Intelligence 15.2% 27.6% 81.8% 24.6% 13.5% 67.2% 76.6% 75%
Data analytics 49.5% - - - - - 75.0% 75%
AI or Cloud or Data analytics 77.4% - - - - - - 75%
Unicorns 9 9 0.0% - 286 4.4% - 500
At least basic digital skills 69.6% - - - - - 80.0% 80%
ICT specialists 5.9% 5.8% -1.7% 6.4% 5.0% 4.2% 7.7% ~10%
eID scheme notification
Yes
Digital public services for citizens 84.2 79.5 -5.6% - 82.3 3.6% 100.0 100
Digital public services for businesses 88.7 87.5 -1.3% - 86.2 0.9% 100.0 100
Access to e-health records 97.9 97.9 0.0% - 82.7 4.5% 100.0 100
(1) See the methodological note for the description of the indicators and other metrics (2) DESI 2025 reports the version 4 of the Digital Intensity Index, that is comparable with the DII value from DESI 2023 (referring to year 2022) for the calculation of the annual progress. It is not comparable to the national trajectory that is based on version 3 of the index. (3) National trajectory value if present in the national roadmap and if the indicator was measured in DESI2025 (year 2024)
2
Denmark
According to the special Eurobarometer on the Digital Decade 2025, 81% of Danish citizens consider
that the digitalisation of daily public and private services is making their lives easier. Moreover, 94%
consider it important that public authorities counter and mitigate the issue of fake news and
disinformation online. Finally, regarding competitiveness, 88% deem it significant that European
companies can grow and become ‘European Champions’ able to compete globally.
A competitive, sovereign, and resilient EU based on technological
leadership
Denmark’s infrastructure indicators are all above the EU average, although the extension of coverage
to smaller towns and remote areas could still be improved. The country also excels in research and
innovation, with some noteworthy initiatives aimed at advancing its semiconductor and quantum
technology ecosystems. However, despite a strong R&D community, technological innovations and
ideas tend to be concentrated within a limited number of universities and innovation hubs. Similarly,
R&D activities and investments are predominantly focused on large companies, which risks restricting
the widespread adoption of key technologies across the broader business landscape. This divide is
particularly evident in the digitalisation gap between large companies and Small and Medium-sized
Enterprises (SMEs), with many SMEs facing challenges in adopting cutting-edge digital technologies.
The revised roadmap attempts to address this challenge with a new strategic initiative on AI. With
regard to cybersecurity, the Danish government is applying new security measures to protect online
public services. It also continues to raise awareness of online dangers and to provide tools to help
businesses improve their cybersecurity practices.
Protecting and empowering EU people and society
There are generally high levels of digital skills across different categories of Denmark’s population,
enabling individuals to use and take advantage of the country’s highly digitalised public services. The
revised roadmap also includes measures to further improve the understanding of digital solutions and
technology in primary and secondary education. With regard to digital public services, the
government’s ‘digital-by-default’ approach has been instrumental in delivering user-centric and
efficient public services both to citizens and businesses. The focus now is on further strengthening
inclusivity and public trust, ensuring that no one is left behind in the digital transformation.
Another key priority for Denmark is to protect and enhance online wellbeing, particularly for
vulnerable groups like children. Despite being on a strong digital footing, Danish companies –
especially smaller enterprises – continue to face significant challenges in finding and retaining qualified
ICT specialists, while also struggling to keep pace with upskilling and reskilling practices. Moreover,
there is still a gender disparity in employed ICT specialists. The revised roadmap focuses on improving
ICT-related courses in higher education, improving teachers’ competencies in the field, continuing
training activities for people in IT jobs and retaining international students in the ICT labour market.
Nonetheless, at present, the country is lagging behind its national trajectory point for 2024.
Leveraging digital transformation for a smart greening
Danish public and private sector organisations are increasingly leveraging digital solutions to monitor
energy consumption, which drives greater efficiency and sustainability. The revised roadmap sets out
several measures that demonstrate this. Awareness of the importance of sustainable digital
technologies is also growing, but it remains a developing area that requires further attention.
3
Denmark
National digital decade strategic roadmap
Denmark submitted a revised national Digital Decade roadmap on 7 January 2025, containing 12
additional measures and four revised targets and trajectories. The revised roadmap addresses a
substantial number of roadmap recommendations issued in 2024. The country has not presented any
formal targets for FTTP coverage, edge nodes and unicorns, while the Very High-Capacity Networks
(VHCN) trajectory and target ends at 2025 (98% coverage). Apart from ICT specialists, which remains
slightly below the EU target (at 7.7% as the proportion of the total employed population working as
ICT specialists instead of 10%), all the other national targets are aligned with the EU targets. Some
targets (i.e. 95% of SMEs having a basic level of digitalisation, 77.2% of SMEs adopting cloud services
and 76.6% adopting AI) are more ambitious than the EU’s.
The revised roadmap continues to focus on AI and the digitalisation of SMEs, while also boosting basic
digital skills in education and supporting ICT specialists. These efforts are clearly aligned with the new
Commission’s priorities for AI and digital skills. The revised roadmap has 67 measures with a budget
of EUR 1.07 billion, of which EUR 832 million come from public budgets (equivalent to 0.21% of GDP).
The roadmap covers a diverse range of Digital Decade objectives, with strengthened digital and green
commitments, as well as a renewed focus on promoting a human-centred digital space and protecting
society online.
Funding & projects for digital
Denmark allocates 27% of its total Recovery and Resilience Plan to digital (EUR 382 million)1. In
addition, under cohesion policy, EUR 63 million, representing 14% of the country’s total cohesion
policy funding, is dedicated to advancing Denmark’s digital transformation2.
Denmark is a member of the ‘Alliance for Language Technologies’ European Digital Infrastructure
Consortium. It is also a participating state of the European High-Performance Computing Joint
Undertaking (JU) and of the Chips JU.
The country contributed to the Digital Decade Best Practice Accelerator3 by sharing one best practice
in the ‘Business Uptake’ cluster (i.e. the ‘SME:Digital’ initiative).
Digital rights and principles
According to a support study, Denmark has been relatively active in implementing the European
Declaration on Digital Rights and Principles, with 52 initiatives overall and two new initiatives
launched in 2024. The country is mostly active in ensuring people remain at the centre of the digital
transformation, while less activity was identified with regards to digital solidarity and inclusion.
Nonetheless, measures in the latter area appear to have most impact on the ground, in contrast to
efforts addressing freedom of choice.
1 The share of financial allocations that contribute to digital objectives has been calculated using Annex VII to the Recovery and Resilience Facility Regulation. Last data update: 16 May 2025. 2 This amount includes all investment specifically aimed at or substantially contributing to digital transformation in the 2021-2027 Cohesion policy programming period. The source funds are the European Regional Development Fund, the Cohesion Fund, the European Social Fund Plus, and the Just Transition Fund. 3 The Best Practice Accelerator (BPA) is a platform that enables Member States to share successful measures and challenges encountered in their efforts to meet their Digital Decade targets and objectives. Best practices are made available to Member States via the BPA Repository and showcased in regular workshops, currently focused on three thematic clusters: Digital Skills, Green IT, and the Uptake of Digital Technologies.
4
Denmark
Recommendations
- SMEs’ take-up of advanced digital technologies: continue to raise SMEs’ awareness of digital
solutions to improve productivity and competitiveness. Help them to use and integrate key
digital technologies into their business models.
- ICT specialists and advanced skills: monitor the new measures for improving advanced digital
skills in higher education and for upskilling and reskilling ICT specialists already in the
workforce. Find new ways of increasing young people’s interest in ICT and STEM, including
among women. Continue attracting foreign talent in ICT companies, while also retaining
international students in ICT-related degree programmes.
- Innovation ecosystems: enhance collaboration between universities and businesses to
improve the commercialisation of research. Consider targeted knowledge and financial support
for SMEs, start-ups and scale-ups in key strategic sectors, so that more companies can
contribute to the country’s digital innovation.
- Cybersecurity: support cybersecurity measures in view of evolving threats, building capacity
in both enterprises and public administrations.
- Green transition: continue to use digital tools to monitor the green transition and focus more
on actions to make digital solutions more energy efficient through public-private
collaborations.
EN EN
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
Brussels, 16.6.2025
COM(2025) 290 final
ANNEX 9
ANNEX
to the
Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council and the
European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions
State of the Digital Decade 2025: Keep building the EU's sovereignty and digital future
{SWD(2025) 290 final} - {SWD(2025) 291 final} - {SWD(2025) 292 final} -
{SWD(2025) 293 final} - {SWD(2025) 294 final} - {SWD(2025) 295 final}
Estonia
SHORT COUNTRY REPORTS 2025
2
Estonia
Executive summary Estonia is positioning itself as a leader in the digitalisation of public services. However, the country
lags EU average in connectivity and the digitalisation of SMEs, while has achieved full access to e-
Health records before 2030.
In its national roadmap adjustment, Estonia shows a high level of ambition in its contribution to the
Digital Decade having set 14 national targets, of which 93% are aligned with the EU 2030 targets.
The country is following its trajectories very well with 100% of them being on track (considering
2024 trajectories defined for 8 KPIs out of 8 analysed). Estonia addressed 100 % of the 12
recommendations issued by the Commission in 2024, either by implementing significant policy
changes (8%) or making some changes (92%) through new measures.
Estonia focuses on digital sovereignty, through its emphasis on government resilience. The country
has put measures in place to ensure that it can continue to be digitally governed beyond its
geographical borders in various disaster scenarios. Estonia’s roadmap recognises that the country’s
current challenges require not only introducing new digital measures, but also making sure that well-
established digital services function well and are secure. Although Estonia lags behind the EU in terms
of overall very high capacity (VHCN) and 5G coverage, it excels in 5G coverage in sparsely populated
areas. Cybersecurity continues to be important, as demonstrated by the country’s new National
Cybersecurity strategy 2024-2030. This strategy prioritises safeguarding digital infrastructure,
protecting the country from cyber threats and increasing cybersecurity cooperation.
Digital Decade KPI (1)
Estonia EU Digital Decade
target by 2030
DESI
2024
(year
2023)
DESI
2025
(year
2024)
Annual
progress
National
trajectory
2024 (3)
DESI 2025 Annual
progress EE EU
Fixed Very High Capacity Network (VHCN) coverage 76.9% 76.3% -0.9% 77.0% 82.5% 4.9% 100.0% 100%
Fibre to the Premises (FTTP) coverage 76.9% 76.3% -0.9% 77.0% 69.2% 8.4% 100.0% -
Overall 5G coverage 87.5% 91.5% 4.6% 90.0% 94.3% 5.9% 100.0% 100%
Edge Nodes (estimate) 5 10 100.0% 0 2257 90.5% 5 10000
SMEs with at least a basic level of digital intensity (2) - 71.2% 3.1% - 72.9% 2.8% 90.0% 90%
Cloud 52.6% - - - - - 75.0% 75%
Artificial Intelligence 5.2% 13.9% 167.6% 14.0% 13.5% 67.2% 75.0% 75%
Data analytics 25.6% - - - - - 75.0% 75%
AI or Cloud or Data analytics 60.6% - - - - - - 75%
Unicorns 2 2 0.0% - 286 4.4% 5 500
At least basic digital skills 62.6% - - - - - 80.0% 80%
ICT specialists 6.7% 7.2% 7.5% 7.0% 5.0% 4.2% 10.0% ~10%
eID scheme notification
Yes
Digital public services for citizens 95.8 96.1 0.3% 99.0 82.3 3.6% 100.0 100
Digital public services for businesses 98.8 97.5 -1.3% 100.0 86.2 0.9% 100.0 100
Access to e-Health records 97.5 100.0 2.6% 99.0 82.7 4.5% 100.0 100
(1) See the methodological note for the description of the indicators and other metrics (2) DESI 2025 reports the version 4 of the Digital Intensity Index, that is comparable with the DII value from DESI 2023 (referring to year 2022) for the
calculation of the annual progress. It is not comparable to the national trajectory that is based on version 3 of the index. (3) National trajectory value if present in the national roadmap and if the indicator was measured in DESI2025 (year 2024)
3
Estonia
According to the special Eurobarometer on ‘the Digital Decade’ 2025, 79% of Estonian citizens
consider that the digitalisation of daily public and private services is making their lives easier. On the
action of the public authorities, 88% consider it important to counter and mitigate the issue of fake
news and disinformation online, and on competitiveness, 69% consider it important to ensure that
European companies can grow and become ‘European Champions’ capable of competing globally.
A competitive, sovereign, and resilient EU based on technological
leadership
Estonia is falling behind the EU average in infrastructure indicators (VHCN, 5G), but shows impressive
5G coverage in sparsely populated areas. It is one of the Member States that experienced the biggest
expansion of coverage in the 3.4-3.8 GHz band in 2024. Estonia has relied on Recovery and Resilience
Facility (RRF) measures to expand VHCN coverage (to be completed in 2025). The country is taking
initiatives to increase rural coverage by completing the identification of their white areas (areas
without connectivity), which will serve as the foundation for a public consultation (expected to be
launched mid-2025). The adoption of advanced technologies by Estonian enterprises paints a mixed
picture: the share of those taking up cloud or AI is higher than the EU average, but the share of those
taking up data analytics is lower. Across the three technologies, large enterprises consistently
reported higher levels of uptake compared to SMEs.
Protecting and empowering EU people and society
Estonia is prioritising the development of its citizens’ digital skills through its Digital Agenda 2030. The
country performs well in basic digital skills, with small gaps in gender and education levels, and notable
digital skills among rural residents and younger generations. Estonia has developed an action plan to
equip people with basic digital skills and has focused on educating civil servants and increasing digital
skills training, particularly in rural areas. Estonia has identified that managers who lack an
understanding of their responsibilities in cybersecurity and risk assessment, and who do not
sufficiently align their digitalisation initiatives with the strategic aims of their respective areas, can
hinder overall digital transformation. The country’s share of ICT specialists in employment is one of
the highest in the EU, and its share of female ICT specialists is the highest in the EU. Estonia is well on
its way to achieving its digital transformation goal with initiatives such as research on future digital
skills needs and collaboration with the University of Tartu to ensure future ICT specialists are enrolled
in relevant training. However, the demand for ICT professionals continues to grow, and there is a lack
of highly skilled and advanced digital specialists across sectors. Estonia’s performance on digital public
services and access to e-Health records continues to surpass the EU average, and has reached the
Digital Decade 2030 target. Despite this, Estonia will face the challenge of ensuring its digitalised
services are up to date with the latest technologies.
Leveraging digital transformation for a smart greening
According to Estonia’s Digital Agenda 2030, the country aspires to become the world’s greenest digital
government; however, it currently lacks a systematic approach or strategy to achieve this goal. Estonia
launched a Sustainability Reporting Tool and relies on private sector initiatives that aim to increase
the lifespan of ICT devices and to reduce overall energy consumption.
4
Estonia
National digital decade strategic roadmap
Estonia submitted a fully revised national Digital Decade roadmap on 27 March 2025. It reports on the
consultation of stakeholders and addresses a limited number of the roadmap recommendations
issued in 2024. In the updated roadmap, Estonia includes 13 new targets and one revised target, all in
line with the EU's level of ambition. Although it provides some information on planned activities to
achieve the country's targets, it lacks detailed information on the budget allocated to each area and
the specific aims and scope of the different activities. The roadmap puts a strong emphasis on
quantum computing, EU-level cooperation and digital skills and puts a new emphasis on high-
performance computing, resilience and security. However, the green transition is reflected less in the
roadmap.
Funding & projects for digital
Estonia allocates 24% of its total recovery and resilience plan to digital (EUR 208 million)1. In addition,
under cohesion policy, EUR 373 million, representing 11% of the country’s total cohesion policy
funding, is dedicated to advancing Estonia’s digital transformation2.
Estonia is a member of the Local Digital Twins towards a CitiVERSE European Digital Infrastructure
Consortium (EDIC). The country is a participating state of the EuroHPC Joint Undertaking (JU) and of
the Chips JU.
Estonia has not yet presented any measure in the framework of Digital Decade’s Best Practice
Accelerator3.
Digital rights and principles
According to a support study, Estonia has shown rather limited activity in implementing the European
Declaration on Digital Rights and Principles, with 39 initiatives overall and 6 new initiatives launched
in 2024. Estonia is most active in the area of protected, safe and secure digital environment. Less
activity has been identified with regards to fair digital environment. Measures in the area of freedom
of choice appear to have most impact on the ground, in contrast to those addressing Participation in
the digital public space.
1 The share of financial allocations that contribute to digital objectives has been calculated using Annex VII to the Recovery
and Resilience Facility Regulation. Last data update: 16 May 2025. 2 This amount includes all investment specifically aimed at or substantially contributing to digital transformation in the
2021-2027 Cohesion policy programming period. The source funds are the European Regional Development Fund, the
Cohesion Fund, the European Social Fund Plus, and the Just Transition Fund. 3 The Best Practice Accelerator (BPA) is a platform that enables Member States to share successful measures and challenges
encountered in their efforts to meet their Digital Decade targets and objectives. Best practices are made available to Member
States via the BPA Repository and showcased in regular workshops, currently focused on three thematic clusters: Digital
Skills, Green IT, and the Uptake of Digital Technologies.
5
Estonia
Recommendations
- Connectivity: Continue and establish new measures that target enhancing VHCN, and 5G
coverage.
- Digital skills: Introduce digital skills measures targeted to mid-level managers to be able to
lead the digitalisation process for their employees and enterprises.
- ICT specialists: Continue to implement measures to educate ICT specialists to fill the current
gap.
- SMEs: Sustain and complement activities to improve digitalisation and uptake of advanced
technologies and give special attention to SMEs.
- Digitalisation for public services: Improve the useability of the digital public services to
ensure that they are accessible to all as well as to ensure that its services are up to date.
- Green: Implement a coherent green digitalisation strategy to be able to keep up with the
country’s ambition of being the world’s greenest digital government.
- Cybersecurity: Continue efforts in cybersecurity to address the evolving and increasing
threats. Ensure continuation in the implementation of cybersecurity classes.